U.S. patent number RE42,624 [Application Number 12/635,871] was granted by the patent office on 2011-08-16 for methods of using macrocyclic modulators of the ghrelin receptor.
This patent grant is currently assigned to Tranzyme Pharma Inc.. Invention is credited to Graeme L. Fraser, Hamid R. Hoveyda, Mark L. Peterson.
United States Patent |
RE42,624 |
Fraser , et al. |
August 16, 2011 |
**Please see images for:
( Certificate of Correction ) ** |
Methods of using macrocyclic modulators of the ghrelin receptor
Abstract
The present invention provides novel conformationally-defined
macrocyclic compounds that have been demonstrated to be selective
modulators of the ghrelin receptor (growth hormone secretagogue
receptor, GHS-R1a and subtypes, isoforms and variants thereof).
Methods of synthesizing the novel compounds are also described
herein. These compounds are useful as agonists of the ghrelin
receptor and as medicaments for treatment and prevention of a range
of medical conditions including, but not limited to, metabolic
and/or endocrine disorders, gastrointestinal disorders,
cardiovascular disorders, obesity and obesity-associated disorders,
central nervous system disorders, genetic disorders,
hyperproliferative disorders and inflammatory disorders.
Inventors: |
Fraser; Graeme L. (Sherbrooke,
CA), Hoveyda; Hamid R. (Sherbrooke, CA),
Peterson; Mark L. (Rock Forest, CA) |
Assignee: |
Tranzyme Pharma Inc.
(CA)
|
Family
ID: |
46206207 |
Appl.
No.: |
12/635,871 |
Filed: |
December 11, 2009 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
Issue Date |
|
|
10872142 |
Jun 18, 2004 |
7521420 |
|
|
|
60642271 |
Jan 7, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
60622005 |
Oct 27, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
60621642 |
Oct 26, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
60479223 |
Jun 18, 2003 |
|
|
|
Reissue of: |
11149512 |
Jun 10, 2005 |
7491695 |
Feb 17, 2009 |
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/9.7;
530/317 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07D
413/06 (20130101); C07K 5/0812 (20130101); C07K
5/0821 (20130101); A61K 38/2214 (20130101); A61K
31/395 (20130101); C07K 5/0827 (20130101); A61K
38/12 (20130101); A61K 31/55 (20130101); C07D
273/00 (20130101); C07D 498/04 (20130101); A61K
31/4545 (20130101) |
Current International
Class: |
A61K
38/12 (20060101); C07K 5/12 (20060101) |
References Cited
[Referenced By]
U.S. Patent Documents
Foreign Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 159 964 |
|
Dec 2001 |
|
EP |
|
01/25257 |
|
Apr 2001 |
|
WO |
|
WO 01/25257 |
|
Apr 2001 |
|
WO |
|
04/111077 |
|
Dec 2004 |
|
WO |
|
WO 04/111077 |
|
Dec 2004 |
|
WO |
|
05/012331 |
|
Feb 2005 |
|
WO |
|
05/012332 |
|
Feb 2005 |
|
WO |
|
WO 05/012331 |
|
Feb 2005 |
|
WO |
|
WO 05/012332 |
|
Feb 2005 |
|
WO |
|
Other References
Ahnfelt-Ronne et al. "Do Growth Hormone-Releasing Peptides Act as
Ghrelin Secretagogues?" Endocrine 14(1): 133-135 (2001). cited by
other .
Arcadi et al. "Electrophilic Cyclization of o-Acetoxy- and
o-Benzyloxyalkynylpyridines: An Easy Entry into 2, 3-Disubsituted
Furopyridines" Organic Letters 4(14): 2409-2412 (2002). cited by
other .
Ariyasu et al. "Stomach is a Major Source of Circulating Ghrelin,
and Feeding State Determines Plasma Ghrelin-Like Immunoreactivity
Levels in Humans" The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 86(10);: 4756-4758 (2001). cited by other .
Arvat et al. "Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone and Growth Hormone
Secretagogue-Receptor Ligands" Endocrine 14(1): 35-43 (2001). cited
by other .
Backes et al. "Solid Support Linker Strategies" Current Opinion in
Chemical Biology 1: 86-93 (1997). cited by other .
Baig et al. "Postoperative Ileus: A Review" Diseases of the Colon
& Rectum 47: 516-526 (2002). cited by other .
Baldanzi et al. "Ghrelin and des-acyl Ghrelin Inhibit Cell Death in
Cardiomyocytes and Endothelial Cells through ERK1/2 and PI
3-kinase/AKT" The Journal of Cell Biology 159(6): 1029-1037 (2002).
cited by other .
Baldwin et al. "Symbiotic Approach to Drug Design: Antihypertensive
62 -Adrenergic Blocking Agents" Journal of Medicinal Chemistry
22(11): 1284-1290 (1979). cited by other .
Banks et al. "Extent and Direction of Ghrelin Transport Across the
Blood-Brain Barrier Is Determined by its Unique Primary Structure"
The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 302:
822-827 (2002). cited by other .
Barreiro et al. "Developmental, State-Specific, and Hormonally
Regulated Expression of Growth Hormone Secretagogue Receptor
Messenger RNA in Rat Testis" Biology of Reproduction 68: 1631-1640
(2002). cited by other .
Barth et al. "Tailoring Ultraresins Based on the Cross-Linking of
Polyethylene Imines. Comparative Investigation of the Chemical
Composition, the Swelling, the Mobility, the Chemical
Accessibility, and the Performance in Solid-Phase Synthesis of Very
High Loaded Resins" Journal of Combinatorial Chemistry 6: 340-349
(2004). cited by other .
Bedendi et al. "cardiac Effects of Ghrelin and Its Endogenous
derivatives des-octanoyl Ghrelin and des-Gin.sup.14 -ghrelin"
European Journal of Pharmacology 476: 87-95 (2003). cited by other
.
Bednarek et al. "Structure-Function Studies on the New Growth
Hormone-Releasing Peptide, Ghrelin: Minimal Sequence of Ghrelin
Necessary for Activation of Growth Hormone Secretagogue Receptor 1
a" Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 43: 4370-4376 (2000). cited by
other .
Birr et al. "Der
.circle-solid...circle-solid.-Dimethyl-3.5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl
(Ddz)-Rest, eine photo- und saurelabile Stickstoff-Schutzgruppe fur
die Peptidehemie" Liebigs Ann Chem 763: 162-172 (1972). cited by
other .
Bossharth et al. "Palladium-Mediated Three-Component Sythesis of
Furo[2,3-b]pyridones by One=Pot Coupling of 3-Iodopyridones,
Alkynes, and Organic Halides" Organic Letters 5(14): 2441-2444
(2003). cited by other .
Bowers "Growth Hormone Releasing Peptides: Physiology and Clinical
Applications" Current Opinion in Endocrinology & Diabetes 7:
168-174 (2000). cited by other .
Bowers et al. "Structure-Activity Relationships of a Synthetic
Pentapeptide that Specifically Releases Growth Hormone in Vitro"
Endocrinology 106(3): 663-667 (1980). cited by other .
Broglio et al. "Endocrine and Non-Edocrine Actions of Ghrelin"
Hormone Research 59: 109-117 (2003). cited by other .
Camanni et al. "Growth Hormone-Releasing Peptides and Their
Analogs" Frontiers in Neuroendocrinology 19: 47-72 (1998). cited by
other .
Camilleri "Advances in Diabetic Gastroparesis" Reviews in
Gastroenterological Disorders 2(2): 47-56 (2002). cited by other
.
Carlini et al. "Ghrelin Increases Anxiety-Like Behavior and Memory
Retention in Rats" Biochemical and Biophysical Research
Communications 299: 739-743 (2002). cited by other .
Carpino et al. "recent Developments in Ghrelin Receptor (GHS-R1a)
Agonists and Antagonists" Expert Opinion in Ther. Patents 12(11):
1599-1618 (2002). cited by other .
Carreira et al. "Agonist-Specific Coupling of Growth Hormone
Secretagogue Receptor Type 1a to Different Intracellular Signaling
Systems" Neuroendocrinology 79: 13-25 (2004). cited by other .
Casanueva et al. "Ghrelin: The Link Connection Growth with
Metabolism and Energy Homeostatis" Reviews in Endocrine &
Metabolic Disorders 3: 325-338 (2002). cited by other .
Cassoni et al. "Expression of Ghrelin and Biological Activity of
Specific Receptors for Ghrelin and des-acyl Ghrelin in Human
Prostate Neoplasms and Related Cell Lines" European Journal of
Endocrinology 150: 173-184 (2004). cited by other .
Chan et al. "Identification and Functional Characterization of Two
Alternatively Spliced Growth Hormone Secretagogue Receptor
Transcripts from the Pituitary of Black Seabream Acanthopagrus
schlegeli" Molecular and Cellular Endocrinology 241: 81-95 (2004).
cited by other .
Chang et al. "A Highly Efficient and practical Synthesis of
Chromene Derivatives Using Ring-Closing Olefin Metathesis" Journal
of Organic Chemistry 63: 864-866 (1998). cited by other .
Chang et al. "Activity of a Novel Nonpeptidyl Growth Hormone
Secretagogue, L-700, 653, in Swine" Endocrinology 136(3): 1065-1071
(1995). cited by other .
Cheng et al. "The Synergisitc Effects of
His-D-Trp-Ala-Trp-D-Phe-Lys-NH.sub.2, on Growth Hormone
(GH)-Releasing Factor-Stimulated GH Release and Intracellular
Adenosine 3', 5'-Monophosphate Accumulation in Rat Primary
Pituitary Cell Culture" Endocrinology 124(6): 2791-2798 (1989).
cited by other .
Comins et al. "N- vs. O- Alkylation in the Mitsunobu Reaction of
2-Pyridone" Tetrahedron Letters 35(18): 2819-2822 (1994). cited by
other .
Cummings et al. "Plasma Ghrelin Levels After Diet-Induced Weight
Loss or Gastric Bypass Surgery" New England Journal of Medicine
346(21): 1623-1630 (2002). cited by other .
Cunha et al. "Ghrelin and Growth Hormone (GH) Secretagogues
Potentiate GH-Releasing Hormone (GHRH)-Induced Cyclic Adenosine
3'', 3''-Monophosphate Production in Cells Expressing Transfected
GHRH and GH Secretagogue Receptors" Endocrinology 143(12):
4570-4582 (2002). cited by other .
Deghenghi et al. "GH-Releasing Activity of Hexarelin, A New Growth
Hormone Releasing Peptide, in iNfant and Adult Rats" Life Sciences
54(18): 1324-1328 (1994). cited by other .
Deghenghi et al. "Somatostatin Octapeptides (Lanreotide,
Octreotide, Vapreotide, and their Analogs) Share the Growth
Hormone-Releasing Peptide Receptor in the Human Pituitary Gland"
Endocrine 14(1): 29-33 (2001). cited by other .
Deghenghi et al. "Targeting the Ghrelin Receptor" Endocrine 22(1):
13-18 (2003). cited by other .
Depoortere et al. "Interaction of the Growth Hormone-Releasing
Peptides Ghrelin and Growth Hormone-Releasing Peptide-6 with the
Motilin Receptor in the Rabbit Gastric Antrum" The Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 305: 660-667 (2003).
cited by other .
Devi "Heterodimerization of G-Protein--Coupled Receptors:
Pharmacology, Signaling and Trafficking" Trends in Pharmacological
Sciences 22(10): 532-537 (2001). cited by other .
Edholm et al. "Ghrelin Stimulates Motility in the Small Intestine
of Rats Through Intrinsic Cholinergic Neurons" Regulatory Peptides
121: 25-30 (2004). cited by other .
Eggenweiler "Linkers for Solid-Phase Synthesis of Small Molecules:
Coupling and Cleavage Techniques" DDT 3(12): 552-560 (1998). cited
by other .
Elias et al. "In Vitro Characterization of Four Novel Classes of
Growth Hormone-Releasing Peptide" Endocrinology 136(12): 5694-5699
(1995). cited by other .
Fehrentz et al. "Growth Hormone Secretagogues: Past, Present and
Future" Drugs 5(8): 804-814 (2002). cited by other .
Feighner et al. "Receptor for Motilin Identified in the Human
Gastrointestinal System" Science284: 2184-2188 (1999). cited by
other .
Frechet et al. "Use of Polymers as Protecting Groups in Organic
Synthesis. II. Protection of Primary Alcohol Functional Groups"
Tetrahedron Letters 35: 3055-3056 (1975). cited by other .
Fujino et al. "Ghrelin Induces Fasted Motor Activity of the
Gastrointestinal Tract in Conscious Fed Rats" Journal of Physiology
550(1): 227-240 (2004). cited by other .
Gross "A Concise Sterospecific Synthesis of Repinotan
(BAY.times.3702)" Tetrahedron Letters 44: 8563-8565 (2003). cited
by other .
Halem et al. "Novel Analogs of Ghrelin: Physiological and Clinical
Implications" European Journal of Endocrinology 151: S71-S75
(2004). cited by other .
Hansen, Jr. et al. "Chemoselective N-Ethylation of Boc Amino Acids
without Racemization" Journal of Organic Chemistry 50: 945-950
(1985). cited by other .
Harrity et al. "Chromenes through Metal-Catalyzed Reactions of
Styrenyl Ethers. Mechanism and Utility in Synthesis" Journal of the
American Chemical Society 120: 2343-2351 (1998). cited by other
.
Hickey et al. "Efficacy and Specificity of L-692, 429, A Novel
Nonpeptidyl Growth Hormone Secretagogue, in Beagles" Endocrinology
134(2): 695-701 (1994). cited by other .
Hickey et al. "Repeat Administration of the GH Secretagogue MK-0677
Increases and Maintains Elevated IGF-I Levels in Beagles" Journal
of Endocrinology 152: 182-192 (1997). cited by other .
Hirano et al. "Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction" Digestive
Diseases 18: 83-92 (2000). cited by other .
Hofslokken et al. "Convenient Method for the ortho-Formylation of
Phenols" Acta Chemica Scandinavica 53: 258-262 (1999). cited by
other .
Hojo eta l. "Poly peptide Synthesis Using the S-Alkyl Thioester of
a Partially Protected Peptide Segment. Synthesis of the DNA-Binding
Domain of c-Myb Protein (142-193)-NH.sub.2" Bulletin of the
Chemical Society of Japan 64: 111-117 (1991). cited by other .
Horvath et al. "Minireview: Ghrelin and the regulation of Energy
Balance--A Hypothalamic Perspective" Endocrinology 142(10):
4163-4169 (2001). cited by other .
Hosoda et al. "Purification and Characterization of Rat
des-Gln.sup.14-Ghrelin, a Second Endogenous Ligand for the Growth
Hormone Secretagogue Receptor" The Journal of Biological Chemistry
275(29): 21995-22000 (2000). cited by other .
Hosoda et al. "Structural Divergence of Human Ghrelin" The Journal
of Biological Chemistry 278(1): 64-70 (2003). cited by other .
Howard et al. "A Receptor in Pituitary and Hypothalamus that
Functions in Growth Hormone Relase" Science 273: 974-977 (1996).
cited by other .
Iwaki et al. "Novel Synthetic Strategy Of Carbolines Via
Palladium-Catalyzed Amination And Arylation Reaction" J Chem Soc,
Perkin Trans 1: 1505-1510 (1999). cited by other .
Jacks et al. "Effects of Acute and Repeated Intravenous
Administration of L-692,585, A Novel Non-Peptidyl Growth Hormone
Secretagogue, on Plasma Growth Hormone, IGF-1, ACTH, Cortisol,
Prolactin, Insulin, and Thyroxine Levels in Beagles" Journal of
Endocrinology 143: 399-406 (1994). cited by other .
James "Linkers for Solid Phase Organic Synthesis" Tetrahedron 55:
4855-4946 (1999). cited by other .
Kalff et al. "Surgical Manipulation of the Gut Elicits and
Intestinal Muscularis Inflammatory Response Resulting in
Postsurgical Ileus" Annals of Surgery 228(5): 652-663 (1998). cited
by other .
Kojima et al. "Ghrelin is a Growth-Hormone-Releasing Acylated
Peptide from Stomach" Nature 402: 656-660 (1999). cited by other
.
Kojima et al. "Ghrelin, an Orexigenic Signaling Molecule from the
Gastrointestinal Tract" Curent Opinion in Pharmacology 2: 665-668
(2002). cited by other .
Kojima et al. "Purification and Distribution of Ghrelin: The
Natural Endogenous Ligand for the Growth Hormone Secretagogue
Receptor" Hormone Research 56(supp 1): 93-97 (2001). cited by other
.
Krsek et al. "Plasma Ghrelin Levels in Patients with Short Bowel
Syndrome" Endocrine Research 28(1&2): 27-33 (2002). cited by
other .
Kurz et al. "Opioid-Induced Bowel Dysfunction: Pathophysiology and
Potential new Therapies" Drugs 63(7): 649-671 (2003). cited by
other .
LePoul et al. "Adaptation of Aequorin Functional Assay to High
Throughput Screening" Journal of Biomolecular Screening 7(1): 57-65
(2002). cited by other .
Lindstrom et al. "Sythesis of Two Conformationally Constrained
Analogues of the Minor Tobacco Alkaloid Anabasine" Organic Letters
2(15): 2291-2293 (2000). cited by other .
Liu et al. "Selective N-Functionalization of
6-Substituted-2-Pyridones" Tetrahedron Letters 36(49): 8917-8920
(1995). cited by other .
Locatelli et al. "Growth Hormone Secretagogues: Focus on the Growth
Hormone-Releasing Peptides" Pharmacological Research 36(6): 415-423
(1997). cited by other .
Luckey eta l. "Mechanisms and Treatment of Postoperative Ileus"
Archives of Surgery 138: 206-214 (2003). cited by other .
Maarseveen et al. "Solid Phase Synthesis of Heterocycles by
Cyclization/Cleavage Methodologies" Combinatorial Chemistry &
High Throughput Screening 1: 185-214 (1998). cited by other .
Malagon et al. "Intracellular Signaling Mechanism Mediating
Ghrelin-Stimulated Growth Hormone Release in Somatotropes"
Endocrinology 144(12): 5372-5380 (2003). cited by other .
Manhas et al. "Steroids. Part X. A Convenient Synthesis of Alkyl
Aryl Ethers" Journal of the American Chemical Society 94: 461-463
(1972). cited by other .
Marguet et al, "New Synthesis of sn-1, 2- and
sn-2,3-O-Diacylglycerols--Application to the Synthesis of
Enantiopure Phosphonates Analogous to Triglycerides: A New Class of
Inhibitors of Lipases" European Journal of Organic Chemistry pp.
1671-1678 (1999). cited by other .
Meldal et al. "PEGA: A Flow Stable Polyethylene Glycol Dimethyl
Acrylamide Copolymer for Solid Phase Synthesis" Tetrahedron Letters
33(21): 3077-3080 (1992). cited by other .
Moreaux et al. "Activation of the GHS-Receptor Accelerates Gastric
Emptying in Dogs" Department of Gastrointestinal an Demerging
Diseases, Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceutical Research &
Development 1 page, no date. cited by other .
Murray et al. "Ghrelin for the Gastroenterologist: History and
Potential" Gastroenterology 125: 1492-1502 (2003). cited by other
.
Nagaya et al. "Ghrelin Improves Left ventricular Dysfunction and
Cardiac Cachexia in Heart Failure" Current Opinion in Pharmacology
3: 146-151 (2003). cited by other .
Nagaya et al. "Ghrelin, a Novel Growth Hormone-Releasing Peptide,
in the Treatment of Chronic Heart Failure" Regulatory Peptides 114:
71-77 (2003). cited by other .
Nakano et al. "An Efficient Synthesis of (S)-(-)-Befunolol
Hydrochloride, Involving the Regioselective Condensation of
(R)-Glycidol and 2-Acetyl-7-Hydroxybenzofuran" Heterocycles 20(10):
1975-1978 (1983). cited by other .
Nakazato et al. "A Role for Ghrelin in the Central Regulation of
Feeding" Nature 409: 194-198 (2001). cited by other .
Nargund et al. "Peptidomimetic Growth Hormone Secretagogues. Design
Considerations and Therapeutic Potential" Journal of Medicinal
Chemistry 41(17): 3103-3127 (1998). cited by other .
Ong et al. "Identification of a Pituitary Growth Hormone-Releasing
Peptide (GHRP) Receptor subtype by Photoaffinity Labeling"
Endocrinology 139(1): 432-435 (1998). cited by other .
Palucki et al. "Spiro(indoline-3,4''-piperidine) Growth Hormone
Secretagogues as Ghrelin Mimetics" Bioorganic & Medicinal
Chemistry Letters 11: 1955-1957 (2001). cited by other .
Park et al. "Oligomerization of G Protein-Coupled Receptors: Past,
Present, and Future" Biochemistry 43(50): 15643-15656 (2004). cited
by other .
Peeters "Central and Peripheral Mechanisms y which Ghrelin
Regulates Gut Motility" Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology
54(suppl 4): 95-103 (2003). cited by other .
Persico et al. "Use of Hydrogen Bonds to Control Molecular
Aggregation. Behavior of a Self-Complementary Dipyridone Designed
to Self-Replicate" Journal of Organic Chemistry 58: 95-99 (1993).
cited by other .
Peschke et al. "New Growth Hormone Secretagogues: C-Terminal
Modified Sulfonamide--Analogues of NN703" Bioorganic &
Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9: 1295-1298 (1999). cited by other
.
Rapp et al. "Continuous Flow Peptide Synthesis on
Pspoe-Graft-Copolymers" in Innovation and perspectives in
solid-phase synthesis (Epton, R., ed.) pp. 205-210, SPCC,
Birmingham. (1990). cited by other .
Rios et al. "G-Protein-Coupled Receptor Dimerization: Modulation of
Receptor Function" Pharmacology & Therapeutics 92: 71-87
(2001). cited by other .
Roussel Jr., et al. "Risk Factors Associated with Development of
Postoperative Ileus in Horses" JAVMA 219(1): 72-78 (2001). cited by
other .
Samson et al. "Motilin: A Novel Growth Hormone Releasing Agent"
Brain Research Bulletin 12: 57-62 (1984). cited by other .
Sato et al. "CsF in Organic Synthesis. Tuning of N- or O-
Alkylation of 2-Pyridone" Synlett pp. 845-846 (Aug. 1995). cited by
other .
Semple et al. "3-Aryl Pyridone Derivatives. Potent and Selective
Kappa Opioid Receptor Agonists" Bioorganic & Medicinal
Chemistry Letters 12: 197-200 (2002). cited by other .
Shiao et al. "A Facile Synthesis of Bromo-2-Alkoxypyridines"
Heterocycles 31(5): 819-824 (1990). cited by other .
Sibilia et al. "Ghrelin Protects Against Ethanol-Induced Gastric
Ulcers in Rats: Studies on the Mechanisms of Action" Endocrinology
144(1): 353-359 (2003). cited by other .
Smith et al. "Current Concepts in Diabetic Gastroparesis" Drugs
63(13): 1339-1358 (2003). cited by other .
Smith et al. "Growth Hormone Secretagogues: Prospects and Potential
Pitfalls" Best Practice & Research Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 18(3): 333-347 (2004). cited by other .
Smith et al. "Peptidomimetic Regulation of Growth Hormone
Secretion" Endocrine Reviews 18(5): 621-645 (1997). cited by other
.
Solomon et al. "Chemical Synthesis and Characterization of Duplex
DNA Containing a New Base Pair: A Nondisruptive, Benzofused
Pyrimiine Analog" Journal of Organic Chemistry 58: 2232-2243
(1993). cited by other .
Svensson et al. "Growth Hormone Secretagogues" Expert Opinion on
Therapeutic Patents 10(7): 1071-1080 (2000). cited by other .
Tack et al. "Influence of Ghrelin on Gastric Emptying and
Meal-Related Symptoms in Idiopathic Gastroparesis" Aliment
Pharmacol Ther 22: 847-853 (2005). cited by other .
Tack et al. "Influence of Ghrelin on Interdigestive
Gastrointestinal motility in Humans" Gut 55:327-333 (2006). cited
by other .
Tannenbaum et al. "Interrelationship Between the Novel Peptide
Ghrelin and Somatostatin/Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone in
Regulation of Pulsatile Growth Hormone Secretion" Endocrinology
144(3): 967-974 (2003). cited by other .
Tee et al. "Kinetics and Mechanism of Bromination of 2-Pyridone and
Related Derivatives in Aqueous Solution" Journal of the American
Chemical Society 104: 4142-4146 (1982). cited by other .
Theodoridis "Nitrogen Protecting Gropus: Recent Developments and
New Applications" Tetrahedron Letters 56: 2339-2358 (2000). cited
by other .
Thompson et al. "Ghrelin and Des-Octanoyl Ghrelin Promote
Adipogenesis Directly in Vivo by a Mechanism Independent of the
Type 1a Growth Hormone Secretagogue Receptor" Endocrinology 145(1):
234-242 (2004). cited by other .
Tomasetto et al. "Identification oand Characterization of a Novel
Gastric Peptide Hormone: The Motilin-Related Peptide"
Gastroenterology 119: 395-405 (2000). cited by other .
Torsello et al. "Differential Orexigenic Effects of Hexarelin and
Its Analogs in the Rat Hypothalamus: Indication for Multiple Growth
Hormone Secretagogue Receptor Subtypes" Neuroendocrinology 72:
327-332 (2000). cited by other .
Trudel et al. "Ghrelin/Motilin-Related Peptide is a Potent
Prokinetic to Reverse Gastric Postoperative Ileus in Rat" American
Journal of Gastrointestinal and Liver Physiology 282: G948-G952
(2002). cited by other .
Trudel et al. "Two New Peptides to Improve Post-Operative Gastric
Ileus in Dog" Peptides 24: 531-534 (2003). cited by other .
Van Hoogmoed et al. "Survey of Prokinetic use in Horses with
Gastrointestinal Injury" Veterinary Surgery 33: 279-285 (2004).
cited by other .
Vedejs et al. "Heteroarene-2-sulfonyl Chlorides (BtsCl; ThsCl):
Reagents for Nitrogen Protection and >99% Racemization-Free
Phenylglycine Activation with SoCl.sub.2," Journal of the American
Chemical Society 118: 9796-9797 (1996). cited by other .
Zdravkovic et al. "A Clinical Study Investigating the
Pharmacokinetic Interaction Between NN703 (tabimorelin), a
Potential Inhibitor of CYP3A4 Activity, and Midazolam, a CYP3A4
Substrate" European Journal of Pharmacology 58: 683-688 (2003).
cited by other .
Zhang et al. "Lactone and Lactam Library Synthesis by Silver
Ion-Assisted Orthogonal Cyclization of Unprotected Peptides"
Journal of the American Chemical Society 121: 3311-3320 (1999).
cited by other .
Arvat et al. "Ghrelin and synthetic GH secretagogues" Best Practice
and Research Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism 16(3): 505-517
(2002). cited by other .
International Search Report and the Written Opinion of the
International Searching Authority for International application
PCT/US2005/020654 mailed on Dec. 16, 2005. cited by other .
Trudel et al. "Ghrelin/motilin-related peptide is a potent
prokinetic to reverse gastric postoperative ileus in rat" American
Journal of Physiology 282(6): G948-G952 (2002). cited by other
.
Lasseter et al. "Ghrelin Agonist (TZP-101): Safety,
Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamic Evaluation in Healthy
Volunteers: A Phase 1, First-in-Human Study" J. Clin. Pharmacol,
48: 193-202 (2008). cited by other .
W.-C. Qui et al. J. Gastroenterol. (2008) 14(9), pp. 1419-1424.
cited by other .
J. Rudinger. In: Peptide Hormones, JA Parsons, Ed, (1976) 1-7.
cited by other .
D. Voet and J.G. Voet. Biochemistry, 2nd Edition. (1995), pp.
235-241. cited by other .
D.E. Smilek, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1991) 88, pp.
9633-9637. cited by other .
W.S. Messer, "Vasopressin and Oxytocin", web document updated Apr.
3, 2000;
http://www.neurosci.pharm.utoledo.edu/MBC3320/vasopressin.htm>,
5 pages. cited by other .
S. Rudikoff, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1982) 79. pp.
1979-1983. cited by other .
J.-M. Cao et al. Trends Endocrin. Metab. (2006) 17(1), pp. 14-18.
cited by other .
Examination Report corresponding to European Patent Application No.
05785185.9 dated Jun. 11, 2010. cited by other .
Ghigo et al. "Orally Active Growth Hormone Secretagogues: State of
the Art and Clinical Perspectives" Trends in Clinical Practice Ann.
Med. 30:159-168 (1998). cited by other.
|
Primary Examiner: Kosar; Andrew D
Attorney, Agent or Firm: Myers Bigel & Sibley Sajovec,
PA
Parent Case Text
RELATED APPLICATION INFORMATION
This application is .Iadd.a reissue of U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 11/149,512, filed Jun. 10, 2005, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,491,695,
which is .Iaddend.a continuation-in-part under 35 U.S.C. .sctn. 120
of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/872,142, filed Jun. 18,
2004, .[.currently pending.]. .Iadd.now U.S. Pat. No.
7,521,420.Iaddend., which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. .sctn.
119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/479,223,
filed Jun. 18, 2003. This .[.continuation-in-part.]. .Iadd.reissue
.Iaddend.application also claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. .sctn.
119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/621,642,
filed Oct. 26, 2004, U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No.
.[.60/622,055.]. .Iadd.60/622,005.Iaddend., filed Oct. 27, 2004,
and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/642,271, filed
Jan. 7, 2005. The disclosures of the above-referenced applications
are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A method of stimulating gastrointestinal motility comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a
compound selected from the group consisting of the following:
##STR01229## ##STR01230## ##STR01231## ##STR01232## ##STR01233##
##STR01234## or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered
orally.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered
parenterally.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the compound is administered
intracranially.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is co-administered
with an additional agent useful for stimulating gastrointestinal
motility.
6. A method of treating a gastrointestinal disorder comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a
compound selected from the group consisting of the following:
##STR01235## ##STR01236## ##STR01237## ##STR01238## ##STR01239##
##STR01240## or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the gastrointestinal disorder is
characterized by gastrointestinal dysmotility.
8. The method of claim 6, wherein the gastrointestinal disorder is
postoperative ileus, gastroparesis, opioid-induced bowel
dysfunction, chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction, short bowel
syndrome, emesis, constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome
(IBS), delayed gastric emptying, gastroesophageal reflux disease
(GERD), gastric ulcers, or Crohn's disease.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the gastroparesis is diabetic
gastroparesis.
10. The method of claim 6, wherein the compound is administered
orally.
11. The method of claim 6, wherein the compound is co-administered
with an additional agent useful for treating a gastrointestinal
disorder.
12. A method of treating postoperative ileus in a subject
comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective
amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of the
following: ##STR01241## ##STR01242## ##STR01243## ##STR01244##
##STR01245## ##STR01246## or pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof, whereinto compound is administered parenteraily.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the compound is administered
intravenously.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein the compound is administered
subcutaneously.
15. A method of treating gastroparesis in a subject comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a
compound selected from the group consisting of the following:
##STR01247## ##STR01248## ##STR01249## ##STR01250## ##STR01251##
##STR01252## or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
the compound is administered parenterally.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the gastroparesis is diabetic
gastroparesis.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein the compound is administered
intravenously.
18. The method of claim 15, wherein the compound is administered
subcutaneously.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel conformationally-defined
macrocyclic compounds that bind to and/or are functional modulators
of the ghrelin (growth hormone secretagogue) receptor including
GHS-R1a and subtypes, isoforms and/or variants thereof. The present
invention also relates to intermediates of these compounds,
pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and methods
of using the compounds. These novel macrocyclic compounds are
useful as therapeutics for a range of disease indications. In
particular, these compounds are useful for treatment and prevention
of gastrointestinal disorders including, but not limited to,
post-operative ileus, gastroparesis, including diabetic
gastroparesis, opioid bowel dysfunction, chronic intestinal
pseudo-obstruction, short bowel syndrome and functional
gastrointestinal disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The improved understanding of various physiological regulatory
pathways enabled through the research efforts in genomics and
proteomics has begun to impact the discovery of novel
pharmaceutical agents. In particular, the identification of key
receptors and their endogenous ligands has created new
opportunities for exploitation of these receptor/ligand pairs as
therapeutic targets. For example, ghrelin is a recently
characterized 28-amino acid peptide hormone isolated originally
from the stomach of rats with the orthologue subsequently
identified in humans. (Kojima, M.; Hosoda, H. et al. Nature 1999,
402, 656-660.) The existence of this peptide in a range of other
species suggests a conserved and important role in normal body
function. This peptide has been demonstrated to be the endogenous
ligand for a previously orphan G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR),
type 1 growth hormone secretatogue receptor (hGHS-R1a) (Howard, A.
D.; Feighner, S. D.; et al. A receptor in pituitary and
hypothalamus that functions in growth hormone release. Science
1996, 273, 974-977.) found predominantly in the brain (arcuate
nucleus and ventromedial nucleus in the hypothalamus, hippocampus
and substantia nigra) and pituitary. (U.S. Pat. No. 6,242,199;
Intl. Pat. Appl. Nos. WO 97/21730 and WO 97/22004) The receptor has
also been detected in other areas of the central nervous system
(CNS) and in peripheral tissues, for instance adrenal and thyroid
glands, heart, lung, kidney, and skeletal muscles. This receptor
was identified and cloned prior to the isolation and
characterization of the endogenous peptide ligand and is distinct
from other receptors involved in the regulation of growth hormone
(GH) secretion, in particular, the growth hormone-releasing hormone
(GHRH) receptor.
A unique characteristic of both the rat and human peptides is the
presence of the n-octanoyl (Oct) moiety on Ser.sup.3. However, the
des-acyl form predominates in circulation, with approximately 90%
of the hormone in this form. This group is derived from a
post-translational modification and appears relevant for
bioactivity and possibly also for transport into the CNS. (Banks,
W. A.; Tschop, M.; Robinson, S. M.; Heiman, M. L. Extent and
direction of ghrelin transport across the blood-brain barrier is
determined by its unique primary structure. J. Pharmacol. Exp.
Ther. 2002, 302, 822-827.) In a GH-releasing assay, the
des-octanoyl form of the hormone was at least 100-fold less potent
than the parent peptide, although it has been suggested that the
des-acyl species may be responsible for some of the other
biological effects associated with ghrelin. This des-acyl form has
also been postulated to be primarily responsible for the
cardiovascular and cell proliferation effects attributed to
ghrelin, while the acylated form participates in maintenance of
energy balance and growth hormone release. (Baldanzi, G.;
Filighenddu, N.; Cutrupi, S.; et al. Ghrelin and des-acyl ghrelin
inhibit cell death in cardiomyocytes and endothelial cells through
ERK1/2 and PI-3 kinase/AKT. J. Cell Biol. 2002, 159, 1029-1037)
Similarly, des-Gln.sup.14-ghrelin and its octanoylated derivative
have been isolated as endogenous forms of the hormone arising from
alternative splicing of the ghrelin gene, but both are found to be
inactive in stimulating GH release in vivo. (Hosoda, H.; Kojima,
M.; Matsuo, H.: Kangawa, K. Purification and characterization of
rat des-Gln.sup.14-ghrelin, a second endogenous ligand for the
growth hormone secretagogue receptor. J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275,
21995-2120.). Other minor forms of ghrelin produced by
post-translational processing have been observed in plasma,
although no specific activity has been attributed to them. (Hosoda,
H.; Kojima. M.; et al. Structural divergence of human ghrelin.
Identification of multiple ghrelin-derived molecules produced by
post-translational processing. J. Biol. Chem. 2003, 278,
64-70.)
Even prior to the isolation of this receptor and its endogenous
peptide ligand, a significant amount of research was devoted to
finding agents that can stimulate GH secretion. The proper
regulation of human GH has significance not only for proper body
growth, but also a range of other critical physiological effects.
GH and other GH-stimulating peptides, such as GHRH and growth
hormone releasing factor (GRF), as well as their derivatives and
analogues, are administered via injection. Therefore, to better
take advantage of these positive effects, attention was focused on
the development of orally active therapeutic agents that would
increase GH secretion, termed GH secretagogues (GHS). Additionally,
use of these agents was expected to more closely mimic the
pulsatile physiological release of GH.
Beginning with the identification of the growth hormone-releasing
peptides (GHRP) in the late 1970's. (Bowers, C. Y. Growth
hormone-releasing peptides: physiology and clinical applications.
Curr. Opin. Endocrinol. Diabetes 2000, 7, 168-174; Camanni, F.;
Ghigo, E.; Arvat, E. Growth hormone-releasing peptides and their
analogs. Front. Neurosci. 1998, 19, 47-72; Locatelli, V.; Torsello,
A. Growth hormone secretagogues: focus on the growth
hormone-releasing peptides. Pharmacol. Res. 1997, 36, 415-423.) a
host of agents have been studied for their potential to act as GHS.
In addition to their stimulation of GH release and concomitant
positive effects in that regard, GHS were projected to have utility
in the treatment of a variety of other disorders, including wasting
conditions (cachexia) as seen in HIV patients and cancer-induced
anorexia, musculoskeletal frailty in the elderly, and growth
hormone deficient diseases. Many efforts over the past 25 years
have yielded a number of potent, orally available GHS. (Smith, R.
G.; Sun, Y. X.; Beatancourt, L.; Asnicar, M. Growth hormone
secretagogues: prospects and pitfalls. Best Pract. Res. Clin.
Endocrinol. Metab. 2004, 18, 333-347; Fehrentz, J.-A.; Martinez,
J.; Boeglin, D.; Guerlavais, V.; Deghenghi, R. Growth hormone
secretagogues: Past, present and future. IDrugs 2002, 5, 804-814;
Svensson, J. Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 2000, 10, 1071-1080; Nargund,
R. P.; Patchett, A. A.; et al. Peptidomimetic growth hormone
secretagogues. Design considerations and therapeutic potential. J.
Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 3103-3127; Ghigo, E; Arvat, E.; Camanni, F.
Orally active growth hormone secretagogues: state of the art and
clinical perspective. Ann. Med. 1998, 30, 159-168; Smith, R. G.;
Van der Ploeg, L. H. T.; Howard, A. D.; Feighner, S. D.; et al.
Peptidomimetic regulation of growth hormone secretion. Endocr. Rev.
1997, 18, 621-645.) These include small peptides, such as hexarelin
(Zentaris) and ipamorelin (Novo Nordisk), and adenosine analogues,
as well as small molecules such as carpomorelin (Pfizer), L-252,564
(Merck). MK-0677 (Merck), NN7203 (Novo Nordisk), G-7203
(Genentech), S-37435 (Kaken) and SM-130868 (Sumitomo), designed to
be orally active for the stimulation of growth hormone. However,
clinical testing with such agents have rendered disappointing
results due to, among other things, lack of efficacy over prolonged
treatment or undesired side effects, including irreversible
inhibition of cytochrome P450 enzymes (Zdravkovic M.; Olse, A. K.;
Christiansen, T.; et al. Eur. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 2003, 58,
683-688.) Therefore, there remains a need for pharmacological
agents that could effectively target the GHS-R1a receptor for
therapeutic action.
Despite its involvement in GH modulation, ghrelin is primarily
synthesized in the oxyntic gland of the stomach, although it is
also produced in lesser amounts in other organs, including the
kidney, pancreas and hypothalamus. (Kojima, M.; Hsoda, H.; Kangawa,
K. Purification and distribution of ghrelin: the natural endogenous
ligand for the growth hormone secretagogue receptor. Horm. Res.
2001, 56 (Suppl. 1), 93-97; Ariyasu, H.; Takaya, K.; Tagami, T.; et
al. Stomach is a major source of circulating ghrelin, and feeding
state determines plasma ghrelin-like immunoreactivity levels in
humans. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 2001, 86, 4753-4758) In
addition to its role in stimulating GH release, the hormone has a
variety of other endocrine and non-endocrine functions (Broglio,
F.; Gottero, C.; Arvat, E.; Ghigo, E. Endocrine and non-endocrine
actions of ghrelin. Horm. Res. 2003, 59, 109-117) and has been
shown to interact with a number of other systems in playing a role
in maintaining proper energy balance. (Horvath. T. L.; Diano, S.;
Sotonyi, P.; Heiman, M.; Tschop, M. Ghrelin and the regulation of
energy balance--a hypothalamic perspective. Endocrinology 2001,
142, 4163-4169; Casanueva, F. F.; Dieguez, C. Ghrelin: the link
connecting growth with metabolism and energy homeostasis. Rev.
Endocrinol. Metab. Disord. 2002, 3, 325-338). In particular,
ghrelin plays a role as an orexigenic signal in the control of
feeding, in which it acts to counteract the effects of leptin.
Indeed, it was the first gut peptide proven to have such orexigenic
properties. (Kojima, M.; Kangawa, K. Ghrelin, an orexigenic
signaling molecule from the gastrointestinal tract. Curr. Opin.
Pharmacology 2002, 2, 665-668.) The hormone also is implicated in
the hypothalamic regulation of the synthesis and secretion of a
number of other neuropeptides involved in appetite and feeding
behavior. Levels of ghrelin are elevated in response to fasting or
extended food restriction. (Nakazato, M.; Murakami, N.; Date, Y.;
Kojima, M.; et al. A role for ghrelin in the central regulation of
feeding. Nature 2001, 409, 194-198) For example, subjects suffering
with anorexia or bulimia exhibit elevated ghrelin levels.
Circulating levels of the hormone have been found to rise before
meals and fall after meals. In addition, diet-induced weight loss
leads to increased ghrelin levels, although obese subjects who have
gastric bypass surgery do not likewise experience such an increase.
(Cummings, D. E.; Weigle, D. S.; Frayo, R. S.; et al. Plasma
ghrelin levels after diet-induced weight loss or gastric bypass
surgery. N. Engl. J. Med. 2002, 346, 1623-1630)
This intimate involvement of ghrelin in control of food intake and
appetite has made it an attractive target for obesity research.
Indeed, few other natural substances have been demonstrated to be
involved in the modulation of both GH secretion and food
intake.
An additional effect of ghrelin that has not to date been exploited
for therapeutic purposes is in modulating gastric motility and
gastric acid secretion. The prokinetic activity appears to be
independent of the GH-secretory action and is likely mediated by
the vagal-cholinergic muscarinic pathway. The dose levels required
are equivalent to those necessary for the hormone's GH and appetite
stimulation actions. It is noteworthy that, in contrast to its
inactivity for ghrelin's other actions, the des-Gln.sup.14 peptide
demonstrated promotion of motility as well. (Trudel, L.; Bouin, M.;
Tomasetto, C.; Eberling, P.; St-Pierre, S.; Bannon, P.; L'Heureux,
M. C.: Poitras, P. Two new peptides to improve post-operative
gastric ileus in dog. Peptides 2003, 24, 531-534; Trudel, L.;
Tomasetto, C.; Rio, M. C.; Bouin, M.; Plourde, V.; Eberling, P.;
Poitras, P. Ghrelin/motilin-related peptide is a potent prokinetic
to reverse gastric postoperative ileus in rats. Am. J. Physiol.
2002, 282, G948-G952; Peeters, T. L. Central and peripheral
mechanisms by which ghrelin regulates gut motility. J. Physiol.
Pharmacol. 2003, 54(Supp. 4), 95-103.)
Ghrelin also has been implicated in various aspects of reproduction
and neonatal development. (Arvat, E.; Gianotti, L.; Giordano, R.;
et al. Growth hormone-releasing hormone and growth hormone
secretagogue-receptor ligands. Focus on reproductive system.
Endocrine 2001, 14, 35-43) Also of significance are the
cardiovascular effects of ghrelin, since the peptide is a powerful
vasodilator. As such, ghrelin agonists have potential for the
treatment of chronic heart failure (Nagaya, N.; Kangawa, K.
Ghrelin, a novel growth hormone-relasing peptide, in the treatment
of chronic heart failure. Regul. Pept. 2003, 114, 71-77; Nagaya,
N.; Kangawa, K. Ghrelin improves left ventricular dysfunction and
cardiac cachexia in heart failure. Curr. Opin. Phannacol. 2003, 3,
146-151; Bedendi, I.; Alloatti, G.; Marcantoni, A.; Malan, D.;
Catapano, F.; Ghe, C.; et al. Cardiac effects of ghrelin and its
endogenous derivatives des-octanoyl ghrelin and
des-Gln.sup.14-ghrelin. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2003, 476, 87-95) Intl.
Pat. Appl. Publ. WO 2004/014412 describes the use of ghrelin
agonists for the protection of cell death in myocardial cells and
as a cardioprotectant treatment for conditions leading to heart
failure. Lastly, evidence has been obtained that ghrelin may have
implications in anxiety and other CNS disorders as well as the
improvement of memory. (Carlini, V. P., Monzon, M. E., Vans, M. M.,
Cragnolini, A. B., Schioth, H. B., Scimonelli, T. N., de Barioglio,
S. R. Ghrelin increases anxiety-like behavior and memory retention
in rats. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2002, 299, 739-743)
The myriad effects of ghrelin in humans have suggested the
existence of subtypes for its receptor, although none have as yet
been identified. (Torsello, A.; Locatelli, Y.; Melis, M. R.; Succu,
S.; Spano, M. S.; Deghenghi, R.; Muller, E. E.: Argiolas, A.;
Torsello, A.; Locatelli, V.; et al. Differential orexigenic effects
of hexarelin and its analogs in the rat hypothalamus: indication
for multiple growth hormone secretagogue receptor subtypes.
Neuroendocrinology 2000, 72, 327-332.) However, a truncated,
inactive form of GHS-R1a, termed GHS-R1b, was isolated and
identified during the original characterization studies. Evidence
is mounting that additional receptor subtypes could be present in
different tissues to explain the diverse effects displayed by the
endogenous peptides and synthetic GHS. For instance, high affinity
binding sites for ghrelin and des-acyl ghrelin have also been found
in breast cancer cell lines, cardiomyocytes, and guinea pig heart
that are involved in mediating the antiproliferative,
cardioprotective and negative cardiac inotropic effects of these
peptides. Similarly, specific GHS binding sites besides GHS-R1a and
GHS-R1b have been found in prostate cancer cells. Further, ghrelin
and des-acyl ghrelin exert different effects on cell proliferation
in prostate carcinoma cell lines. (Cassoni, P.; Ghe, C.; Marrocco,
T.; et al. Expression of ghrelin and biological activity of
specific receptors for ghrelin and des-acyl ghrelin in human
prostate neoplasms and related cell lines, Eur. J. Endocrinol.
2004, 150, 173-184) These various receptor subtypes may then be
implicated independently in the wide array of biological activities
displayed by the endogenous peptides and synthetic GHS. Indeed,
recently, the existence of receptor subtypes was offered as an
explanation for the promotion of fat accumulation by ghrelin,
despite its potent stimulation of the lipolytic hormone, growth
hormone, (Thompson, N. M.; Gill, D. A. S.; Davies, R.; Loveridge,
N.; Houston, P. A.; Robinson, I. C. A. F.; Wells, T. Ghrelin and
des-octanoyl ghrelin promote adipogenesis directly in vivo by a
mechanism independent of the type 1a growth hormone secretagogue
receptor. Endocrinology 2004, 145, 234-242.) Further, this work
suggested that the ratio of ghrelin and des-acyl ghrelin production
could help regulate the balance between adipogenesis and lipolysis
in response to nutritional status.
The successful creation of peptidic ghrelin analogues that separate
the GH-modulating effects of ghrelin from the effects on weight
gain and appetite provides strong evidence for the existence and
physiological relevance of other receptor subtypes. (Halem, H. A.;
Taylor, J. E.; Dong, J. Z.; Shen, Y.; Datta, R.; Ahizaid, A.;
Diano, S.; Horvath, T.; Zizzari, P.; Bluet-Pajot, M.-T.; Epelbaum,
J.; Culler, M. D. Novel analogs of ghrelin: physiological and
clinical implications. Eur. J. Endocrinol. 2004, 151, S71-S75.)
BIM-28163 functions as an antagonist at the GHS-R1a receptor and
inhibits receptor activation by native ghrelin. However, this same
molecule is a full agonist with respect to stimulating weight gain
and food intake. Additionally, the existence of a still
uncharacterized receptor subtype has been proposed based on binding
studies in various tissues that showed differences between peptidic
and non-peptidic GHS. (Ong, H.; Menicoll, N.; Escher, F.; Collu,
R.; Deghenghi, R.; Locatelli, V.; Ghigo, E.; Muccioli, G.; Boghen,
M.; Nilsson, M. Endocrinology 1998, 139, 432- 435.) Differences
between overall GHS-R expression and that of the GHS-R1a subtype in
rat testis have been reported. (Barreiro, M. L.; Suominen, J. S.;
Gaytan, F.; Pinilla, L.; Chopin, L. K.; Casanueva, F. F.; Dieguez,
C.; Aguilar, E.; Toppari, J.; Tena-Sempere, M. Developmental,
stage-specific, and hormonally regulated expression of growth
hormone secretagogue receptor messenger RNA in rat testis. Biol.
Reproduction 2003, 68, 1631-1640) A GHS-R subtype on cholinergic
nerves is postulated as an explanation for the differential actions
of ghrelin and a peptidic GHS on neural contractile response
observed during binding studies at the motilin receptor.
(Depoortere, I.; Thijs, T.; Thielemans, L.; Robberecht, P.;
Peeters, T. L. Interaction of the growth hormone-releasing peptides
ghrelin and growth hormone-releasing peptide-6 with the motilin
receptor in the rabbit gastric antrum. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther
2003, 305, 660-667.)
The variety of activities associated with the ghrelin receptor
could also be due to different agonists activating different
signaling pathways as has been shown for ghrelin and adenosine,
both of which interact as agonists at GHS-R1a (Carreira, M. C.;
Camina, J. P.; Smith, R. G.; Casanueva, F. F. Agonist-specific
coupling of growth hormone secretagogue receptor type 1a to
different intracellular signaling systems. Role of adenosine.
Neuroendocrinology 2004, 79, 13-25.)
The functional activity of a GPCR has been shown to often require
the formation of dimers or other multimeric complexes with itself
or other proteins. (Park, P. S.; Filipek, S.; Wells, J. W.;
Palczewski, K. Oligomerization of G protein-coupled receptors:
past, present, and future. Biochemistry 2004, 43, 15643-15656;
Rios, C. D.; Jordan, B. A.; Gomes, I.; Devi, L. A.
G-protein-coupled receptor dimerization: modulation of receptor
function. Pharmacol. Ther. 2001, 92, 71-87; Devi, L. A.
Heterodimerization of G-protein-coupled receptors: pharmacology,
signaling and trafficking. Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 2001, 22,
532-537.) Likewise, the activity of the ghrelin receptor might also
be at least partially governed by such complexes. For example,
certain reports indicate that interaction of GHS-R1a with GHRH
(Cunha, S. R.; Mayo, K. E. Ghrelin and growth hormone (GH)
secreatagogues potentiate GH-releasing hormone (GHRH)-induced
cyclic adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate production in cells expressing
transfected GHRH and GH secretagogue receptors. Endocrinology 2002,
143, 4570-4582; Malagon, M. M.; Luque, R. M.; Ruiz-Guerrero, E.;
Rodriguez-Pacheco, F.; Garcia-Navarro, S.; Casanueva, F. F.;
Gracia-Navarro, F.; Castano, J. P. Intracellular signaling
mechanisms mediating ghrelin-stimulated growth hormone release in
somatotropes Endocrinology 2003, 144, 5372-5380) or between
receptor subtypes (Chan, C. B.; Cheng, C. H. K. Identification and
functional characterization of two alternatively spliced growth
hormone secretagogue receptor transcripts from the pituitary of
black seabream Acanthopagrus schlegeli. Mol. Cell. Endocrinol.
2004, 214, 81-95) may be involved in modulating the function of the
receptor.
The vast majority of reported approaches to exploiting the ghrelin
receptor for therapeutic purposes have focused on modulating
metabolic functions. Similarly, the vast majority of literature on
GHS focuses on conditions that can be treated via its GH promoting
actions. Some embodiments of the invention described herein, in
particular, take advantage of selective activation of the ghrelin
receptor to provide an avenue for the treatment of diseases
characterized by GI dysmotility. The improved GI motility observed
with ghrelin demonstrates that ghrelin agonists may be useful in
correcting conditions associated with reduced or restricted
motility (Murray, C. D. R.; Kamm, M. A.; Bloom, S. R.; Emmanuel, A.
V. Ghrelin for the gastroenterologist: history and potential.
Gastroenterology 2003, 125, 1492-1502; Fujino, K.; Inui, A.;
Asakawa, A.; Kihara, N.; Fujimura, M.; Fujimiya, M. Ghrelin induces
fasting motor activity of the gastrointestinal tract in conscious
fed rats. J. Physiol. 2003, 550, 227-240; Edholm, T.; Levin, F.;
Hellstrom, P. M.; Schmidt, P. T. Ghrelin stimulates motility in the
small intestine of rats through intrinsic cholinergic neurons.
Regul. Pept. 2004, 121, 25-30.)
Included among these conditions is post-operative ileus (POI,
Luckey, A.; Livingston, E.; Tache, Y. Mechanisms and treatment of
postoperative ileus. Arch. Surg. 2003, 138, 206-214; Baig, M. K.;
Wexner, S. D. Postoperative ileus: a review. Dis. Colon Rectum
2004, 47, 516-526). POI is defined as the impairment of GI motility
that routinely occurs following abdominal, intestinal,
gynecological and pelvic surgeries. In the U.S. alone, 4.3 million
surgeries annually induce POI, accounting for an economic impact of
over $1 billion. POI is considered a deleterious response to
surgical manipulation with a variable duration that generally
persists for 72 hours. It is characterized by pain, abdominal
distention or bloating, nausea and vomiting, accumulation of gas
and fluids in the bowel, and delayed passage of stool. Patients are
neither able to tolerate oral feeding nor to have bowel movements
until gut function returns. POI leads to numerous undesirable
consequences, including increased patient morbidity, the costly
prolongation of hospital stays and, further, is a major cause of
hospital readmission. In addition, opiate drugs given as analgesics
after surgery exacerbate this condition due to their
well-recognized side effect of inhibiting bowel function.
Surgical manipulation of the stomach or intestine causes a
disorganization of the gut-brain signaling pathways, impairing GI
activity and triggering POI. Ghrelin acts locally in the stomach to
stimulate and coordinate the firing of vagal afferent neurons and
thereby modulate gut motility. Thus, ghrelin accelerates gastric
emptying in humans (Inui, A.; Asakawa, A.; Bowers, C. Y.;
Mantovani, G.; Laviano, A.; Meguid, M. M.; Fujimiya, M. Ghrelin,
appetite, and gastric motility: the emerging role of the stomach as
an endocrine organ. FASEB J. 2004, 18, 439-456; Peeters, T. L.
Central and peripheral mechanisms by which ghrelin regulates gut
motility. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 2003, 54(Supp. 4), 95-103.) and is
a potent agent proven to treat POI in animal models (Trudel. L.;
Tomasetto, C.; Rio, M. C.; Bouin, M.; Plourde, V.; Eberling, P.;
Poitras, P. Ghrelin/motilin-related peptide is a potent prokinetic
to reverse gastric postoperative ileus in rats. Am. J. Physiol.
2002, 282, G948-G952; Trudel, L.; Bouin, M.; Tomasetto, C.;
Eberling, P.; St-Pierre, S.; Bannon, P.; L'Heureux, M. C.; Poitras,
P. Two new peptides to improve post-operative gastric ileus in dog.
Peptides 2003, 24, 531-534). Ghrelin agonists duplicate the effects
of ghrelin, thus targeting directly the underlying cause of POI to
accelerate normalization of gut function and enable more rapid
discharge from the hospital. Intravenous administration is often
the preferred route of treatment for POI due to the impaired GI
motility in these patients that impedes oral therapy. No agent is
currently approved by the U.S. FDA specifically for the treatment
of POI.
Another major motility disorder is gastroparesis, a particular
problem for both type I and type II diabetics. (Camilleri, M.
Advances in diabetic gastroparesis. Rev. Gastroenterol. Disord.
2002, 2, 47-56; Tack et al. Gastroenterology 2004; 126: A485;
Moreaux, B.; VandenBerg, J.; Thielmans, L.; Meulemans, A.; Coulie,
B. Activation of the GHS receptor accelerates gastric emptying in
the dog. Digestive Disease Week, 15-20 May 2004, New Orleans, La.,
USA Abstract M1009; Tack et al. Gastroenterology 2004, 126: A74)
Gastroparesis ("stomach paralysis") is a syndrome characterized by
delayed gastric emptying in the absence of any mechanical
obstruction. It is variably characterized by abdominal pain,
nausea, vomiting, weight loss, anorexia, early satiety,
malnutrition, dehydration, gastroesophageal reflux, cramping and
bloating. This chronic condition can lead to frequent
hospitalization, increased disability and decreased quality of
life. Severe, symptomatic gastroparesis is common in individuals
suffering from diabetes, affecting from 5-10% of diabetics for a
total patient population of 1 million in the U.S. alone. Neuropathy
is a frequent, debilitating complication of diabetes. Visceral
neuropathy results in GI dysfunction, especially involving the
stomach, leading to impaired gastric motility. Ghrelin promotes
gastric emptying both by stimulating the vagus nerve and via direct
prokinetic action at the gastric mucosa. Moreover, a recent
clinical study indicates that intravenous administration of the
natural ghrelin peptide is an effective acute therapy in diabetic
gastroparesis patients. A ghrelin agonist would therefore be highly
effective in over-coming the fundamental motility barrier faced by
gastroparesis patients and correcting this condition. As with POI,
no accepted or efficacious therapy for diabetic gastroparesis is
available and most current therapies aim to provide only
symptomatic relief. Further, many of the therapeutics in
development have a mechanism of action similar to earlier products
that have failed in this indication. Surgical procedures may
ameliorate the disease process, but offer no possibility of
cure.
Opioid-induced bowel dysfunction (OBD, Kurz, A.; Sessler, D. J.
Opioid-Induced Bowel Dysfunction. Drugs 2003, 63, 649-671.) is the
term applied to the confluence of symptoms involving the reduced GI
motility that results from treatment with opioid analgesics.
Approximately 40-50% of patients taking opioids for pain control
experience OBD. It is characterized by hard, dry stools, straining,
incomplete evacuation, bloating, abdominal distension and increased
gastric reflux. In addition to the obvious short-term distress,
this condition leads to physical and psychological deterioration in
patients undergoing long term opioid treatment, Further, the
dysfunction can be so severe as to become a dose-limiting adverse
effect that actually prevents adequate pain control. As with POI, a
ghrelin agonist can be expected to counteract the dysmotility
resulting from opioid use.
Two less common conditions may also be helped through the GI
motility stimulation effects of ghrelin and ghrelin agonists. Short
bowel syndrome is a condition that occurs after resection of a
substantial portion of small intestine and is characterized by
malnutrition. Patients are observed to have decreased ghrelin
levels resulting from loss of the ghrelin-producing neuroendocrine
cells of the intestine. It is possible the short bowel feeds back
on the release of the hormone. (Krsek, M.; Rosicka, M.; Haluzik,
M.; et al. Plasma ghrelin levels in patients with short bowel
syndrome. Endocr. Res. 2002, 28, 27-33.) Chronic intestinal
pseudo-obstruction is a syndrome defined by the presence of chronic
intestinal dilation and dysmotility in the absence of mechanical
obstruction or inflammation. Both genetic and acquired causes are
known to result in this disorder, which affects high numbers of
individuals worldwide annually. (Hirano. I.; Pandolfino, J. Chronic
intestinal pseudo-obstruction. Dig. Dis. 2000, 18, 83-92.)
Other conditions and disorders that could be addressed through
stimulation of the ghrelin receptor are: emesis such as caused by
cancer chemotherapy, constipation such as associated with the
hypomotility phase of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), delayed
gastric emptying associated with wasting conditions,
gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), gastric ulcers (Sibilia,
V.; Rindi, G.; Pagani, F.; Rapetti, D.; Locatelli, V; Torsello, A.;
Campanini, N.; Degenghi, R.; Netti, C. Ghrelin protects against
ethanol-induced gastric ulcers in rats: studies on the mechanism of
action. Endocrinology 2003, 144, 353-359.) and Crohn's disease.
Additionally, GI dysmotility is a significant problem in other
mammals as well. For example, the motility dysfunction termed ileus
or colic is the number one cause of mortality among horses.
Further, ileus is one of the most common complications of equine
intestinal surgery, in other words, post-operative ileus. This
condition may also have a non-surgical etiology. Some horses may be
predisposed to ileus based upon the anatomy and functioning of
their digestive tract. Virtually any horse is susceptible to colic
with only minor differences based upon age, sex and breed.
Additionally, ileus may affect other animals, for example canines.
(Roussel, A. J., Jr.; Cohen, N. D.; Hooper, R. N.; Rakestraw, P. C.
Risk factors associated with development of postoperative ileus in
horses. J. Am Vet. Med Assoc. 2001, 219, 72-78; Van Hoogmoed, L.
M.; Nieto, J. E.; Snyder, J. R.; Harmon, F. A. Survey of prokinetic
use in horses with gastrointestinal injury. Vet. Surg. 2004, 33,
279-285.)
Importantly, for most of the above conditions, no specific,
approved therapeutics exist and most therapies simply address
symptomatic relief. However, specific modulation of the ghrelin
receptor provides an opportunity to directly target the site of
pathophysiological disturbance to better treat the underlying
condition and improve clinical outcome. Further, unlike other
agents that interact at the GHS-R1a receptor, the compounds of the
invention are believed not to stimulate concurrent GH secretion.
This separation of the gastrointestinal and GH effects has not
previously been reported for any modulators of this receptor.
However, as already mentioned, the existence of analogues that
separate the appetite control and GH modulatory effects associated
with ghrelin has been recently reported.
WO 01/00830 reports on short gastrointestinal peptides (SGIP) that
secrete growth hormone and also promote GI motility, but these were
not shown to be due to action at the ghrelin receptor. U.S. Pat.
No. 6,548,501 discloses specific compounds, but as GHS, useful for
stimulation of GI motility. Moreover, other endogenous factors are
known to stimulate secretion of GH, but do not promote GI motility.
Indeed, many actually inhibit this physiological function. Specific
receptor agonists such as the compounds of the present invention
have much better potential to be selective and effective
therapeutic agents.
Work has continued at the development of potent and selective GHS
with a number of small molecule derivatives now being known as has
been recently summarized. (Carpino, P. Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents
2002, 12, 1599-1618.) Specific GHS are described in the following
U.S. Pat. Nos. and Intl. Pat. Appl. Publs. WO 89/07110; WO
89/07111; WO 92/07578; WO 93/04081; WO 94/11012; WO 94/13696; WO
94/19367; WO 95/11029; WO 95/13069; WO 95/14666; WO 95/17422; WO
95/17423; WO 95/34311; WO 96/02530; WO 96/15148; WO 96/22996; WO
96/22997; WO 96/24580; WO 96/24587; WO 96/32943; WO 96/33189; WO
96/35713; WO 96/38471; WO 97/00894; WO 97/06803; WO 97/07117; WO
97/09060; WO 97/11697; WO 97/15191; WO 97/15573; WO 97/21730; WO
97/22004; WO 97/22367; WO 97/22620; WO 97/23508; WO 97/24369; WO
97/34604; WO 97/36873; WO 97/38709; WO 97/40023; WO 97/40071; WO
97/41878; WO 97/41879; WO 97/43278; WO 97/44042; WO 97/46252; WO
98/03473; WO 98/10653; WO 98/18815; WO 98/22124; WO 98/46569; WO
98/51687; WO 98/58947; WO 98/58948; WO 98/58949; WO 98/58950; WO
99/08697; WO 99/09991; WO 99/36431; WO 99/39730; WO 99/45029; WO
99/58501; WO 99/64456; WO 99/65486, WO 99/65488; WO 00/01726; WO
00/10975; WO 01/47558; WO 01/92292; WO 01/96300; WO 01/97831; U.S.
Pat. No. 3,239,345; U.S. Pat. No. 4,036,979; U.S. Pat. No.
4,411,890; U.S. Pat. No. 5,492,916; U.S. Pat. No. 5,494,919; U.S.
Pat. No. 5,559,128; U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,171; U.S. Pat. No.
5,721,250; U.S. Pat. No. 5,721,251; U.S. Pat. No. 5,723,616; U.S.
Pat. No. 5,726,319; U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,124; U.S. Pat. No.
5,798,337; U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,433; U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,777; U.S.
Pat. No. 6,034,216; U.S. Pat. No. 6,548,501; U.S. Pat. No.
6,559,150; U.S. Pat. No. 6,576,686; U.S. Pat. No. 6,686,359; and
U.S. Pat. Appl. Nos. 2002/0168343; 2003/100494; 2003/130284;
2003/186844.
Despite this immense body of work, cyclic compounds have rarely
been found to act at the receptor. When they have, antagonist
activity has been more prevalent. For example, the 14-amino acid
compound, vapreotide, an SRIH-14 agonist and somatostatin mimetic,
was demonstrated to be a ghrelin antagonist. (Deghenghi R, Papotti
M, Ghigo E, et al. Somatostatin octapeptides (lanreotide,
octreotide, vapreotide, and their analogs) share the growth
hormone-releasing peptide receptor in the human pituitary gland.
Endocrine 2001, 14, 29-33.) The binding and antagonist activities
of analogues of cortistatin, a cyclic neuropeptide known to bind
nonselectively to somatostatin receptors, to the growth hormone
secretagogue receptor have been reported (Intl. Pat. Appl. WO
03/004518). (Deghenghi R, Broglio F, Papotti M, et al. Targeting
the ghrelin receptor--Orally active GHS and cortistatin analogs.
Endocrine 2003, 22, 13-18) In particular, one of these analogues,
EP-01492 (cortistatin-8) has been advanced into preclinical studies
for the treatment of obesity as a ghrelin antagonist. These
compounds exhibit an IC.sub.50 of 24-33 nM. In addition, these
cyclic compounds and their derivatives, plus their use with metal
binding agents have been described for their ability to be useful
for radiodiagnostic or radiotherapeutic use in the treatment of
tumors and acromegaly.
Cyclic and linear analogues of growth hormone 177-191 have been
studied as treatments for obesity (WO 99/12969), with one
particular compound, AOD9604, having entered the clinic for this
indication. A compound already studied that is most similar to the
molecules of the present invention is the GHS, G-7203
(EC.sub.50=0.43 nM), the cyclic peptide analogue of the growth
hormone releasing peptide, GHRP-2 (Elias, K. A.; Ingle, G. S.;
Burnier, J. P.; Hammonds, G.; McDowell, R. S.; Rawson, T. E.;
Somers, T. C.; Stanley, M. S.; Cronin, M. J. In vitro
characterization of four novel classes of growth hormone-releasing
peptide. Endocrinol. 1995, 136, 5694-5699). However, simplification
of this cyclic derivative led to still potent, linear compounds,
whereas, for compounds of the invention, linear analogues have been
found to be devoid of ghrelin receptor activity.
The macrocyclic compounds of the invention possess agonist
activity. As previously mentioned, however, unlike other agonists
of the hGHS-R1a receptor, the compounds of the invention
unexpectedly have an insignificant stimulatory effect on the
release of growth hormone. Accordingly, the compounds of the
present invention can exhibit selective action in the GI tract or
for metabolic disorders without side effects due to GH release.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel conformationally-defined
macrocyclic compounds. These compounds can function as modulators,
in particular agonists, of the ghrelin (growth hormone
secretagogue) receptor (GHS-R1a).
According to aspects of the present invention, the present
invention relates to compounds according to formula I, II and/or
III:
##STR00001## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof. wherein:
R.sub.1 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below, or alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.9 together form a
3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.2 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below; or alternatively R.sub.2 and R.sub.9 together form a
3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.3 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or
7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below, or alternatively, R.sub.3 and R.sub.7 or R.sub.3 and
R.sub.11 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered heterocyclic
ring, optionally comprising an O, S or additional N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below;
R.sub.4 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.4 and R.sub.3 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or
7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below, or alternatively R.sub.4 and R.sub.7 or R.sub.4 and R.sub.11
together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered heterocyclic ring,
optionally comprising an O, S or additional N atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below;
R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each independently hydrogen or the side
chain of an amino acid or alternatively R.sub.5 and R.sub.6
together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally
comprising an O, S or N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is
optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.7 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, or a
substituted heterocyclic group, or alternatively R.sub.3 and
R.sub.7 or R.sub.4 and R.sub.7 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as described below;
R.sub.8 is substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the 3-,
4-, 5-, 6-. 7- or 8-membered ring structure and is independently
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino,
halogen, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido,
carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl
and sulfonamido, or, alternatively, R.sub.8 is a fused cycloalkyl,
a substituted fused cycloalkyl, a fused heterocyclic, a substituted
fused heterocyclic, a fused aryl, a substituted fused aryl, a fused
heteroaryl or a substituted fused heteroaryl ring when substituted
for hydrogen atoms on two adjacent atoms;
X is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9 is
hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido or amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively R.sub.9 and R.sub.1
together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally
comprising an O, S or additional N atom in the ring, wherein the
ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above;
Z.sub.1 is O or NR.sub.11, wherein R.sub.11 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively R.sub.3 and
R.sub.11, or R.sub.4 and R.sub.11 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered heterocyclic ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above;
Z.sub.2 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;
m, n and p are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
T is a bivalent radical of formula IV:
--U--(CH.sub.2).sub.d--W--Y-Z-(CH.sub.2).sub.e-- (IV) wherein d and
e are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; Y and Z are each
optionally present; U is --CR.sub.21R.sub.22-- or --C(.dbd.O)-- and
is bonded to X of formula I; W, Y and Z are each independently
selected from the group consisting of--O--, --NR.sub.23--, --S--,
--SO--, --SO.sub.2--, --C(.dbd.O)--O--, --O--C(.dbd.O)--,
--C(.dbd.O)--NH--, --NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--,
--NH--SO.sub.2--, --CR.sub.24R.sub.25--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the
configuration Z or E, and the ring structures below:
##STR00002## wherein G.sub.1 and G.sub.2 are each independently a
covalent bond or a bivalent radical selected from the group
consisting of --O--, --NR.sub.39--, --S--, --SO--, --SO.sub.2--,
--C(.dbd.O)--, --C(.dbd.O)--O--, --O--C (.dbd.O)--,
--C(.dbd.O)NH--, --NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--,
--NH--SO.sub.2--, --CR.sub.40R.sub.41--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the
configuration Z or E, and --C.ident.C--; with G.sub.1 being bonded
closest to the group U; wherein any carbon atom in the rings not
otherwise defined, is optionally replaced by N, with the proviso
that the ring cannot contain more than four N atoms; K.sub.1,
K.sub.2, K.sub.3, K.sub.4 and K.sub.5 are each independently O,
NR.sub.42 or S, wherein R.sub.42 is as defined below; R.sub.21 and
R.sub.22 are each independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively R.sub.2, and R.sub.22
together form a 3- to 12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising
one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S
and N, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined above; R.sub.23, R.sub.39 and R.sub.42 are each
independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic,
aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, formyl,
acyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, amidino, sulfonyl or
sulfonamido; R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 are each independently hydrogen,
lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, R.sub.AA, wherein R.sub.AA is
a side chain of an amino acid such as a standard or unusual amino
acid, or alternatively R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 together form a 3- to
12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or
alternatively one of R.sub.24 or R.sub.25 is hydroxy, alkoxy,
aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or guanidino
while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 are
bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom; R.sub.26, R.sub.31,
R.sub.35 and R.sub.38 are each optionally present and, when
present, are substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the
indicated ring and each is independently selected from the group
consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, formyl,
acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, cyano, nitro, mercapto, sulfinyl,
sulfonyl and sulfonamido; R.sub.27 is optionally present and is
substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the indicated ring
and each is independently selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and sulfonamido; R.sub.28, R.sub.29,
R.sub.30, R.sub.32, R.sub.33, R.sub.34, R.sub.36 and R.sub.37 are
each optionally present and, when no double bond is present to the
carbon atom to which it is bonded in the ring, two groups are
optionally present, and when present, is substituted for one
hydrogen present in the ring, or when no double bond is present to
the carbon atom to which it is bonded in the ring, is substituted
for one or both of the two hydrogen atoms present on the ring and
each is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido and, only if a double
bond is present to the carbon atom to which it is bonded, halogen;
and R.sub.40 and R.sub.41 are each independently hydrogen, lower
alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, R.sub.AA as defined above, or
alternatively R.sub.40 and R.sub.41 together form a 3- to
12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
above, or alternatively one of R.sub.40 and R.sub.41 is hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or
guanidino, while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted
lower alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.40 and R.sub.41
are bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom; with the proviso
that T is not an amino acid residue, dipeptide fragment, tripeptide
fragment or higher order peptide fragment comprising standard amino
acids;
##STR00003## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof, wherein:
R.sub.50 is --(CH.sub.2).sub.ssCH.sub.3,
--CH(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.2).sub.ttCH.sub.3,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.uuCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2, --C(CH.sub.3).sub.3,
--(CHR.sub.55).sub.vv--R.sub.56, or --CH(OR.sub.57)CH.sub.3,
wherein ss is 1, 2 or 3; tt is 1 or 2; uu is 0, 1 or 2; and vv is
0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sub.55 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl;
R.sub.56 is amino, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyl or substituted
cycloalkyl; and R.sub.57 is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, amino acyl,
sulfonyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyaryl;
R.sub.51 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl substituted with hydroxy or alkoxy;
R.sub.52 is --(CHR.sub.58).sub.wwR.sub.59, wherein ww is 0, 1, 2 or
3; R.sub.58 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, amino, hydroxy or
alkoxy; R.sub.59 is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl;
R.sub.53 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl;
X.sub.2 is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9
is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido or amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl;
Z.sub.5 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; and
T.sub.2 is a bivalent radical of formula V:
--U.sub.a--(CH.sub.2).sub.d--W.sub.a--Y.sub.a-Z.sub.a-(CH.sub.2).sub.3--
(V) wherein d and e are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; Y.sub.a
and Z.sub.a are each optionally present; U.sub.a is
--CR.sub.60R.sub.61-- or --C(.dbd.O)-- and is bonded to X.sub.2 of
formula II, wherein R.sub.60 and R.sub.61 are each independently
hydrogen, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively
R.sub.21 and R.sub.22 together form a 3- to 12-membered cyclic ring
optionally comprising one or more heteroatoms selected from the
group consisting of O, S and N, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above: W.sub.a, Y.sub.a and
Z.sub.a are each independently selected from the group consisting
of: --O--, --NR.sub.62--, --S--, --SO--, --SO.sub.2--,
--C(.dbd.O)--O--, --O--C(.dbd.O)--, --C(.dbd.O)--NH--,
--NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--, --NH--SO.sub.2--,
--CR.sub.63R.sub.64--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the configuration Z or E,
--C.ident.C--, and the ring structures depicted below:
##STR00004## wherein G.sub.1 and G.sub.2 are as defined above, and
wherein any carbon atom in the ring is optionally replaced by N,
with the proviso that the aromatic ring cannot contain more than
four N atoms and the cycloalkyl ring cannot contain more than two N
atoms; R.sub.62 is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a substituted
heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, formyl, acyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido,
amidino, sulfonyl or sulfonamido; R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 are each
independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl or
R.sub.AA; or alternatively R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 together form a 3-
to 12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or
alternatively one of R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 is hydroxy, alkoxy,
aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or guanidino,
while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 are
bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom; and R.sub.AA indicates
the side chain of an amino acid such as a standard or unusual amino
acid; R.sub.65 and R.sub.68 are each optionally present, and, when
present are substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the ring
and each is independently halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkyl,
substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidine, ureido, amidino, cyano,
nitro, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl or sulfonamido; R.sub.66 and
R.sub.67 are each optionally present, and when no double bond is
present to the carbon atom to which it is bonded in the ring, two
groups are optionally present, and, when present, each is
substituted for one hydrogen present in the ring, or when no double
bond is present to the carbon atom to which it is bonded in the
ring, is substituted for one or both of the two hydrogen atoms
present on the ring and each is independently alkyl, substituted
alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic,
substituted heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino,
formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido and, only if a double bond is present to the carbon
atom to which it is bonded, halogen; R.sub.69 is optionally
present, and when present is substituted for one or more hydrogen
atoms on the ring and each is independently alkyl, substituted
alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino,
formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl or
sulfonamido; K.sub.6 is O or S; and ff is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; with the
proviso that T.sub.2 is not an amino acid residue, dipeptide
fragment, tripeptide fragment or higher order peptide fragment
comprising standard amino acids; or
##STR00005## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof, wherein:
R.sub.70 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or alternatively
R.sub.70 and R.sub.71 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered
ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein
the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8a as defined
below;
R.sub.71 is hydrogen, --(CH.sub.2).sub.aaCH.sub.3, --CH(CH.sub.3)
(CH.sub.2).sub.bbCH.sub.3, --(CH.sub.2).sub.ccCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.dd--R.sub.76 or --CH(OR.sub.77)CH.sub.3 or,
alternatively R.sub.71 and R.sub.70 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-
or 8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8a as
defined below; wherein aa is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; bb is 1, 2 or 3;
cc is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and dd is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sub.76 is aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or
substituted cycloalkyl; R.sub.77 is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, amino
acyl, sulfonyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyaryl;
R.sub.72 is C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl; or alternatively R.sub.72 and
R.sub.73 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring,
optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring, wherein the ring
is optionally substituted with R.sub.8b as defined below;
R.sub.73 is hydrogen, or alternatively R.sub.73 and R.sub.72
together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally
comprising an O, S or N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is
optionally substituted with R.sub.8b as defined below;
R.sub.74 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or alternatively
R.sub.74 and R.sub.75 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered
ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein
the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8c, as defined
below;
R.sub.75 is --(CHR.sub.78)R.sub.79 or alternatively R.sub.75 and
R.sub.74 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring,
optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein the
ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8c as defined below;
wherein R.sub.78 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, amino, hydroxy
or alkoxy, and R.sub.79 is selected from the group consisting of
the following structures:
##STR00006## wherein E, E.sub.2, E.sub.3, E.sub.4 and E.sub.5 are
each optionally present and when present are each independently
selected from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and sulfonamido, and
represent substitution at one or more available positions on the
monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring, wherein said substitution is
made with the same or different selected group member, and J.sub.1
and J.sub.2 are each independently O or S;
R.sub.8a, R.sub.8b and R.sub.8c are each independently substituted
for one or more hydrogen atoms on the 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring structure and are independently selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a substituted
heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, halogen, formyl,
acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and
sulfonamido, or, alternatively. R.sub.8a, R.sub.8b and R.sub.8c are
each independently a fused cycloalkyl, a substituted fused
cycloalkyl, a fused heterocyclic, a substituted fused heterocyclic,
a fused aryl, a substituted fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl or a
substituted fused heteroaryl ring when substituted for hydrogen
atoms on two adjacent atoms;
X.sub.3 is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9
is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido or amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl;
Z.sub.10 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; and
T.sub.3 is the same as defined for T.sub.2 with the exception that
U.sub.a is bonded to X.sub.3 of formula III.
According to further aspects of the present invention, the compound
is a ghrelin receptor agonist or a GHS-R1a receptor agonist.
Further aspects of the present invention provide pharmaceutical
compositions comprising: (a) a compound of the present invention;
and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or
diluent.
Additional aspects of the present invention provide kits comprising
one or more containers containing pharmaceutical dosage units
comprising an effective amount of one or more compounds of the
present invention packaged with optional instructions for the use
thereof.
Aspects of the present invention further provide methods of
stimulating gastrointestinal motility, modulating GHS-R1a receptor
activity in a mammal and/or treating a gastrointestinal disorder
comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective
amount of a modulator that modulates a mammalian GHS-R1a receptor.
In particular embodiments, interaction of the modulator and the
GHS-R1a receptor does not result in a significant amount of growth
hormone release. In still other embodiments, the modulator is a
compound of formula I, II and/or III.
Additional aspects of the present invention provide methods of
diagnosing tumors and/or acromegaly, comprising administering
compounds of the present invention and a radiolabeled metal binding
agent and detecting the binding of the composition to a biological
target, and treating tumors and/or acromegaly comprising
administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition
comprising a compound of the present invention.
Further aspects of the present invention relate to methods of
making the compounds of formula I, II and/or III.
Aspects of the present invention further relate to methods of
preventing and/or treating disorders described herein, in
particular, gastrointestinal disorders, including post-operative
ileus, gastroparesis, such as diabetic and post-surgical
gastroparesis, opioid-induced bowel dysfunction, chronic intestinal
pseudo-obstruction, short bowel syndrome, emesis such as caused by
cancer chemotherapy, constipation such as associated with the
hypomotility phase of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), delayed
gastric emptying associated with wasting conditions,
gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), gastric ulcers, Crohn's
disease, gastrointestinal disorders characterized by dysmotility
and other diseases and disorders of the gastrointestinal tract.
The present invention also relates to compounds of formula I, II
and/or III used for the preparation of a medicament for prevention
and/or treatment of the disorders described herein.
The foregoing and other aspects of the present invention are
explained in greater detail in the specification set forth
below.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 shows a scheme presenting a general synthetic strategy to
provide conformationally-defined macrocycles of the present
invention.
FIG. 2 shows a general thioester strategy for making macrocyclic
compounds of the present invention.
FIG. 3 shows a general ring-closing metathesis (RCM) strategy for
macrocyclic compounds of the present invention.
FIG. 4 (panels A through E) shows competitive binding curves for
binding of exemplary compounds of the present invention to the
hGHS-R1a receptor.
FIG. 5 (panels A through E) shows concentration-response curves for
activation of the hGHS-R1a receptor by exemplary compounds of the
present invention.
FIG. 6 shows graphs depicting pharmacokinetic parameters for
exemplary compounds of the present invention, specifically after
oral administration of 8 mg/kg compound 298 (panel A), after
subcutaneous injection of 2 mg/kg compound 298 with cyclodextrin
(panel B), after intravenous administration of 2 mg/kg compound 25
with cyclodextrin (panel C) and after intravenous administration of
2 mg/kg compound 298 with cyclodextrin (panel D).
FIG. 7 (panels A and B) shows graphs presenting effects on gastric
emptying for exemplary compounds of the present invention.
FIG. 8 shows a graph presenting effects on postoperative ileus for
an exemplary compound of the present invention.
FIG. 9 (panels A through D) shows graphs depicting the effect on
pulsatile growth hormone release for an exemplary compound of the
present invention.
FIG. 10 shows a competitive binding curve for binding of an
exemplary compound of the present invention to the hGHS-R1a
receptor.
FIG. 11 shows an activation curve demonstrating the agonism of an
exemplary compound of the present invention.
FIG. 12 shows a graph depicting the lack of effect on
ghrelin-induced growth hormone release for an exemplary compound of
the present invention.
FIG. 13 shows graphs depicting receptor desentization associated
with binding of exemplary compounds of the present invention to the
hGHS-R1a receptor.
FIG. 14 (panels A and B) shows graphs presenting effects on gastric
emptying for an exemplary compound of the present invention.
FIG. 15 shows a graph presenting effects on postoperative ileus for
an exemplary compound of the present invention.
FIG. 16 shows graphs depicting reversal of morphine-delayed gastric
emptying (panel A) and morphine-delayed gastrointestinal transit
(panel B) for an exemplary compound of the present invention.
FIG. 17 (panels A and B) shows graphs depicting effects on
gastroparesis for exemplary compounds of the present invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The foregoing and other aspects of the present invention will now
be described in more detail with respect to other embodiments
described herein. It should be appreciated that the invention can
be embodied in different forms and should not be construed as
limited to the embodiments set forth herein. Rather, these
embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough
and complete, and will fully convey the scope of the invention to
those skilled in the art.
The terminology used in the description of the invention herein is
for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is
not intended to be limiting of the invention. As used in the
description of the invention and the appended claims, the singular
forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms
as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
Additionally, as used herein, the term "and/or" includes any and
all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items and
may be abbreviated as "/".
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used
herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of
ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
All publications, U.S. patent applications, U.S. patents and other
references cited herein are incorporated by reference in their
entireties.
The term "alkyl" refers to straight or branched chain saturated or
partially unsaturated hydrocarbon groups having from 1 to 20 carbon
atoms, in some instances 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The term "lower
alkyl" refers to alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl,
ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, 3-hexenyl, and 2-butynyl. By
"unsaturated" is meant the presence of 1, 2 or 3 double or triple
bonds, or a combination of the two. Such alkyl groups may also be
optionally substituted as described below.
When a subscript is used with reference to an alkyl or other
hydrocarbon group defined herein, the subscript refers to the
number of carbon atoms that the group may contain. For example,
C.sub.2-C.sub.4 alkyl indicates an alkyl group with 2, 3 or 4
carbon atoms.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated or partially unsaturated
cyclic hydrocarbon groups having from 3 to 15 carbon atoms in the
ring, in some instances 3 to 7, and to alkyl groups containing said
cyclic hydrocarbon groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include,
but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl,
cyclopentyl, 2-(cyclohexyl)ethyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclohexenyl.
Cycloalkyl as defined herein also includes groups with multiple
carbon rings, each of which may be saturated or partially
unsaturated, for example decalinyl, [2.2.1]-bicycloheptanyl or
adamantanyl. All such cycloalkyl groups may also be optionally
substituted as described below.
The term "aromatic" refers to an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon
group having a conjugated pi electron system that contains 4n+2
electrons where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
Aromatic molecules are typically stable and are depicted as a
planar ring of atoms with resonance structures that consist of
alternating double and single bonds, for example benzene or
naphthalene.
The term "aryl" refers to an aromatic group in a single or fused
carbocyclic ring system having from 6 to 15 ring atoms, in some
instances 6 to 10, and to alkyl groups containing said aromatic
groups. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to,
phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and benzyl. Aryl as defined herein
also includes groups with multiple aryl rings which may be fused,
as in naphthyl and anthracenyl, or unfused, as in biphenyl and
terphenyl. Aryl also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings,
where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be
saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic, for example, indanyl
or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl). All such aryl groups may also
be optionally substituted as described below.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refers to saturated or
partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic groups
having from 3 to 15 atoms, in some instances 3 to 7, with at least
one heteroatom in at least one of the rings, said heteroatom being
selected from O, S or N. Each ring of the heterocyclic group can
contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, one to four N
atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring
is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom.
The fused rings completing the bicyclic or tricyclic heterocyclic
groups may contain only carbon atoms and may be saturated or
partially unsaturated. The N and S atoms may optionally be oxidized
and the N atoms may optionally be quaternized. Heterocyclic also
refers to alkyl groups containing said monocyclic, bicyclic or
tricyclic heterocyclic groups. Examples of heterocyclic rings
include, but are not limited to, 2- or 3-piperidinyl, 2- or
3-piperazinyl, 2- or 3-morpholinyl. All such heterocyclic groups
may also be optionally substituted as described below
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group in a single or
fused ring system having from 5 to 15 ring atoms, in some instances
5 to 10, which have at least one heteroatom in at least one of the
rings, said heteroatom being selected from O, S or N. Each ring of
the heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S
atoms, one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of
heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at
least one carbon atom. The fused rings completing the bicyclic or
tricyclic groups may contain only carbon atoms and may be
saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic. In structures where
the lone pair of electrons of a nitrogen atom is not involved in
completing the aromatic pi electron system, the N atoms may
optionally be quaternized or oxidized to the N-oxide. Heteroaryl
also refers to alkyl groups containing said cyclic groups. Examples
of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to
pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furanyl, thienyl,
oxadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and
triazinyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are
not limited to indolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl,
quinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl,
benzopyranyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl,
chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl,
indazolyl, purinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, furopyridinyl,
thienopyridinyl, dihydroisoindolyl, and tetrahydroquinolinyl.
Examples of tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not
limited to carbazolyl, benzindolyl, phenanthrollinyl, acridinyl,
phenanthridinyl, and xanthenyl. All such heteroaryl groups may also
be optionally substituted as described below.
The term "hydroxy" refers to the group --OH.
The term "alkoxy" refers to the group --OR.sub.a, wherein R.sub.a
is alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic. Examples include, but are not
limited to methoxy, ethoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclohexyloxy and
tetrahydropyranyloxy.
The term "aryloxy" refers to the group --OR.sub.b wherein R.sub.b
is aryl or heteroaryl. Examples include, but are not limited to
phenoxy, benzyloxy and 2-naphthyloxy.
The term "acyl" refers to the group --C(.dbd.O)--R.sub.c wherein
R.sub.c is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl.
Examples include, but are not limited to, acetyl, benzoyl and
furoyl.
The term "amino acyl" indicates an acyl group that is derived from
an amino acid.
The term "amino" refers to an --NR.sub.dR.sub.e group wherein
R.sub.d and R.sub.e are independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl and
heteroaryl. Alternatively, R.sub.d and R.sub.e together form a
heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8 members, optionally substituted with
unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted
heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl,
hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, amino, amido, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or ureido, and
optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms selected
from O, S or N.
The term "amido" refers to the group --C(.dbd.O)--NR.sub.fR.sub.g
wherein R.sub.f and R.sub.g are independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl
and heteroaryl. Alternatively, R.sub.f and R.sub.g together form a
heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8 members, optionally substituted with
unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted
heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl,
hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, amino, amido, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or ureido, and
optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms selected
from O, S or N.
The term "amidino" refers to the group
--C(.dbd.NR.sub.h)NR.sub.iR.sub.j wherein R.sub.h is selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic,
aryl and heteroaryl; and R.sub.i and R.sub.j are independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, aryl and heteroaryl. Alternatively, R.sub.i and
R.sub.j together form a heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8 members,
optionally substituted with unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl,
unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, amino,
amido, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto, sulfinyl,
sulfonyl, sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or ureido, and
optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms selected
from O, S or N.
The term "carboxy" refers to the group --CO.sub.2H.
The term "carboxyalkyl" refers to the group --CO.sub.2R.sub.k,
wherein R.sub.k is alkyl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclic.
The term "carboxyaryl" refers to the group --CO.sub.2R.sub.m,
wherein R.sub.m is aryl or heteroaryl.
The term "cyano" refers to the group --CN.
The term "formyl" refers to the group --C(.dbd.O)H, also denoted
--CHO.
The term "halo," "halogen" or "halide" refers to fluoro, fluorine
or fluoride, chloro, chlorine or chloride, bromo, bromine or
bromide, and iodo, iodine or iodide, respectively.
The term "oxo" refers to the bivalent group .dbd.O, which is
substituted in place of two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon to
form a carbonyl group.
The term "mercapto" refers to the group --SR.sub.n wherein R.sub.n
is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or
heteroaryl.
The term "nitro" refers to the group --NO.sub.2.
The term "trifluoromethyl" refers to the group --CF.sub.3.
The term "sulfinyl" refers to the group --S(.dbd.O)R.sub.p wherein
R.sub.p is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl.
The term "sulfonyl" refers to the group --S(.dbd.O).sub.2--R.sub.q1
wherein R.sub.q1 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or
heteroaryl.
The term "aminosulfonyl" refers to the group --NR.sub.q2--S
(.dbd.O).sub.2--R.sub.q3 wherein R.sub.q2 is hydrogen, alkyl,
cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl; and R.sub.q3 is
alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl.
The term "sulfonamido" refers to the group
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2--NR.sub.rR.sub.s wherein R.sub.r and R.sub.s are
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl. Alternatively,
R.sub.r and R.sub.s together form a heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8
members, optionally substituted with unsubstituted alkyl,
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted
aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl,
amino, amido, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto,
sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or
ureido, and optionally containing one to three additional
heteroatoms selected from O, S or N.
The term "carbamoyl" refers to a group of the formula
--N(R.sub.t)--C(.dbd.O)--OR.sub.u wherein R.sub.t is selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl; and
R.sub.u is selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocylic, aryl or
heteroaryl.
The term "guanidino" refers to a group of the formula
--N(R.sub.v)--C(.dbd.NR.sub.w)--NR.sub.xR.sub.y wherein R.sub.v,
R.sub.w, R.sub.x and R.sub.y are independently selected from
hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl.
Alternatively, R.sub.x and R.sub.y together form a heterocyclic
ring or 3 to 8 members, optionally substituted with unsubstituted
alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic,
unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy,
aryloxy, acyl, amino, amido, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl,
guanidino or ureido, and optionally containing one to three
additional heteroatoms selected from O, S or N.
The term "ureido" refers to a group of the formula
--N(R.sub.z)--C(.dbd.O)--NR.sub.aaR.sub.bb wherein R.sub.z,
R.sub.aa and R.sub.bb are independently selected from hydrogen,
alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl. Alternatively,
R.sub.aa and R.sub.bb together form a heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8
members, optionally substituted with unsubstituted alkyl,
unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted
aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl,
amino, amido, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto,
sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or
ureido, and optionally containing one to three additional
heteroatoms selected from O, S or N.
The term "optionally substituted" is intended to expressly indicate
that the specified group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or
more suitable substituents, unless the optional substituents are
expressly specified, in which case the term indicates that the
group is unsubstituted or substituted with the specified
substituents. As defined above, various groups may be unsubstituted
or substituted (i.e., they are optionally substituted) unless
indicated otherwise herein (e.g., by indicating that the specified
group is =substituted).
The term "substituted" when used with the terms alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, aryl and heteroaryl refers to an alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclic, aryl or heteroaryl group having one or more of the
hydrogen atoms of the group replaced by substituents independently
selected from unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted
heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, amino, amido, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, halo, oxo, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido and groups of
the formulas --NR.sub.ccC(.dbd.O)R.sub.dd, --NR.sub.eeC
(.dbd.NR.sub.ff)R.sub.gg, --OC(.dbd.O)NR.sub.hhR.sub.ii,
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sub.jj, --OC (.dbd.O)OR.sub.kk,
--NR.sub.mmSO.sub.2R.sub.nn, or
--NR.sub.ppSO.sub.2NR.sub.qqR.sub.rr wherein R.sub.cc, R.sub.dd,
R.sub.ee, R.sub.ff, R.sub.gg, R.sub.hh, R.sub.ii, R.sub.jj,
R.sub.mm, R.sub.pp, R.sub.qq and R.sub.rr are independently
selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl or
unsubstituted heteroaryl; and wherein R.sub.kk and R.sub.nn are
independently selected from unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted
cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. Alternatively, R.sub.gg and R.sub.hh,
R.sub.jj and R.sub.kk or R.sub.pp and R.sub.qq together form a
heterocyclic ring of 3 to 8 members, optionally substituted with
unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted
heterocyclic, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl,
hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, amino, amido, carboxy,
carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido, amidino, carbamoyl, guanidino or ureido, and
optionally containing one to three additional heteroatoms selected
from O, S or N. In addition, the term "substituted" for aryl and
heteroaryl groups includes as an option having one of the hydrogen
atoms of the group replaced by cyano, nitro or trifluoromethyl.
A substitution is made provided that any atom's normal valency is
not exceeded and that the substitution results in a stable
compound. Generally, when a substituted form of a group is present,
such substituted group is preferably not further substituted or, if
substituted, the substituent comprises only a limited number of
substituted groups, in some instances 1, 2, 3 or 4 such
substituents.
When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or
in any formula herein, its definition on each occurrence is
independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Also,
combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only
if such combinations result in stable compounds.
A "stable compound" or "stable structure" refers to a compound that
is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of
purity and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "amino acid" refers to the common natural (genetically
encoded) or synthetic amino acids and common derivatives thereof,
known to those skilled in the art. When applied to amino acids,
"standard" or "proteinogenic" refers to the genetically encoded 20
amino acids in their natural configuration. Similarly, when applied
to amino acids, "unnatural" or "unusual" refers to the wide
selection of non-natural, rare or synthetic amino acids such as
those described by Hunt, S. in Chemistry and Biochemistry of the
Amino Acids, Barrett, G. C., Ed., Chapman and Hall: New York,
1985.
The term "residue" with reference to an amino acid or amino acid
derivative refers to a group of the formula:
##STR00007## wherein R.sub.AA is an amino acid side chain, and n=0,
1 or 2 in this instance.
The term "fragment" with respect to a dipeptide, tripeptide or
higher order peptide derivative indicates a group that contains
two, three or more, respectively, amino acid residues.
The term "amino acid side chain" refers to any side chain from a
standard or unnatural amino acid, and is denoted R.sub.AA. For
example, the side chain of alanine is methyl, the side chain of
valine is isopropyl and the side chain of tryptophan is
3-indolylmethyl.
The term "agonist" refers to a compound that duplicates at least
some of the effect of the endogenous ligand of a protein, receptor,
enzyme or the like.
The term "antagonist" refers to a compound that inhibits at least
some of the effect of the endogenous ligand of a protein, receptor,
enzyme or the like.
The term "growth hormone secretagogue" (GHS) refers to any
exogenously administered compound or agent that directly or
indirectly stimulates or increases the endogenous release of growth
hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, or somatostatin in an
animal, in particular, a human. A GHS may be peptidic or
non-peptidic in nature, in some instances, with an agent that can
be administered orally. In some instances, the agent can induce a
pulsatile response.
The term "modulator" refers to a compound that imparts an effect on
a biological or chemical process or mechanism. For example, a
modulator may increase, facilitate, upregulate, activate, inhibit,
decrease, block, prevent, delay, desensitize, deactivate, down
regulate, or the like, a biological or chemical process or
mechanism. Accordingly, a modulator can be an "agonist" or an
"antagonist." Exemplary biological processes or mechanisms affected
by a modulator include, but are not limited to, receptor binding
and hormone release or secretion. Exemplary chemical processes or
mechanisms affected by a modulator include, but are not limited to,
catalysis and hydrolysis.
The term "variant" when applied to a receptor is meant to include
dimers, trimers, tetramers, pentamers and other biological
complexes containing multiple components. These components can be
the same or different.
The term "peptide" refers to a chemical compound comprised of two
or more amino acids covalently bonded together.
The term "peptidomimetic" refers to a chemical compound designed to
mimic a peptide, but which contains structural differences through
the addition or replacement of one of more functional groups of the
peptide in order to modulate its activity or other properties, such
as solubility, metabolic stability, oral bioavailability,
lipophilicity, permeability, etc. This can include replacement of
the peptide bond, side chain modifications, truncations, additions
of functional groups, etc. When the chemical structure is not
derived from the peptide, but mimics its activity, it is often
referred to as a "non-peptide peptidomimetic."
The term "peptide bond" refers to the amide [--C(.dbd.O)--NH--]
functionality with which individual amino acids are typically
covalently bonded to each other in a peptide.
The term "protecting group" refers to any chemical compound that
may be used to prevent a potentially reactive functional group,
such as an amine, a hydroxyl or a carboxyl, on a molecule from
undergoing a chemical reaction while chemical change occurs
elsewhere in the molecule. A number of such protecting groups are
known to those skilled in the art and examples can be found in
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," Theodora W. Greene and
Peter G. Wuts, editors, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 3.sup.rd
edition, 1999 [ISBN 0471160199]. Examples of amino protecting
groups include, but are not limited to, phthalimido,
trichloroacetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, and
adamantyloxycarbonyl. In some embodiments, amino protecting groups
are carbamate amino protecting groups, which are defined as an
amino protecting group that when bound to an amino group forms a
carbamate. In other embodiments, amino carbamate protecting groups
are allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz),
9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), tertbutoxycarbonyl (Boc) and
.alpha.,.alpha.-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl (Ddz). For
a recent discussion of newer nitrogen protecting groups:
Theodoridis, G. Tetrahedron 2000, 56, 2339-2358. Examples of
hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl,
tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), trityl (Trt), tert-butyl, and
tetrahydropyranyl (THP). Examples of carboxyl protecting groups
include, but are not limited to methyl ester, tert-butyl ester,
benzyl ester, trimethylsilylethyl ester, and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl
ester.
The term "solid phase chemistry" refers to the conduct of chemical
reactions where one component of the reaction is covalently bonded
to a polymeric material (solid support as defined below). Reaction
methods for performing chemistry on solid phase have become more
widely known and established outside the traditional fields of
peptide and oligonucleotide chemistry.
The term "solid support," "solid phase" or "resin" refers to a
mechanically and chemically stable polymeric matrix utilized to
conduct solid phase chemistry. This is denoted by "Resin," "P-" or
the following symbol:
##STR00008##
Examples of appropriate polymer materials include, but are not
limited to, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyethylene glycol,
polyethylene glycol grafted or covalently bonded to polystyrene
(also termed PEG-polystyrene, TentaGel.TM., Rapp, W.; Zhang, L.;
Bayer, E. In Innovations and Persepctives in Solid Phase Synthesis,
Peptides, Polypeptides and Oligonucleotides; Epton, R., Ed.; SPCC
Ltd.: Birmingham, UK; p 205), polyacrylate (CLEAR.TM.),
polyacrylamide, polyurethane, PEGA [polyethyleneglycol
poly(N,N-dimethylacrylamide) co-polymer, Meldal, M. Tetrahedron
Lett, 1992, 33, 3077-3080], cellulose, etc. These materials can
optionally contain additional chemical agents to form cross-linked
bonds to mechanically stabilize the structure, for example
polystyrene cross-linked with divinylbenezene (DVB, usually 0.1-5%,
preferably 0.5-2%). This solid support can include as non-limiting
examples aminomethyl polystyrene, hydroxymethyl polystyrene,
benzhydrylamine polystyrene (BHA), methylbenzhydrylamine (MBHA)
polystyrene, and other polymeric backbones containing free chemical
functional groups, most typically, --NH.sub.2 or --OH, for further
derivatization or reaction. The term is also meant to include
"Ultraresins" with a high proportion ("loading") of these
functional groups such as those prepared from polyethyleneimines
and cross-linking molecules (Barth, M.; Rademann, J. J. Comb. Chem.
2004, 6, 340-349). At the conclusion of the synthesis, resins are
typically discarded, although they have been shown to be able to be
reused such as in Frechet, J. M. J.; Hague, K. E. Tetrahedron Lett.
1975, 16, 3055.
In general, the materials used as resins are insoluble polymers,
but certain polymers have differential solubility depending on
solvent and can also be employed for solid phase chemistry. For
example, polyethylene glycol can be utilized in this manner since
it is soluble in many organic solvents in which chemical reactions
can be conducted, but it is insoluble in others, such as diethyl
ether. Hence, reactions can be conducted homogeneously in solution,
then the product on the polymer precipitated through the addition
of diethyl ether and processed as a solid. This has been termed
"liquid-phase" chemistry.
The term "linker" when used in reference to solid phase chemistry
refers to a chemical group that is bonded covalently to a solid
support and is attached between the support and the substrate
typically in order to permit the release (cleavage) of the
substrate from the solid support. However, it can also be used to
impart stability to the bond to the solid support or merely as a
spacer element. Many solid supports are available commercially with
linkers already attached.
Abbreviations used for amino acids and designation of peptides
follow the rules of the IUPAC-IUB Commission of Biochemical
Nomenclature in J. Biol. Chem. 1972, 247, 977-983. This document
has been updated: Biochem. J., 1984, 219, 345-373; Eur. J.
Biochem., 1984, 138, 9-37; 1985, 152, 1; Internat. J. Pept. Prot.
Res., 1984, 24, following p 84; J. Biol. Chem., 1985, 260, 14-42;
Pure Appl. Chem., 1984, 56, 595-624; Amino Acids and Peptides,
1985, 16.387-410; and in Biochemical Nomenclature and Related
Documents, 2nd edition, Portland Press, 1992, pp 39-67. Extensions
to the rules were published in the JCBN/NC-IUB Newsletter 1985,
1986, 1989; see Biochemical Nomenclature and Related Documents, 2nd
edition, Portland Press, 1992, pp 68-69.
The term "effective amount" or "effective" is intended to designate
a dose that causes a relief of symptoms of a disease or disorder as
noted through clinical testing and evaluation, patient observation,
and/or the like, and/or a dose that causes a detectable change in
biological or chemical activity. The detectable changes may be
detected and/or further quantified by one skilled in the art for
the relevant mechanism or process. As is generally understood in
the art, the dosage will vary depending on the administration
routes, symptoms and body weight of the patient but also depending
upon the compound being administered.
Administration of two or more compounds "in combination" means that
the two compounds are administered closely enough in time that the
presence of one alters the biological effects of the other. The two
compounds can be administered simultaneously (concurrently) or
sequentially. Simultaneous administration can be carried out by
mixing the compounds prior to administration, or by administering
the compounds at the same point in time but at different anatomic
sites or using different routes of administration. The phrases
"concurrent administration", "administration in combination",
"simultaneous administration" or "administered simultaneously" as
used herein, means that the compounds are administered at the same
point in time or immediately following one another. In the latter
case, the two compounds are administered at times sufficiently
close that the results observed are indistinguishable from those
achieved when the compounds are administered at the same point in
time.
The term "pharmaceutically active metabolite" is intended to mean a
pharmacologically active product produced through metabolism in the
body of a specified compound.
The term "solvate" is intended to mean a pharmaceutically
acceptable solvate form of a specified compound that retains the
biological effectiveness of such compound. Examples of solvates,
without limitation, include compounds of the invention in
combination with water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl
acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine.
1. Compounds
Novel macrocyclic compounds of the present invention include
macrocyclic compounds comprising a building block structure
including a tether component that undergoes cyclization to form the
macrocyclic compound. The building block structure can comprise
amino acids (standard and unnatural), hydroxy acids, hydrazino
acids, aza-amino acids, specialized moieties such as those that
play a role in the introduction of peptide surrogates and
isosteres, and a tether component as described herein. The tether
component can be selected from the following:
##STR00009##
wherein (Z.sub.2) is the site of a covalent bond of T to Z.sub.2,
and Z.sub.2 is as defined below for formula I, and wherein (X) is
the site of a covalent bond of T to X, and X is as defined below
for formula I; L.sub.7 is --CH.sub.2-- or --O--; U.sub.1 is
--CR.sub.101R.sub.102-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.100 is lower alkyl;
R.sub.101 and R.sub.102 are each independently hydrogen, lower
alkyl or substituted lower alkyl; xx is 2 or 3; yy is 1 or 2; zz is
1 or 2; and aaa is 0 or 1.
Macrocyclic compounds of the present invention further include
those of formula I, formula II and/or formula III:
##STR00010## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof.
wherein:
R.sub.1 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below, or alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.9 together form a
3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.2 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.1 and R.sub.2 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below; or alternatively R.sub.2 and R.sub.9 together form a
3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.3 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.3 and R.sub.4 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or
7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below, or alternatively, R.sub.3 and R.sub.7 or R.sub.3 and
R.sub.11 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered heterocyclic
ring, optionally comprising an O, S or additional N atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as
defined below;
R.sub.4 is hydrogen or the side chain of an amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.4 and R.sub.3 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or
7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below, or alternatively R.sub.4 and R.sub.7 or R.sub.4 and R.sub.11
together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered heterocyclic ring,
optionally comprising an O, S or additional N atom in the ring,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
below;
R.sub.5 and R.sub.6 are each independently hydrogen or the side
chain of an amino acid or alternatively R.sub.5 and R.sub.6
together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally
comprising an O, S or N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is
optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined below;
R.sub.7 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, or a
substituted heterocyclic group, or alternatively R.sub.3 and
R.sub.7 or R.sub.4 and R.sub.7 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as described below;
R.sub.8 is substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the 3-,
4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered-ring structure and is independently
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino,
halogen, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido,
carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl
and sulfonamido, or, alternatively, R.sub.8 is a fused cycloalkyl,
a substituted fused cycloalkyl, a fused heterocyclic, a substituted
fused heterocyclic, a fused aryl, a substituted fused aryl, a fused
heteroaryl or a substituted fused heteroaryl ring when substituted
for hydrogen atoms on two adjacent atoms:
X is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9 is
hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower sulfonyl, sulfonamido or
amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or substituted lower
alkyl, or alternatively R.sub.9 and R.sub.1 together form a 3-. 4-,
5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above;
Z.sub.1 is O or NR.sub.11, wherein R.sub.11 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively R.sub.3 and
R.sub.11 or R.sub.4 and R.sub.11 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered heterocyclic ring, optionally comprising an O, S or
additional N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above;
Z.sub.2 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;
m, n and p are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
T is a bivalent radical of formula IV:
--U--(CH.sub.2).sub.d--W--Y-Z-(CH.sub.2).sub.e-- (IV) wherein d and
e are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; Y and Z are each
optionally present; U is --CR.sub.21R.sub.22-- or --C(.dbd.O)-- and
is bonded to X of formula I; W, Y and Z are each independently
selected from the group consisting of --O--, --NR.sub.23--, --S--,
--SO--, --SO.sub.2--, --C(.dbd.O)--, --O--C(.dbd.O)--,
--C(.dbd.O)NH--, --NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--,
--NH--SO.sub.2--, --CR.sub.24R.sub.25--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the
configuration Z or E, --C.ident.C-- and the ring structures
below:
##STR00011## wherein G.sub.1 and G.sub.2 are each independently a
covalent bond or a bivalent radical selected from the group
consisting of --O--, --NR.sub.39--, --S--, --SO--, --SO.sub.2--,
--C(.dbd.O)--, --C(.dbd.O)--, --O--C (.dbd.O)--, --C(.dbd.O)NH--,
--NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--, --NH--SO.sub.2--,
--CR.sub.40R.sub.41--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the configuration Z or E,
and --C.ident.C--; with G.sub.I being bonded closest to the group
U; wherein any carbon atom in the rings not otherwise defined, is
optionally replaced by N, with the proviso that the ring cannot
contain more than four N atoms; K.sub.1, K.sub.2, K.sub.3, K.sub.4
and K.sub.5 are each independently O, NR.sub.42 or S, wherein
R.sub.42 is as defined below; R.sub.21 and R.sub.22 are each
independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl, or
alternatively R.sub.2, and R.sub.22 together form a 3- to
12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N,
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
above; R.sub.23, R.sub.39 and R.sub.42 are each independently
hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, formyl, acyl,
carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, amidino, sulfonyl or sulfonamido;
R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 are each independently hydrogen, lower alkyl,
substituted lower alkyl, R.sub.AA, wherein R.sub.AA is a side chain
of an amino acid such as a standard or unusual amino acid, or
alternatively R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 together form a 3- to
12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or
alternatively one of R.sub.24 or R.sub.25 is hydroxy, alkoxy,
aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or guanidino
while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.24 and R.sub.25 are
bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom; R.sub.26, R.sub.31,
R.sub.35 and R.sub.38 are each optionally present and, when
present, are substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the
indicated ring and each is independently selected from the group
consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, formyl,
acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, cyano, nitro, mercapto, sulfinyl,
sulfonyl and sulfonamido; R.sub.27 is optionally present and is
substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the indicated ring
and each is independently selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and sulfonamido; R.sub.28, R.sub.29,
R.sub.30, R.sub.32, R.sub.33, R.sub.34, R.sub.36 and R.sub.37 are
each optionally present and, when no double bond is present to the
carbon atom to which it is bonded in the ring, two groups are
optionally present, and when present, is substituted for one
hydrogen present in the ring, or when no double bond is present to
the carbon atom to which it is bonded in the ring, is substituted
for one or both of the two hydrogen atoms present on the ring and
each is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido and, only if a double
bond is present to the carbon atom to which it is bonded, halogen;
and R.sub.40 and R.sub.41 are each independently hydrogen, lower
alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, R.sub.AA as defined above, or
alternatively R.sub.40 and R.sub.41, together form a 3- to
12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N
wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8 as defined
above, or alternatively one of R.sub.40 and R.sub.41 is hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or
guanidino, while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted
lower alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.40 and R.sub.41
are bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom: with the proviso
that T is not an amino acid residue, dipeptide fragment, tripeptide
fragment or higher order peptide fragment comprising standard amino
acids;
##STR00012## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof, wherein:
R.sub.50 is --(CH.sub.2).sub.ssCH.sub.3,
--CH(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.2).sub.ttCH.sub.3,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.uuCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2, --C(CH.sub.3).sub.3,
--(CHR.sub.55).sub.vv--R.sub.56, or --(CH(OR.sub.57)CH.sub.3,
wherein ss is 1, 2 or 3; tt is 1 or 2; uu is 0, 1 or 2; and vv is
0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sub.55 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl;
R.sub.56 is amino, hydroxy, alkoxy, cycloalkyl or substituted
cycloalkyl; and R.sub.57 is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, amino acyl,
sulfonyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyaryl;
R.sub.51 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl substituted with hydroxy or alkoxy;
R.sub.52 is --(CHR.sub.58).sub.wwR.sub.59, wherein ww is 0, 1, 2 or
3; R.sub.58 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, amino, hydroxy or
alkoxy; R.sub.59 is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl;
R.sub.53 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl;
X.sub.2 is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9
is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido or amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl;
Z.sub.5 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; and
T.sub.2 is a bivalent radical of formula V:
--U.sub.a--(CH.sub.2).sub.d--W.sub.a--Y.sub.a-Z.sub.a-(CH.sub.2).sub.e--
(V) wherein d and e are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; Y.sub.a
and Z.sub.a are each optionally present; U.sub.a is
--CR.sub.60R.sub.61-- or --C(.dbd.O)-- and is bonded to X.sub.2 of
formula II, wherein R.sub.60 and R.sub.61 are each independently
hydrogen, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl, or alternatively
R.sub.21 and R.sub.22 together form a 3- to 12-membered cyclic ring
optionally comprising one or more heteroatoms selected from the
group consisting of O, S and N, wherein the ring is optionally
substituted with R.sub.8 as defined above; W.sub.a, Y.sub.a and
Z.sub.a are each independently selected from the group consisting
of: --O--, --NR.sub.62--, --S--, --SO--, --SO.sub.2--,
--C(.dbd.O)--O--, --C(.dbd.O)--, --C(.dbd.O)--NH--,
--NH--C(.dbd.O)--, --SO.sub.2--NH--, --NH--SO.sub.2--,
--CR.sub.63R.sub.64--, --CH.dbd.CH-- with the configuration Z or E,
--C.ident.C--, and the ring structures depicted below:
##STR00013## wherein G.sub.1 and G.sub.2 are as defined above, and
wherein any carbon atom in the ring is optionally replaced by N,
with the proviso that the aromatic ring cannot contain more than
four N atoms and the cycloalkyl ring cannot contain more than two N
atoms; R.sub.62 is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a substituted
heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, formyl, acyl, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido,
amidino, sulfonyl or sulfonamido; R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 are each
independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl or
R.sub.AA; or alternatively R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 together form a 3-
to 12-membered cyclic ring optionally comprising one or more
heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S and N; or
alternatively one of R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 is hydroxy, alkoxy,
aryloxy, amino, mercapto, carbamoyl, amidino, ureido or guanidino,
while the other is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower
alkyl, except when the carbon to which R.sub.63 and R.sub.64 are
bonded is also bonded to another heteroatom; and R.sub.AA indicates
the side chain of a standard or unusual amino acid; R.sub.65 and
R.sub.68 are each optionally present, and, when present are
substituted for one or more hydrogen atoms on the ring and each is
independently halogen, trifluoromethyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a
substituted heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, formyl,
acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, cyano, nitro, mercapto, sulfinyl,
sulfonyl or sulfonamido; R.sub.66 and R.sub.67 are each optionally
present, and when no double bond is present to the carbon atom to
which it is bonded in the ring, two groups are optionally present,
and, when present, each is substituted for one hydrogen present in
the ring, or when no double bond is present to the carbon atom to
which it is bonded in the ring, is substituted for one or both of
the two hydrogen atoms present on the ring and each is
independently alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido and, only if a double
bond is present to the carbon atom to which it is bonded, halogen;
R.sub.69 is optionally present, and when present is substituted for
one or more hydrogen atoms on the ring and each is independently
alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, formyl, acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,
carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl, guanidino, ureido, amidino,
mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl or sulfonamido; K.sub.6 is O or S; and
ff is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
with the proviso that T.sub.2 is not an amino acid residue,
dipeptide fragment, tripeptide fragment or higher order peptide
fragment comprising standard amino acids; or
##STR00014## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof, wherein:
R.sub.70 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or alternatively
R.sub.70 and R.sub.71 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered
ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein
the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8a as defined
below;
R.sub.71 is, hydrogen, --(CH.sub.2).sub.aaCH.sub.3,
--CH(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.2).sub.bbCH.sub.3,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.ccCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.dd--R.sub.76 or --CH(OR.sub.77) CH.sub.3 or,
alternatively R.sub.71 and R.sub.70 together form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-
or 8-membered ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the
ring, wherein the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8a as
defined below; wherein aa is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; bb is 1, 2 or 3;
cc is 0, 1, 2 or 3; and dd is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sub.76 is aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or
substituted cycloalkyl; R.sub.77 is hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, amino
acyl, sulfonyl, carboxyalkyl or carboxyaryl;
R.sub.72 is C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl; or alternatively R.sub.72 and
R.sub.73 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring,
optionally comprising an O or S atom in the ring, wherein the ring
is optionally substituted with R.sub.8b as defined below;
R.sub.73 is hydrogen, or alternatively R.sub.73 and R.sub.72
together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring, optionally
comprising an O, S or N atom in the ring, wherein the ring is
optionally substituted with R.sub.8b as defined below;
R.sub.74 is hydrogen or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or alternatively
R.sub.74 and R.sub.75 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered
ring, optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein
the ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8c as defined
below;
R.sub.75 is --(CHR.sub.78)R.sub.79 or alternatively R.sub.75 and
R.sub.74 together form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring,
optionally comprising an O, N or S atom in the ring, wherein the
ring is optionally substituted with R.sub.8, as defined below:
wherein R.sub.78 is hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, amino, hydroxy
or alkoxy, and R.sub.79 is selected from the group consisting of
the following structures:
##STR00015## wherein E.sub.1, E.sub.2, E.sub.3, E.sub.4 and E.sub.5
are each optionally present and when present are each independently
selected from the group consisting of halogen, trifluoromethyl,
alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, a
heterocyclic group, a substituted heterocyclic group, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, hydroxy,
alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and sulfonamido, and
represent substitution at one or more available positions on the
monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring, wherein said substitution is
made with the same or different selected group member, and J.sub.1
and J.sub.2 are each independently O or S;
R.sub.8a, R.sub.8b and R.sub.8c are each independently substituted
for one or more hydrogen atoms on the 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or
8-membered ring structure and are independently selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, a heterocyclic group, a substituted
heterocyclic group, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted
heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, oxo, amino, halogen, formyl,
acyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboxyaryl, amido, carbamoyl,
guanidino, ureido, amidino, mercapto, sulfinyl, sulfonyl and
sulfonamido, or, alternatively, R.sub.8a, R.sub.8b and R.sub.8c are
each independently a fused cycloalkyl, a substituted fused
cycloalkyl, a fused heterocyclic, a substituted fused heterocyclic,
a fused aryl, a substituted fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl or a
substituted fused heteroaryl ring when substituted for hydrogen
atoms on two adjacent atoms;
X.sub.3 is O, NR.sub.9 or N(R.sub.10).sub.2.sup.+; wherein R.sub.9
is hydrogen, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, sulfonyl,
sulfonamido or amidino and R.sub.10 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or
substituted lower alkyl;
Z.sub.10 is O or NR.sub.12, wherein R.sub.12 is hydrogen, lower
alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl; and
T.sub.3 is the same as defined for T.sub.2 with the exception that
U.sub.a is bonded to X.sub.3 of formula III.
In some embodiments of the present invention, the compound can have
one of the following structures:
##STR00016## ##STR00017## ##STR00018## ##STR00019## ##STR00020##
##STR00021## or an optical isomer, enantiomer, diastereomer,
racemate or stereochemical mixture thereof.
The present invention includes isolated compounds. An isolated
compound refers to a compound that, in some embodiements, comprises
at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 50% or at least 70% of the
compounds of a mixture. In some embodiments, the compound,
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or pharmaceutical
composition containing the compound exhibits a statistically
significant binding and/or antagonist activity when tested in
biological assays at the human ghrelin receptor.
In the case of compounds, salts, or solvates that are solids, it is
understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive
compounds, salts, and solvates may exist in different crystal or
polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope
of the present invention and specified formulas.
The compounds of formula I, II and/or III disclosed herein have
asymmetric centers. The inventive compounds may exist as single
stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or
diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates, and
mixtures thereof are intended to be within the scope of the present
invention. In particular embodiments, however, the inventive
compounds are used in optically pure form. The terms "S" and "R"
configuration as used herein are as defined by the IUPAC 1974
Recommendations for Section E, Fundamentals of Stereochemistry
(Pure Appl. Chem. 1976, 45, 13-30.)
Unless otherwise depicted to be a specific orientation, the present
invention accounts for all stereoisomeric forms. The compounds may
be prepared as a single stereoisomer or a mixture of stereoisomers.
The non-racemic forms may be obtained by either synthesis or
resolution. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into the
component enantiomers by standard techniques, for example formation
of diastereomeric pairs via salt formation. The compounds also may
be resolved by covalently bonding to a chiral moiety. The
diastereomers can then be resolved by chromatographic separation
and/or crystallographic separation. In the case of a chiral
auxiliary moiety, it can then be removed. As an alternative, the
compounds can be resolved through the use of chiral chromatography.
Enzymatic methods of resolution could also be used in certain
cases.
As generally understood by those skilled in the art, an "optically
pure" compound is one that contains only a single enantiomer. As
used herein, the term "optically active" is intended to mean a
compound comprising at least a sufficient excess of one enantiomer
over the other such that the mixture rotates plane polarized light.
Optically active compounds have the ability to rotate the plane of
polarized light. The excess of one enantiomer over another is
typically expressed as enantiomeric excess (e.e.). In describing an
optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used
to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its
chiral center(s). The prefixes "d" and "l" or (+) and (-) are used
to denote the optical rotation of the compound (i.e., the direction
in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically
active compound). The "l" or (-) prefix indicates that the compound
is levorotatory (i.e., rotates the plane of polarized light to the
left or counterclockwise) while the "d" or (+) prefix means that
the compound is dextrarotatory (i.e., rotates the plane of
polarized light to the right or clockwise). The sign of optical
rotation, (-) and (+), is not related to the absolute configuration
of the molecule, R and S.
A compound of the invention having the desired pharmacological
properties will be optically active and, can be comprised of at
least 90% (80% e.e.), at least 95% (90% e.e.), at least 97.5% (95%
e.e.) or at least 99% (98% e.e.) of a single isomer.
Likewise, many geometric isomers of double bonds and the like can
also be present in the compounds disclosed herein, and all such
stable isomers are included within the present invention unless
otherwise specified. Also included in the invention are tautomers
and rotamers of formula I, II and/or III.
The use of the following symbols at the right refers to
substitution of one or more hydrogen atoms of the indicated
ring
##STR00022## with the defined substituent R.
The use of the following symbol indicates a single bond or an
optional double bond: .dbd.
Embodiments of the present invention further provide intermediate
compounds formed through the synthetic methods described herein to
provide the compounds of formula I, II and/or III. The intermediate
compounds may possess utiltity as a therapeutic agent for the range
of indications described herein and/or a reagent for further
synthesis methods and reactions.
2. Synthetic Methods
The compounds of formula I, II and/or II can be synthesized using
traditional solution synthesis techniques or solid phase chemistry
methods. In either, the construction involves four phases: first,
synthesis of the building blocks comprising recognition elements
for the biological target receptor, plus one tether moiety,
primarily for control and definition of conformation. These
building blocks are assembled together, typically in a sequential
fashion, in a second phase employing standard chemical
transformations. The precursors from the assembly are then cyclized
in the third stage to provide the macrocyclic structures. Finally,
the post-cyclization processing fourth stage involving removal of
protecting groups and optional purification provides the desired
final compounds. Synthetic methods for this general type of
macrocyclic structure are described in Intl. Pat. Appls, WO
01/25257, WO 2004/111077, WO 2005/012331 and WO 2005/012332,
including purification procedures described in WO 2004/111077 and
WO 2005/012331.
In some embodiments of the present invention, the macrocyclic
compounds of formula I, II and/or III may be synthesized using
solid phase chemistry on a soluble or insoluble polymer matrix as
previously defined. For solid phase chemistry, a preliminary stage
involving the attachment of the first building block, also termed
"loading," to the resin must be performed. The resin utilized for
the present invention preferentially has attached to it a linker
moiety, L. These linkers are attached to an appropriate free
chemical functionality, usually an alcohol or amine, although
others are also possible, on the base resin through standard
reaction methods known in the art, such as any of the large number
of reaction conditions developed for the formation of ester or
amide bonds. Some linker moieties for the present invention are
designed to allow for simultaneous cleavage from the resin with
formation of the macrocycle in a process generally termed
"cyclization-release." (van Maarseveen, J. H. Solid phase synthesis
of heterocycles by cyclization/cleavage methodologies. Comb. Chem.
High Throughput Screen. 1998, 1, 185-214; Ian W. James, Linkers for
solid phase organic synthesis. Tetrahedron 1999, 55, 4855-4946;
Eggenweiler, H.-M. Linkers for solid-phase synthesis of small
molecules: coupling and cleavage techniques. Drug Discovery Today
1998, 3, 552-560; Backes, B. J.; Ellman, J. A. Solid support linker
strategies. Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 1997, 1, 86-93. Of particular
utility in this regard for compounds of the invention is the
3-thiopropionic acid linker. (Hojo, H.; Aimoto, S. Bull. Chem. Soc.
Jpn. 1991, 64, 111-117; Zhang, L.; Tam, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999,
121, 3311-3320.)
Such a process provides material of higher purity as only cyclic
products are released from the solid support and minimal
contamination with the linear precursor occurs as would happen in
solution phase. After sequential assembly of all the building
blocks and tether into the linear precursor using known or standard
reaction chemistry, base-mediated intramolecular attack on the
carbonyl attached to this linker by an appropriate nucleophilic
functionality that is part of the tether building block results in
formation of the amide or ester bond that completes the cyclic
structure as shown (Scheme 1). An analogous methodology adapted to
solution phase can also be applied as would likely be preferable
for larger scale applications.
##STR00023##
Although this description accurately represents the pathway for one
of the methods of the present invention, the thioester strategy,
another method of the present invention, that of ring-closing
metathesis (RCM), proceeds through a modified route where the
tether component is actually assembled during the cyclization step.
However, in the RCM methodology as well, assembly of the building
blocks proceeds sequentially, followed by cyclization (and release
from the resin if solid phase). An additional post-cyclization
processing step is required to remove particular byproducts of the
RCM reaction, but the remaining subsequent processing is done in
the same manner as for the thioester or analogous base-mediated
cyclization strategy.
Moreover, it will be understood that steps including the methods
provided herein may be performed independently or at least two
steps may be combined. Additionally, steps including the methods
provided herein, when performed independently or combined, may be
performed at the same temperature or at different temperatures
without departing from the teachings of the present invention.
Novel macrocyclic compounds of the present invention include those
formed by a novel process including cyclization of a building block
structure to form a macrocyclic compound comprising a tether
component described herein. Accordingly, the present invention
provides methods of manufacturing the compounds of the present
invention comprising (a) assembling building block structures, (b)
chemically transforming the building block structures, (c)
cyclizing the building block structures including a tether
component, (d) removing protecting groups from the building block
structures, and (e) optionally purifiying the product obtained from
step (d). In some embodiments, assembly of the building block
structures may be sequential. In further embodiments, the synthesis
methods are carried out using traditional solution synthesis
techniques or solid phase chemistry techniques.
A. Amino Acids
Amino acids, Boc- and Fmoc-protected amino acids and side chain
protected derivatives, including those of N-methyl and unnatural
amino acids, were obtained from commercial suppliers [for example
Advanced ChemTech (Louisville, Ky., USA), Bachem (Bubendorf,
Switzerland), ChemImpex (Wood Dale, Ill., USA), Novabiochem
(subsidiary of Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), PepTech
(Burlington, Mass., USA), Synthetech (Albany, Oreg., USA)] or
synthesized through standard methodologies known to those in the
art. Ddz-amino acids were either obtained commercially from Orpegen
(Heidelberg, Germany) or Advanced ChemTech (Louisville, Ky., USA)
or synthesized using standard methods utilizing Ddz-OPh or
Ddz-N.sub.3. (Birr, C.; Lochinger, W.; Stahnke, G.; Lang, P. The
.alpha.,.alpha.-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl (Ddz)
residue, an N-protecting group labile toward weak acids and
irradiation. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1972, 763, 162-172.)
Bts-amino acids were synthesized by known methods. (Vedejs, E.;
Lin, S.; Klapara, A.; Wang, J. "Heteroarene-2-sulfonyl Chlorides
(BtsCl, ThsCl): Reagents for Nitrogen Protection and >99%
Racemization-Free Phenylglycine Activation with SOCl.sub.2." J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 9796-9797. Also WO 01/25257, WO 2004/111077)
N-Alkyl amino acids, in particular N-methyl amino acids, are
commercially available from multiple vendors (Bachem, Novabiochem,
Advanced ChemTech, ChemImpex). In addition, N-alkyl amino acid
derivatives were accessed via literature methods. (Hansen, D. W.,
Jr.: Pilipauskas, D. J. Org. Chem. 1985, 50, 945-950.)
B. Tethers
Tethers were obtained from the methods previously described in
Intl. Pat. Appl. WO 01/25257, WO 2004/111077, WO 2005/012331 and
U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. .[.60/622,055.].
.Iadd.60/622,005.Iaddend.. Procedures for synthesis of tethers as
described herein are presented in the Examples below. Exemplary
tethers (T) include, but are not limited to, the following:
##STR00024## and intermediates in the manufacture thereof, wherein
(Z) is the site of a covalent bond of T to Z.sub.2, Z.sub.5 or
Z.sub.10 and Z.sub.2, Z.sub.5 and Z.sub.10 are defined above for
formula I, II and III, respectively, and wherein (X) is the site of
a covalent bond of T to X, X.sub.2 or X.sub.3 and X, X.sub.2 and
X.sub.3 are defined above for formula I; II and III, respectively,
L.sub.7 is --CH.sub.2-- or --O--; U.sub.1 is
--CR.sub.101R.sub.102-- or --C(.dbd.O)--; R.sub.100 is lower alkyl;
R.sub.101.[.,.]. and R.sub.102 are each independently hydrogen,
lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl; xx is 2 or 3; yy is 1 or 2;
zz is 1 or 2; and aaa is 0 or 1.
C. Solid Phase Techniques
Specific solid phase techniques for the synthesis of the
macrocyclic compounds of the invention have been described in WO
01/25257, WO 2004/111077, WO 2005/012331 and WO 2005/012332.
Solution phase synthesis routes, including methods amenable to
larger scale manufacture, were described in U.S. Provisional Patent
Application Ser. Nos. .[.60/622,055.]. .Iadd.60/622,005
.Iaddend.and 60/642,271.
In certain cases, however, the lability of protecting groups
precluded the use of the standard basic medium for cyclization in
the thioester strategy discussed above. In these cases, either of
two acidic methods was employed to provide macrocyclization under
acid conditions. One method utilized HOAc, while the other method
employed HOAt (Scheme 2). For example, the acetic acid cyclization
was used for compound 219.
After executing the deprotection of the Ddz or Boc group on the
tether, the resin was washed sequentially with DCM (2.times.),
DCM-MeOH (1:1, 2.times.), DCM (2.times.), and DIPEA-DCM (3:7,
1.times.). The resin was dried under vacuum for 10 min, then added
immediately to a solution of HOAc in degassed DMF (5% v/v). The
reaction mixture was agitated at 50-70.degree. C. O/N. The resin
was filtered, washed with THF, and the combined filtrate and washes
evaporated under reduced pressure (water aspirator, then oil pump)
to afford the macrocycle.
##STR00025##
For a representative macrocycle with tether Tl, AA.sub.3=Leu,
AA.sub.2=Leu, AA.sub.1=Phe, the application of the HOAt method
shown in Scheme 2 provided the cyclic peptidomimetic in 10% yield,
while the acetic acid method was more effective, and gave 24%
overall yield of the same macrocycle. This latter methodology was
particularly effective for compounds containing His(Mts) residues.
For example, with tether T8, AA.sub.3=Phe, AA.sub.2=Acp,
AA,=His(Mts), the macrocycle was obtained in 20% overall yield,
although the majority of the product no longer had the Mts group on
histidine (15:1 versus still protected).
Synthesis of representative macrocyclic compounds of the present
invention are shown in the Examples below. Table 1A below presents
a summary of the synthesis of 224 representative compounds of the
present invention. The reaction methodology employed for the
construction of the macrocyclic molecule is indicated in Column 2
and relates to the particular scheme of the synthetic strategy, for
example, use of the thioester strategy as shown in FIG. 2 or the
RCM approach as shown in FIG. 3. Column 3 indicates if any
substituents are present on N.sub.BB1. Columns 4-6 and 8 indicate
the individual building blocks employed for each compound, amino
acids, hydroxy acids or tether utilizing either standard
nomenclature or referring to the building block designations
presented elsewhere in this application. Column 7 indicates the
method used for attachment of the tether, either a Mitsunobu
reaction (previously described in WO 01/25257) or reductive
amination (previously described in WO 2004/111077). The relevant
deprotection and coupling protocols as appropriate for the nature
of the building block are performed utilizing standard procedures
and those described in WO 2004/111077 for the assembly of the
cyclization precursors. The building blocks are listed in the
opposite order from which they are added in order to correlate the
building block number with standard peptide nomenclature. Hence
BB.sub.3 is added first, followed by BB.sub.2, then BB.sub.1,
finally the tether (T). In the case of the RCM, the tether is not
formed completely until the cyclization step, but the portion of
the tether attached to BB.sub.1 is still added at this stage of the
sequence, unless it is already part of that building block. The
final macrocycles are obtained after application of the appropriate
deprotection sequences. If any reaction was required to be carried
out post-cyclization, it is listed in Column 9. All of the
macrocycles presented in Table 1A were purified and met internal
acceptance criteria. Yields (Column 10) are either isolated or as
calculated based upon CLND analysis. It should be noted that
compounds 58 and 99 were not cyclized and represent the linear
analogues of compounds 10 and 133, respectively. The lack of
binding potency observed with these linear analogues illustrates
the importance of the macrocyclic structural feature for the
desired activity.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1A Synthesis of Representative Compounds of
the Present invention Com- Macrocyclic pound Assembly Method
N.sub.BB1-R BB.sub.1 BB.sub.2 BB.sub.3 1 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nle Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 2 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)Ala Boc-(D)Phe 3 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-Sar
Boc-(D)Phe 4 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe
5 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-NEtGly Boc-(D)Phe 6 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Sar Ddz-(D)Trp(Boc) 7 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Ddz-Sar Ddz-(D)Tyr(But) 8 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 9 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 10
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 11 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 12 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-(D)Val Boc-Nle Boc-Nle 13 Thioester Strategy H Bts-(D)Val
Boc-Nva Boc-Phe 14 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)Ala Boc-Phe
15 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 16
Thioester Strategy H Bts-allo-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 17
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 18 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Acp Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 19 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-Phe 20 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(2-Cl) 21 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl)
22 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-1Nal 23 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(2-Cl) 24 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3-Cl) 25 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl) 26 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) 27 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Tyr(OMe) 28 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Bip 29 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Dip 30 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)1Nal 31 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)2Na1 32 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)2Pa1 33 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)4-ThzAla 34 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)2-Thi 35 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 36 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 37 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla
Fmoc-(D)Phe 38 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe
39 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 40
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 41 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAbu Boc-(D)Phe 42 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 43 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NEtAla Boc-(D)Phe 44 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 45 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Ddz-Acp Ddz-Glu(OBut) 46
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Les Boc-Acp Boc-Val 47 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Leu 48 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Nva 49 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Ala 50
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Sar Ddz-(D)Glu(OBut) 51 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-Gly 52 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva
Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Nle 53 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Sar
Ddz-(D)Orn(Boc) 54 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Sar
Ddz-(D)Ser(But) 55 Thioester Strategy H Bts-(D)Nva Boc-Sar
Boc-(D)Phe 56 Thioester Strategy H Bts-(D)Nva Boc-Sar Boc-Phe 57
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-Phe 58 Thioester Strategy,
Ac Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe linear 59 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Boc-Ala Boc-(D)Phe 60 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva
Boc-(D)Ala Boc-(D)Phe 61 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Gly
Boc-(D)Phe 62 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Leu Boc-(D)Phe 63
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-(D)Leu Boc-(D)Phe 64 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Phe Boc-(D)Phe 65 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Boc-(D)Phe Boc-(D)Phe 66 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva
Boc-Aib Boc-(D)Phe 67 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Acp
Boc-(D)Phe 68 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Lys Boc-(D)Phe 69
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-(D)Lys(Boc) Boc-(D)Phe 70
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-Glu(OBut) Boc-(D)Phe 71 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Ddz-(D)Glu(OBut) Boc-(D)Phe 72 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ala Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 73 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Glu Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 74 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Lys Boc-Sar
Boc-(D)Phe 75 Thioester St rategy H Bts-Phe Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 76
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ser Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 77 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 78 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 79 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva
Boc-NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 80 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Gly Boc-Sar
Boc-(D)Phe 81 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 82
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 83 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 84 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 85 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar
Boc-(D)Phe 86 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Sar Boc-(D)Phe 87
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Ala 88 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Ddz-Acp Ddz-Tyr(But) 89 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu
Ddz-Acp Ddz-Trp(Boc) 90 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Hfe 91 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Ddz-Acp Ddz-Lys(Boc) 92
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Ddz-Acp Ddz-Glu(OBut) 93 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Ala Boc-Phe 94 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu
Boc-(D)Ala Boc-Phe 95 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Aib Boc-Phe
96 Thioester Strategy H Bts-(D)Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 97 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-(D)Phe 98 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-(D)Leu Boc-Aep Boc-(D)Phe 99 Thioester Strategy, Ac Bts-Leu
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe linear 100 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ala Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 101 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nle Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 102
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Phe Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 103 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Lys Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 104 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Glu Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 105 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ser Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 106
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 107 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 108 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 109 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 110
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Gly 111 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Boc-Ace Boc-Phe 112 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Gly Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 113 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Aep Boc-Phe 114
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 115 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 116 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Ddz-Acp
Ddz-Glu(Et) 117 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Abu Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe 118 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-(D)NMcAla
Boc-(D)Phe 119 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Thr Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe 120 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Thr(OMe) Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe 121 Thioester Strategy H Bits-Acc Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe 122 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Phe(2-Cl) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe
123 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 124
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Phe(4-Cl) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 125 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Phe(4-F) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 126 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Hfe Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 127 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Tyr(OMe)
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 128 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Bip Boc-Acp Boc-Phe
129 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Dip Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 130 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-1Nal Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 131 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-2Nal Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 132 Thioester Strategy H Bts-3Pal Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 133 Thioester Strategy H Bts-4Pal Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 134
Thioester Strategy H Bts-4-ThzAla Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 135 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-2-Thi Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 138 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Abu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 137 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 138 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 139
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-hcLeu Boc-Phe 140 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-hc(4O)Leu Boc-Phe 141 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Val Boc-(4O)Acp Boc-Phe 142 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val
Boc-(3-4)InAcp Boc-Phe 143 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val
Boc-hc(4S)Leu Boc-Phe 144 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeVal Boc-(D)Phe 145 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-NMeVal Boc-(D)Phe 146 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-NMeNva
Boc-(D)Phe 147 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeLeu
Boc-(D)Phe 148 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-NMeLeu Boc-(D)Phe
149 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeIle Boc-(D)Phe 150
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-NMeIle Boc-(D)Phe 151 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Ddz-(D)Ser(But ) Boc-(D)Phe 152 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Ddz-NMeSer(But) Boc-(D)Phe 153 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(4-Cl) 154 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(4-F) 155 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu
Boc-Acp Boc-Hfe 156 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Tyr(OMe) 157 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Bip 158
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Dip 159 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-2Nal 160 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-2Pal 161 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-3Pal 162
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-4Pal 163 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-ThzAla 164 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-2-Thi 165 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-Abu 166 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Ile 167
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-allo-Ile 168 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Acp 169 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Hfe 170 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)3Pal 171 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)4Pal 172 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-Abu 173 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Nva 174 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Val 175 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)IIe 176 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Leu 177 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 178 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 179 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 180 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 181 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla
Fmoc-(D)Phe 182 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe
183 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 184 RCM
Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 185 RCM Strategy H
Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 186 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 187 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 188 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 189 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 190 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 191 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 192 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 193 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 194 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 195 RCM Strategy H Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 196 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 197 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NmeAla Boc-(D)Phe 199 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-Acc
Boc-Phe 200 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 201
Thioester Strategy Me Bts-Nva Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 202
Thioester Strategy Ac Bts-Nva Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 203
Thioester Strategy Me Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 204 Thioester
Strategy Ac Bts-Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 205 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Abu 206 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 207 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val
Boc-hc(4N)Leu Boc-Phe 208 Thioester Strategy H Bts-allo-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe 299 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)allo-Ile 219 Thioester Strategy H Bts-2Pal Boc-Acp Boc-Phe
211 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-hc(4N)Leu Boc-Phe 212
Thioester Strategy H Bts-Ile Bocr-NMeAbu Boc-(D)Phe 213 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Ile Boc-(D)4-Thr Boc-(D)Phe 214 RCM Strategy H
Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe 215 isolated from synthesis of
compound 151 216 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Val Boc-Acc Boc-Phe 218
Thioester Strategy H Bts-hcLeu Boc-Acp Boc-Phe 219 Acetic Acid H
Bts-His(Mts) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe Cyclization 220 Thioester Strategy H
Bts-Nva Boc-Pro Boc-(D)Phe 221 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Nva
Boc-(D)Pro Boc-(D)Phe 222 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-Pro
Boc-Phe 223 Thioester Strategy H Bts-Leu Boc-(D)Pro Boc-Phe 224 RCM
Strategy H Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)Hyp(But) Fmoc-(D)Phe 225 Thioester
Strategy H Bts-Pro Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe 226 Thioester Strategy
H Bts-Pip Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Tether Attachment Additional
Yield Compound Method Tether Reaction** (%)* 1 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T9 None 10.1 2 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 13.8 3 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 10.3 4 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 4.6 5
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.6 6 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None
8.1 7 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 8.8 8 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 20.9 9 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.7 10 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.9 11 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 9.9
12 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 2.9 13 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8
None 5.8 14 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 27.5 15 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 19.5 16 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 23.9 17
Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 24.8 Reaction 18 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 6.8 19 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 12.7 20 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 22.0 21 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 24.7 22
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 10.3 23 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 32.6 24 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 22.4 25 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 21.0 26 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 15.5 27
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 20.2 28 Mitsunobu React ion Boc-T9
None 31.6 29 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 26.1 30 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 31.9 31 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 21.9
Reaction 32 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 6.7 33 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 7.5 34 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 14.2 35
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T33a None 9.4 36 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T33b
None 13.0 37 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B4 None 24.6 38
Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B1 Hydrogenation 44.2 39
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 21.4 40 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8
None 18.6 41 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 10.6 42 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 1.7 43 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 0.4 44
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T1 None 7.8 45 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T8
None 11.6 46 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.6 47 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 9.2 48 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 17.5 49
Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 7.5 Reaction 50 Mitsunobu Reaction
Ddz-T9 None 10.1 51 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 6.6 52 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.7 53 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 8.3 54
Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 6.2 55 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 8.0 56 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.3 57 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.9 58 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 No
cyclization 5.9 59 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.0 60 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 13.1 61 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.4 62
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 7.0 63 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 11.7 64 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.5 65 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.6 66 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 15.8 67
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 11.7 68 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9
None 7.9 69 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 11.2 70 Mitsunobu
Reaction Ddz-T9 None 10.0 71 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 9.9 72
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 5.2 73 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 6.8 74 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 6.0 75 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.5 76 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 15.1 77
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T12 None 12.6 78 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T27
None 6.8 79 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 1.9 80 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 1.3 81 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T1 None 5.3 82
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T3 None 3.9 83 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T16
None 1.8 84 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T4 None 2.6 85 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T5 None 4.7 86 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T14 None 0.4 87
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 4.8 88 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9
None 18.8 89 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 16.5 90 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 8.5 91 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 6.8 92
Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T9 None 9.1 93 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 9.2 94 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 21.8 95 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 19.3 96 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 7.0 97
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.2 98 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 15.3 99 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 No cyclization 10.4 100
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 10.4 101 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 19.0 102 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 15.8 103 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 12.9 104 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.3
105 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 11.9 106 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T3 None 6.3 107 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T5 None 4.2 108
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T12 None 18.3 109 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T11
None 10.1 110 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 2.9 111 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 3.0 112 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 3.2 113
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 16.9 114 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T16
None 2.9 115 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T6 None 0.5 116 Mitsunobu
Reaction Ddz-T8 None 11.8 117 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 19.7
118 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 21.0 119 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T9 None 12.2 120 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 17.5 Reaction
121 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 5.8 122 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 22.1 123 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.6 124
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 9.8 125 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8
None 15.8 126 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 9.8 127 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 14.5 128 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 17.8
129 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 11.0 130 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 18.8 131 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 15.0 132
Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 17.0 Reaction 133 Reductive
.Amination Boc-T8 None 9.5 Reaction 134 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8
None 12.0 135 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 4.0 136 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.3 137 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 19.0
138 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.8 139 Reductive Amination
Boc-T8 None 18.4 Reaction 140 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 16.7
Reaction 141 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 15.7 142 Reductive
Amination Boc-T8 None 17.0 Reaction 143 Reductive Amination Boc-T8
None 16.1 Reaction 144 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 5.7 Reaction
145 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 4.9 Reaction 146 Reductive
Amination Boc-T9 None 23.3 Reaction 147 Reductive Amination Boc-T9
None 14.4 Reaction 148 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 25.4
Reaction 149 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 11.4 Reaction 150
Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 7.0 Reaction 151 Mitsunobu Reaction
Ddz-T9 None 8.2 152 Reductive Amination Ddz-T9 None 22.1 Reaction
153 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.5 154 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 14.4 155 Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.5 156
Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.2 157 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8
None 20.2 158 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 11.3 159 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 20.5 160 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 2.8
Reaction 161 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 16.5 React ion 162
Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 16.7 Reaction 163 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T8 None 10.0 164 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 12.5
165 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 13.0 166 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T8 None 11.1 167 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 15.3 168
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 4.2 169 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 17.0 170 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 14.5 Reaction 171
Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 16.4 Reaction 172 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 12.0 173 Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T9 None 16.8
174 Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T9 None 13.9 175 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T9 None 15.1 176 Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T9 None 9.4 177
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T11 None 9.3 178 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T28
None 11.2 179 Mitsunohu Reaction Boc-T29 None 8.6 180 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T30 None 10.0 181 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 +
T.sub.B7 None 49.5 182 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B7
Hydrogenation 47.7 183 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B7 None
59.0 184 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B7 Hydrogenation 50.6
185 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B6 None 12.4 186 Mitsunobu
Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B6 None 3.0 187 Mitsunobu Reaction
T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B3 None 30.9 188 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 +
T.sub.B3 None 34.9 189 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B3
Hydrogenation 24.0 190 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B4
Hydrogenation 32.5 191 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B4 None
32.2 192 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B4 Hydrogenation 22.2
193 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B1 None 47.7 194 Mitsunobil
Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B1 Hydrogenation 23.7 195 Mitsunobu
Reaction T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B1 None 66.8 196 Mitsunobu Reaction
Ddz-T32(Boc) None 13.0 197 Mitsunobu Reaction Ddz-T31 (But) None
10.6 199 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 16.0 Reaction 200
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 14.7 201 Reductive Amination Boc-T9
Reductive 32.4 Reaction amination reaction with formaldehyde 202
Reductive Amination Boc-T9 Acetylation 14.2 Reaction 203 Reductive
Amination Boc-T8 Reductive 7.7 Reaction amination reaction with
formaldehyde 204 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 Acetylation 11.5
Reaction 205 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 19.9 206 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T34 None 26.2 207 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None <1
208 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 16.7 209 Mitsunobu Reaction
Boc-T9 None 8.6 210 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None 1.1 Reaction
211 Reductive Amination Boc-T8 None <1 Reaction 212 Mitsunobu
Reaction Boc-T9 None 1.2 213 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 1.0
Reaction 214 Mitsunobu Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B3 Hydrogenation
14.9 215 216 Reductive Amination Boc-T9 None 11.6 Reaction 218
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T8 None 0.1 219 Reductive Amination Boc-T8
None 19.0 Reaction 220 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 15.0 221
Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 14.9 222 Mitsunobu Reaction Boc-T9
None 11.7 223 M itsunobu Reaction Boc-T9 None 20.4 224 Mitsunobu
Reaction T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B2 Hydrogenation 8.2 225 Reductive
Amination Boc-T9 None 10.0 Reaction 226 Reductive Amination Boc-T9
None 13.5
Reaction *Overall Yield: based on theoretical resin loading,
starting from ~500 mg resin **Additional reactions conducted
post-cyclization, except where otherwise noted, to reach the
desired product
Table 1B below presents a summary of the synthesis of 122
representative compounds of the present invention, and Table 1C
presents the synthesis of an additional 15 representative
compounds. For Table 1B, the reaction methodology employed for the
construction of the macrocyclic molecule is indicated in Column 2
and relates to the particular scheme of the synthetic strategy.
Columns 3-6 indicate the individual building blocks employed for
each compound, amino acids or tether utilizing either standard
nomenclature or referring to the building block designations
presented elsewhere in this application. Column 7 indicates the
method used for attachment of the tether. The building blocks are
listed in the opposite order from which they are added in order to
correlate the building block number with standard peptide
nomenclature. Column 8 indicates if any additional reaction
chemistry was applied, such as to remove auxiliary protection or to
reduce a double bond (as was performed with many RCM intermediate
products). All of the macrocycles in Tables 1B and 1C were purified
and met the acceptance criteria. Yields (Column 9-10) are either
isolated or as calculated based upon CLND analysis.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 1B Synthesis of Representative Compounds of
the Present Invention Com- Macrocyclic pound Assembly Method
BB.sub.1 BB.sub.2 BB.sub.3 Tether 298 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T33a 299 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl) Boc-T9 301 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Tyr(But) Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Ddz-T8 303 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Val Boc-(4O)Acp Boc-Phe Boc-T8 305 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)His(Mts) Boc-T9 306 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T11 307 RCM Strategy
Fmoc-Cpg Fmoc-(D)NMeAla Fmoc-(D)Phe(4-F) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B6 308
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl) Boc-T8
309 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9
310 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)3-Thi Boc-T9
311 Thioester Strategy Boc-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Tyr(3-tBu)
Boc-T9 312 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(2-F)
Boc-T9 313 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3-F)
Boc-T9 314 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(2,4-diCl) Boc-T9 315 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3,4-diCl) Boc-T9 316 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3,4-diF) Boc-T9 317 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3,5-diF) Boc-T9 316
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(pentaF) Boc-T9
319 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Br)
Boc-T9 320 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-I)
Boc-T9 321 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-CN) Boc-T9 322 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-CF3) Boc-T9 323 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3,4-diOMe) Boc-T9 324 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Trp Boc-T9 325 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-F) Boc-T8 326 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Br) Boc-T8 327 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3,5-diF) Boc-T8 328 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-OMe) Boc-T8 329 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-CN) Boc-T8 330 Thioester Strategy Bts-IIe Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3,4-diCl) Boc-T8 331 Thioester Strategy Bts-IIe Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3,4-diF) Boc-T8 332 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-CF3) Boc-T8 333 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-3-Thi Boc-T8 334 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp Boc-Aib
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 335 Thioester Strategy Boc-Thr(OMe)
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9 336 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Ser(OMe) Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9 337 Thioester
Strategy Boc-Dap(Cbz) Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9 338
Thioester Strategy Bts-Dab(Boc) Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F)
Boc-T9 339 Thioester Strategy Bts-Orn(Boc) Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9 340 Thioester Strategy Boc-Met Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T9 341 Thioester Strategy Bts-3-Thi Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 342 Thioester Strategy Bts-Phe(2-CN) Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 343 Thioester Strategy Bts-Phe(2-OMe) Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 344 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ser(OMe) Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 345 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-(4O)Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 346 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 347 Thioester Strategy Bts-IIe Boc-Acp
Boc-Ser(OBzl) Boc-T8 348 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Ser(OBzI) Boc-T8 349 Thioester Strategy Bts-Aib Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 350 Thioester Strategy Bts-Aib Boc-Aib
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 351 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp Boc-(D)Ala
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 352 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp Boc-Ala
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 353 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(D)NMeAla
Fmoc-(D)Phe(4-F) T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B4 354 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T65 355 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T70 356 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T72 357
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F)
Ddz-T74(Boc) 358 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl)
T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B4 359 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T58 360 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp
Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B6 361 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B4 362 RCM Strategy
Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B1 363 RCM
Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B7 364
RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B7
365 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A1 +
T.sub.B10 366 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl)
T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B7 367 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T33b 368 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T33a 369 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp
Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T9 370 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-Acp
Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B6 371 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile
Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A2 + T.sub.B4 372 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T69 373 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T71 374
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F)
Ddz-T73(Boc) 375 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T39 376 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T40 377 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T10 378 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T58 379
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T67
380 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T66 381
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T65 382
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T70 383
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T69 384
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T71 385
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T11 386
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T39 387
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T68 388
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T67 389
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T68
390 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T18 391
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(3,4,5-triF)
Boc-T9 392 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T40
393 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T45 394
Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T38
395 RCM Strategy Fmoc-Ile Fmoc-(4N)Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A1 +
T.sub.B2 396 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-Phe(3-Cl)
Boc-T8 397 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp NMeAla Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8
398 RCM Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) T.sub.A2 +
T.sub.B6 399 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl)
Boc-T33b 400 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T66 401 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T8 402 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 403 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Boc-T33a 405 Thioester Strategy Bts-Nva
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T33a 406 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T75a 407 Thioester
Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T33a 408
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T75a
409 Thioester Strategy Bts-Val Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F)
Boc-T33a 410 RCM Strategy Bts-Nva Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Boc-T75a
415 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAle Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl)
Boc-T33a 417 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla
Boc-iD)Phe(4-Cl) Boc-T69 430 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl) Boc-T75a 431 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Boc-T33a 432 Thioester Strategy
Bts-Ile Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-Cl) Boc-T33a Compound Tether
Attachment Additional Reaction** Amount (mg)* Yield (%)* 298
Mitsunobu Reaction None 29.7 12 299 Mitsunobu Reaction None 54.1 17
301 Mitsunobu Reaction None 36.5 10 303 Mitsunobu Reaction None 60
16 305 Reductive Amination None 110 31 Reaction 306 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 51 8 307 Mitsunobu Reaction None 13.6 10 308
Mitsunobu Reaction None 43.8 14 309 Mitsunobu Reaction None 38.2 13
310 Mitsunobu Reaction None 33.3 11 311 Reductive Amination None
18.6 5.1 Reaction 312 Mitsunobu Reaction None 42.9 14 313 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 38.2 13 314 Mitsunobu Reaction None 39.7 12 315
Mitsunobu Reaction None 35.3 11 316 Mitsunobu Reaction None 40.7 13
317 Mitsunobu Reaction None 37.6 12 318 Mitsunobu Reaction None
36.1 11 319 Mitsunobu Reaction None 37.5 11 320 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 43.4 12 321 Mitsunobu Reaction None 34.5 11 322 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 40.8 12 323 Mitsunobu Reaction None 27.3 8 324
Mitsunobu Reaction None 38.6 12 325 Mitsunobu Reaction None 33.7 10
326 Mitsunobu Reaction None 37.5 10 327 Mitsunobu Reaction None
35.2 11 328 Mitsunobu Reaction None 31.5 10 329 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 26.9 8 330 Mitsunobu Reaction None 38.4 11 331 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 37 11 332 Mitsunobu Reaction None 30.6 9 333
Mitsunobu Reaction None 49.6 18 334 Mitsunobu Reaction None 32 11
335 Reductive Amination None 62.2 18 Reaction 336 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 37.7 12 337 Reductive Amination Hydrogenolysis 67.5 7
Reaction 338 Mitsunobu Reaction None 60 20 339 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 63 20 340 Reductive Amination None 14.4 4 Reaction 341
Mitsunobu Reaction None 48 14 342 Mitsunobu Reaction None 37.7 10
343 Mitsunobu Reaction None 91.3 25 344 Mitsunobu Reaction None
22.1 7 345 Mitsunobu Reaction None 48 13 346 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 52.1 16 347 Mitsunobu Reaction None 17.1 6 348 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 104.4 33 349 Mitsunobu Reaction None 23.6 7 350
Mitsunobu Reaction None 44 15 351 Mitsunobu Reaction None 39.1 13
352 Mitsunobu Reaction None 15.7 5 353 Mitsunobu Reaction None 47.8
25 354 Mitsunobu Reaction None 26.8 9 355 Mitsunobu Reaction None
36.8 12 356 Mitsunobu Reaction None 10 3 357 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 41.8 11 358 Mitsunobu Reaction None 26.1 26 359 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 43.6 12 360 Mitsunobu Reaction None 36.3 18 361
Mitsunobu Reaction None 36.3 32 362 Mitsunobu Reaction
Hydrogenation 59.4 57 363 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 41.8 44
364 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 49.1 51 365 Mitsunobu Reaction
Hydrogenation 31.2 35 366 Mitsunobu Reaction IIydrogenation 33.3 37
367 Mitsunobu Reaction None 21.1 6 368 Mitsunobu Reaction None 21.8
10 369 Mitsunobu Reaction None 21.1 4 370 Mitsunobu Reaction
Hydrogenation 8.9 NA 371 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 9.9 NA
372 Mitsunobu Reaction None 30.9 10 373 Mitsunobu Reaction None
34.9 11 374 Mitsunobu Reaction None 42.7 12 375 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 22.3 7 376 Mitsunobu Reaction None 7.5 2 377 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 14.6 5 378 Mitsunobu Reaction None 65,3 21 379
Mitsunobu Reaction None 36.3 12 380 Mitsunobu Reaction None 16.5 5
381 Mitsunobu Reaction None 22.5 7 382 Mitsunobu Reaction None 24.5
7 383 Mitsunobu Reaction None 25.2 7 384 Mitsunobu Reaction None
21.9 6 385 Mitsunobu Reaction None 23.3 7 386 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 12 4 387 Mitsunobu Reaction None 17.1 5 388 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 30 9 389 Mitsunobu Reaction None 16.1 5 390 Mitsunobu Reaction
None 28.7 10 391 Mitsunobu Reaction None 45.4 14 392 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 4.3 1 393 Mitsunobu Reaction None 2.1 1 394 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 3.7 1 395 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 0.2 0.2
396 Mitsunobu Reaction None 2.3 1 397 Mitsunobu Reaction None 1.4
0.4 398 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 3.8 1 399 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 5.7 4 400 Mitsunobu Reaction None 28.3 9 401
Mitsunobu Reaction None 31.5 11 402 Mitsunobu Reaction None 29.1 9
403 Mitsunobu Reaction None 103 11 405 Mitsunobu Reaction None 38.8
12 406 Mitsunobu Reaction None 45 13 407 Mitsunobu Reaction None
138.5 16 408 Mitsunobu Reaction None 146.2 21 409 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 125.7 19 410 Mitsunobu Reaction None 36 11 415
Mitsunobu Reaction None 127.5 12 417 Mitsunobu Reaction None 45.6
13 430 Mitsunobu Reaction None 50.7 14 431 Mitsunobu Reaction None
57.9 17 432 Mitsunobu Reaction None 141 13 *Overall Yield: based on
theoretical resin loading, starting from ~500 mg
resin **Additional reactions conducted post-cyclization to reach
the desired product
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 1C Synthesis of Representative Compounds of
the Present Invention Com- Macrocyclic Additional Amount Yield
pound Assembly Method BB.sub.1 BB.sub.2 BB.sub.3 Tether Tether
Attachment Reaction** (mg) (%) 435 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Boc-T75a Mitsunobu Reaction None 29.7 9
436 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe Boc-T76
Mitsunobu Reaction None 37.8 11 437 Thioester Strategy Bts-Acp
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 Mitsunobu Reaction None 8.3 2 438
Thioester Strategy Bts- Leu Boc-Acp Boc-Phet3-Cl) Boc-T33a
Mitsunobu Reaction None 51.2 5 439 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-(3/4O)Acp Boc-Phe(3-Cl) Boc-T8 Mitsunobu Reaction None 5.9 2
440 RCM Strategy Bts-Ile Fmoc- Fmoc- T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B2 Mitsunobu
Reaction Hydrogenation 2.7 2 (D)NMeSer(OBzl) (D)Phe(4-F) 441
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Ddz-Acp Ddz-Phe(4- Ddz-T8 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 9.8 3 CO.sub.2tBu) 442 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Ddz-Acp Ddz-Ser(But) Ddz-T8 Mitsunobu Reaction None 17.1 6 443
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Boc-Acp Boc-Ser(OMe) Boc-T8 Mitsunobu
Reaction None 19 7 444 Thiocster Strategy Boc-Leu Boc-Acp
Boc-His(Mts) Boc-T8 Reductive Amination None 21 7 Reaction 445
Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile Ddz-(D)NMeAla Ddz-(D)Tyr(But) Boc-T9
Mitsunobu Reaction None 15.5 5 446 Thioester Strategy Bts-Cpg
Boc-(D)NMeAla Boc-(D)Phe(4-F) Boc-T45 Mitsunobu Reaction None 3.2 1
447 RCM Strategy Bts-Ile Fmoc-Acp Fmoc-Phe(3-Cl) T.sub.A1 +
T.sub.B9 Mitsunobu Reaction Hydrogenation 18.2 21 448 RCM Strategy
Bts-Nva Fmoc-Sar Fmoc- T.sub.A1 + T.sub.B2 Mitsunobu Reaction
Hydrogenation 4.8 2 (DL).alpha.MePhe 449 Thioester Strategy Bts-Ile
Boc-Acp Boc-Phe(3-C1) Boc-T77 Mitsunobu Reaction None 2.6 1
*Overall Yield: based on theoretical resin loading, starting from
~500 mg resin **Additional reactions conducted post-cyclization to
obtain the desired product
The tables directly below present analytical data obtained for
compounds 1-197, 199-216, 218-230 (Table 2A), compounds 298, 299,
301, 303, 304-403, 405-410, 415, 417 and 430-432 (Table 2B) and
compounds 435-449 (Table 2C), as determined by LC-MS analysis of
the purified products. These compounds were further examined for
their ability to interact at the human ghrelin receptor utilizing
the biological test methods described below.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 2A Analytical Characterization for
Representative Compounds of the Present Invention Molecular MW Calc
MS [(M + H)+] Compound Formula (g/mol) Found 1 C29H40N4O4 508.7 509
2 C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 3 C28H8 N4O4 494.6 495 4 C29H40N4O4 508.7
509 5 C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 6 C30H39N5O4 533.7 534 7 C28H38N4O5
510.6 511 8 C32H42N4O4 546.7 547 9 C31H42N4O4 534.7 535 10
C28H38N4O4 494.6 495 11 C28H36N4O4 492.6 493 12 C28H45N4O4 501.7
502 13 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 14 C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 15 C30H42N4O4
522.7 523 16 C30H42N4O4 522.7 523 17 C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 18
C32H40N4O4 544.7 545 19 C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 20 C32H41N4O4Cl 581.1
581 21 C32H41N4O4Cl 581.1 581 22 C36H44N4O4 596.8 597 23
C30H41N4O4Cl 557.1 557 24 C30H41N4O4Cl 557.1 557 25 C30H41N4O4Cl
557.1 557 26 C30H41N4O4F 540.7 541 27 C31H44N4O5 552.7 553 28
C36H46N4O4 598.8 599 29 C36H46N4O4 598.8 599 30 C34H44N4O4 572.7
573 31 C34H44N4O4 572.7 573 32 C29H41N5O4 523.7 524 33 C27H39N5O4S
529.7 530 34 C28H40N4O4S 528.7 529 35 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 36
C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 37 C31H42N4O3 518.7 519 38 C31H44N4O3 520.7
521 39 C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 40 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 41 C31H44N4O4
536.7 537 42 C30H42N4O4 522.7 523 43 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 44
C25H38N4O4 458.6 459 45 C28H40N4O6 528.6 529 46 C28H42N4O4 498.7
499 47 C29H44N4O4 512.7 513 48 C28H42N4O4 498.7 499 49 C22H34N4O4
418.5 419 50 C24H36N4O6 476.6 477 51 C21H32N4O4 404.5 405 52
C25H40N4O4 460.6 461 53 C24H39N5O4 461.6 462 54 C22H34N4O5 434.5
435 55 C28H38N4O4 494.6 495 56 C28H38N4O4 494.6 495 57 C28H38N4O4
494.6 495 58 C30H43N5O5 553.7 554 59 C28H38N4O4 494.6 495 60
C28H38N4O4 494.6 495 61 C27H36N4O4 480.6 481 62 C31H44N4O4 536.7
537 63 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 64 C34H42N4O4 570.7 571 65 C34H42N4O4
570.7 571 66 C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 67 C31H42N4O4 534.7 535 68
C31H45N5O4 551.7 552 69 C31H45N5O4 551.7 552 70 C30H40N4O6 552.7
553 71 C30H40N4O6 552.7 553 72 C26H34N4O4 466.6 467 73 C28H36N4O6
524.6 525 74 C29H41N5O4 523.7 524 75 C32H38N4O4 542.7 543 76
C26H34N4O5 482.6 483 77 C31H36N4O3S 544.7 545 78 C23H34N4O4 430.5
431 79 C29H41N4O4 509.7 510 80 C25H33N4O4 453.6 454 81 C21H33N4O4
405.5 406 82 C23H33N4O3 413.5 414 83 C23H35N4O3 415.5 416 84
C25H33N4O3 437.6 438 85 C26H35N4O3 451.6 452 86 C22H30N5O3S 444.6
445 87 C26H40N4O4 472.6 473 88 C32H44N4O5 564.7 565 89 C34H45N5O4
587.8 588 90 C33H46N4O4 562.7 563 91 C29H47N5O4 529.7 530 92
C28H42N4O6 530.7 531 93 C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 94 C29H40N4O4 508.7
509 95 C30H42N4O4 522.7 523 96 C32H44N4O4 548.7 549 97 C32H44N4O4
548.7 549 98 C32H44N4O4 548.7 549 99 C34H49N5O5 607.8 608 100
C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 101 C32H44N4O4 548.7 549 102 C35H42N4O4 582.7
583 103 C32H45N5O4 563.7 564 104 C31H40N4O6 564.7 565 105
C29H38N4O5 522.6 523 106 C27H38N4O3 466.6 467 107 C30H40N4O3 504.7
505 108 C35H42N4O3S 598.8 599 109 C31H43N5O4 549.7 550 110
C25H39N4O4 459.6 460 111 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 112 C28H37N4O4 493.6
494 113 C32H45N4O4 549.7 559 114 C27H41 N4O3 469.6 470 115
C30H41N4O3 505.7 506 116 C30H44N4O6 556.7 557 117 C28H38N4O4 494.6
495 118 C30H42N4O4 522.7 523 119 C28H38N4O5 510.6 511 120
C29H40N4O5 524.7 525 121 C28H36N4O4 492.6 493 122 C35H39N4O4Cl
615.2 615 123 C35H39N4O4Cl 615.2 615 124 C35H39N4O4Cl 615.2 615 125
C35H39N4O4F 598.7 599 126 C36H42N4O4 594.7 595 127 C36H42N4O5 610.7
611 128 C41H44N4O4 656.8 657 129 C41H44N4O4 656.8 657 130
C39H42N4O4 630.8 631 131 C39H42N4O4 630.8 631 132 C34H39N5O4 581.7
582 133 C34H39N5O4 581.7 582 134 C32H37N5O4S 587.7 588 135
C33H38N4O4S 586.7 587 136 C30H38N4O4 518.6 519 137 C31H40N4O4 532.7
533 178 C32H42N4O4 546.7 547 139 C32H42N4O4 546.7 547 140
C31H40N4O5 548.7 549 141 C30H38N4O5 534.6 535 142 C35H40N4O4 580.7
581 143 C31H40N4O4S 564.7 565 144 C32H46N4O4 550.7 551 145
C32H46N4O4 550.7 551 146 C32H46N4O4 550.7 551 147 C33H48N4O4 564.8
565 148 C33H48N4O4 564.8 565 149 C33H48N4O4 564.8 565 150
C33H48N4O4 564.8 565 151 C29H40N4O5 524.7 525 152 C30H42N4O5 538.7
539 153 C32H41N4O4Cl 581.1 581 154 C32H41N4O4F 564.7 565 155
C33H44N4O4 560.7 561 156 C33H44N4O5 576.7 577 157 C38H46N4O4 622.8
623 158 C38H46N4O4 622.8 623 159 C36H44N4O4 596.8 597 160
C31H41N5O4 547.7 548 161 C31H41N5O4 547.7 548 162 C31H41N5O4 547.7
548 163 C29H39N5O4S 553.7 554 164 C30H40N4O4S 552.7 553 165
C27H40N4O4 484.6 485 166 C29H44N4O4 512.7 513 167 C29H44N4O4 1.0 2
168 C29H42N4O4 510.7 511 169 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 170 C29H41N5O4
523.7 524 171 C29H41N5O4 523.7 524 172 C25H40N4O4 460.6 461 173
C26H42N4O4 474.6 475 174 C26H42N4O4 474.6 475 175 C27H44N4O4 488.7
489 176 C27H44N4O4 488.7 489 177 C29H41N5O4 523.7 524 178
C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 179 C30H42N4O3 506.7 597 180 C31H44N4O3 520.7
521 181 C26H40N4O3 456.6 457 182 C26H42N4O3 458.6 459 183
C27H42N4O3 470.6 471 184 C27H44N4O3 472.7 473 185 C25H38N4O4 458.6
459 186 C26H40N4O4 472.6 473 187 C30H40N4O3 504.7 505 188
C31H42N4O3 518.7 519 189 C31H44N4O3 520.7 521 190 C31H44N4O3 520.7
521 191 C32H44N4O3 532.7 533 192 C32H46N4O3 534.7 535 193
C30H40N4O3 504.7 505 194 C30H42N4O3 506.7 507 195 C31H42N4O3 518.7
519 196 C31H44N6O4 564.7 565 197 C31H42N4O6 566.7 567 199
C29H36N4O4 504.6 505 200 C31H40N4O4 532.7 533 201 C30H42N4O4 522.7
523 202 C31H42N4O5 550.7 551 203 C33H44N4O4 560.7 561 204
C34H44N4O5 588.7 589 205 C25H40N4O4 460.6 461 206 C31H46N6O5 582.7
583 207 C31H43N5O4 549.7 550 208 C32H42N4O4 546.7 547 209
C27H44N4O4 488.7 489 210 C34H39N5O4 581.7 582 211 C31H41N5O4 547.7
548 212 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 213 C30H40N4O4S 552.7 553 214
C30H42N4O3 506.7 507 215 C33H48N4O5 580.8 581 216 C29H38N4O4 596.6
507 218 C33H42N4O4 558.7 559 219 C32H38N6O4 570.7 571 220
C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 221 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 222 C31H42N4O4 534.7
535 223 C31H42N4O4 534.7 535 224 C31H42N4O5 550.7 551 225
C29H38N4O4 506.6 507 226 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 227 C30H40N4O4 520.7
521 228 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 229 C31H42N4O4 534.7 535 230
C31H42N4O4 534.7 535 Notes 1. Molecular formulas and molecular
weights are calculated automatically from the structure via
ActivityBase software (IDBS, Guildford, Surrey, UK). 2. M + H
obtained from LC-MS analysis using standard methods. 3. All
analyses conducted on material after preparative purification by
the methods described above.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 2B Analytical Characterization for
Representative Compounds of the Present Invention Molecular MW Calc
MS [(M + H).sup.+] Compound Formula (g/mol) Found 298 C30H39N4O4F
538.7 539 299 C29H37N4O4Cl 541.1 541 301 C35H39N4O5Cl 631.2 631 303
C30H38N4O5 534.6 535 305 C27H40N6O4 512.6 513 306 C28H36N5O4F 525.6
526 307 C25H35N4O4F 474.6 475 308 C29H35N4O4Cl 539.1 539 309
C29H37N4O4F 524.6 525 310 C27H36N4O4S 512.7 513 311 C33H46N4O5
578.7 579 312 C29H37N4O4F 524.6 525 313 C29H37N4O4F 524.6 525 314
C29H36N4O4Cl2 575.5 575 315 C29H36N4O4Cl2 575.5 575 316
C29H36N4O4F2 542.6 543 317 C29H36N4O4F2 542.6 543 318 C29H33N4O4F5
596.6 597 319 C29H37N4O4Br 585.5 585 320 C29H37N4O4I 632.5 633 321
C30H37N5O4 531.6 532 322 C301137N4O4F3 574.6 575 323 C31H42N4O6
566.7 567 324 C31H39N5O4 545.7 546 325 C32H41N4O4F 564.7 565 326
C32H41N4O4Br 625.6 625 327 C32H40N4O4F2 582.7 583 328 C33H44N4O5
576.7 577 329 C33H41N5O4 571.7 572 330 C32H40N4O4Cl2 615.6 616 331
C32H40N4O4F2 582.7 583 332 C33H41N4O4F3 614.7 615 333 C30H40N4O4S
552.7 553 334 C30H37N4O4Cl 553.1 553 335 C29H39N4O5F 542.6 543 336
C28H37N4O5F 528.6 529 337 C27H36N5O4F 513.6 514 338 C28H38N5O4F
527.6 528 339 C29H40N5O4F 541.7 542 340 C29H39N4O4FS 558.7 559 341
C33H37N4O4SCl 621.2 621 342 C36H38N5O4Cl 640.2 640 343 C36H41N4O5Cl
645.2 645 344 C30H37N4O5Cl 569.1 569 345 C31H39N4O5Cl 583.1 583 346
C31H37N4O4Cl 565.1 565 347 C33H44N4O5 576.7 577 348 C31H42N4O5
550.7 551 349 C30H37N4O4Cl 553.1 553 350 C28H35N4O4Cl 527.1 527 351
C29H35N4O4Cl 539.1 539 352 C29H35N4O4Cl 539.1 539 353 C31H41N4O3F
536.7 537 354 C29H33N4O4F 520.6 521 355 C29H36N4O4F2 542.6 543 356
C30H36N4O4F4 592.6 593 357 C30H40N5O6FS 617.7 618 358 C33H43N4O3Cl
579.2 579 359 C34H47N4O4Cl 611.2 611 360 C28H41N4O4Cl 533.1 533 361
C34H45N4O3Cl 593.2 593 362 C33H45N4O3Cl 581.2 581 363 C29H45N4O3Cl
533.1 533 364 C29H43N4O3Cl 531.1 531 365 C27H41N4O3Cl 505.1 505 366
C28H43N4O3Cl 519.1 519 367 C30H39N4O4F 538.7 539 368 C33H45N4O4Cl
597.2 597 369 C32H43N4O4Cl 583.2 583 370 C28H43N4O4Cl 535.1 535 371
C34H47N4O3Cl 595.2 595 372 C29H36N4O4F2 542.6 543 373 C29H36N4O4FCl
559.1 559 374 C30H40N5O6FS 617.7 618 375 C30H39N4O4F 538.7 539 376
C30H39N4O4F 538.7 539 377 C28H35N4O5F 526.6 527 378 C31H41N4O4F
552,7 553 379 C30H37N4O4F 536.6 537 380 C32H41N4O4Cl 581.1 581 381
C32H39N4O4Cl 579.1 579 382 C32H42N4O4FCl 601.2 601 383
C32H42N4O4FCl 601.2 601 384 C32H42N4O4Cl2 617.6 617 385
C31H42N5O4Cl 584.1 584 386 C33H45N4O4Cl 597.2 597 387 C33H43N4O4Cl
595.2 595 388 C33H43N4O4Cl 595.2 595 389 C30H37N4O4F 536.6 537 390
C26H40N5O3Cl 506.1 506 391 C29 H35N4O4F3 560.6 561 392 C33H45N4O4Cl
597.2 597 393 C27H41N4O5Cl 537.1 537 394 C30H39N4O4F 538.7 539 395
C31H42N5O4Cl 584.1 584 396 C30H37N4O4Cl 553.1 553 397 C30H37N4O4Cl
553.1 553 398 C25H37N4O4F 476.6 477 399 C33H45N4O4Cl 597.2 597 400
C29H35N4O4F 522.6 523 401 C29H35N4O4F 522.6 523 402 C32H41N4O4Cl
581.1 581 403 C30H40N4O4 520.7 521 405 C30H41N4O4F 540.7 541 406
C30H38N4O4F2 556.6 557 407 C31H43N4O4F 554.7 555 408 C31H42N4O4F2
572.7 573 409 C30H41N4O4F 540.7 541 410 C30H42N4O4 522.7 523 415
C30H39N4O4Cl 555.1 555 417 C29H36N4O4FCl 559.1 559 430
C30H38N4O4FCl 573.1 573 431 C31H44N4O4 536.7 537 432 C31H43N4O4Cl
571.2 571 Notes 1. Molecular formulas and molecular weights are
calculated automatically from the structure via ActivityBase
software (IDBS, Guildford, Surrey, UK). 2. M + H obtained from
LC-MS analysis using standard methods. 3. All analyses conducted on
material after preparative purification by the methods described
above.
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 2C Analytical Characterization for
Representative Compounds of the Present Invention Molecular MW Calc
MS [(M + H).sup.+] Compound Formula (g/mol) Found 435 C30H39N4O4F
538.7 539 436 C31H40N4O4 532.7 533 437 C32H39N4O4Cl 579.1 579 438
C33H45N4O4Cl 597.2 597 439 C32H39N4O5Cl 595.1 595 440 C37H47N4O5F
646.8 647 441 C33H42N4O6 590.7 591 442 C26H38N4O5 486.6 487 443
C27H40N4O5 500.6 501 444 C29H40N6O4 536.7 537 445 C30H42N4O5 538.7
539 446 C24H35N4O56 478.6 479 447 C26H39N4O3Cl 491.1 492 448
C29H40N4O4 508.7 509 449 C31H42N5O4Cl 584.1 584 Notes 1. Molecular
formulas and molecular weights are calculated automatically from
the structure via ActivityBase software (IDBS, Guildford, Surrey,
UK). 2. M + H obtained from LC-MS analysis using standard methods.
3. All analyses conducted on material after preparative
purification by the methods described above.
D. Chiral Purity Determination
General methods for the HPLC determination of stereoisomeric purity
were employed according to techniques known to those skilled in the
art and further optimized for the compounds of the present
invention.
Method Chiral A: Grad35A-05 (column: Chiralcel AS-RH 0.46
cm.times.15 cm):
1. Isocratic plateau of 40 min at 35% ACN, 65% of a 50 mM solution
of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 2. 5 min gradient to 70% ACN,
30% of a 50 mM solution of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 3.
Isocratic plateau of 10 min at 70% ACN, 30% of a 50 mM solution of
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 4. 5 min gradient to 35% ACN, 65%
of a 50 mM solution of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 5.
Isocratic plateau of 10 min at 35% ACN, 65% of a 50 mM solution of
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 6. Flow: 0.5 mL/min 7. Column
temperature: room temperature 8. Sample temperature: room
temperature Method Chiral B: Grad40A-05 (column: Chiralcel OD-RH,
0.46 cm.times.15 cm): 1. Isocratic plateau of 40 min at 40% ACN,
60% of a solution 50 mM of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 2. 5
min gradient to 70% ACN, 30% of a solution 50 mM of
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 3. Isocratic plateau of 10 min at
70% ACN, 30% of a solution 50 mM of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in
H.sub.2O. 4. 5 min gradient to 40% ACN, 60% of a solution 50 mM of
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O. 5. Isocratic plateau of 10 min at
40% ACN, 60% of a solution 50 mM of CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in
H.sub.2O. 6. Flow: 0.5 mL/min 7. Column temperature: room
temperature 8. Sample temperature: room temperature Method Chiral
C: Grad 55A-05 (column: Chiralcel OD-RH, 0.46 cm.times.15 cm): 1.
40 min isocratic 55%/45% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in
H.sub.2O 2. 5 min gradient to 70%/30% of ACN/50 mM
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 3. 10 min isocratic 70%/30% of
ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 4. 5 min gradient to
55%/44% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 5. 10 min
isocratic 55%/45% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 6.
Flow: 0.5 mL/min 7. Column temperature: room temperature 8. Sample
temperature: room temperature Method Chiral D: Grad Iso100B 05
(column: Chiralcel OD-RH, 0.46 cm.times.15 cm): 1. 40 min isocratic
27%/73% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 2. 5 min
gradient to 70%/30% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 3.
10 min isocratic 70%/30% of ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in
H.sub.2O 4. 5 min gradient to 27%/73% of ACN/50 mM
CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 5. 10 min isocratic 27%/73% of
ACN/50 mM CH.sub.3COONH.sub.4 in H.sub.2O 6. Flow: 0.5 mL/min 7.
Column temperature: room temperature 8. Sample temperature: room
temperature 3. Biological Methods
The compounds of the present invention were evaluated for their
ability to interact at the human ghrelin receptor utilizing a
competitive radio ligand binding assay, fluorescence assay or
Aequorin functional assay as described below. Such methods can be
conducted in a high throughput manner to permit the simultaneous
evaluation of many compounds.
Specific assay methods for the human (GHS-R1a), swine and rat
GHS-receptors (U.S. Pat. No. 6,242,199, Intl. Pat. Appl. Nos. WO
97/21730 and 97/22004), as well as the canine GHS-receptor (U.S.
Pat. No. 6,645,726), and their use in generally identifying
agonists and antagonists thereof are known.
Appropriate methods for determining the functional activity of
compounds of the present invention that interact at the human
ghrelin receptor are also described below.
A. Competitive Radioligand Binding Assay (Ghrelin Receptor)
The competitive binding assay at the human growth hormone
secretagogue receptor (hGHS-R1a) was carried out analogously to
assays described in the literature. (Bednarek M A et al.
Structure-function studies on the new growth hormone-releasing
peptide ghrelin: minimal sequence of ghrelin necessary for
activation of growth hormone secretagogue receptor 1a; J. Med.
Chem. 2000, 43, 4370-4376; Palucki, B. L. et al.
Spiro(indoline-3,4'-piperidine) growth hormone secretagogues as
ghrelin mimetics; Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 11,
1955-1957.)
Materials
Membranes (GHS-R/HEK 293) were prepared from HEK-293 cells stably
transfected with the human ghrelin receptor (hGHS-R1a). These
membranes were provided by PerkinElmer BioSignal (#RBHGHSM,
lot#1887) and utilized at a quantity of 0.71 .mu.g/assay point. 1.
[.sup.125I]-Ghrelin (PerkinElmer, #NEX-388); final concentration:
0.0070-0.0085 nM 2. Ghrelin (Bachem, #H-4864); final concentration:
1 .mu.M 3. Multiscreen Harvest plates-GF/C (Millipore, #MAHFC1H60)
4. Deep-well polypropylene titer plate (Beckman Coulter, #267006)
5. TopSeal-A (PerkinElmer, #6005185) 6. Bottom seal (Millipore,
#MATAH0P00) 7. MicroScint-0 (PerkinElmer, #6013611) 8. Binding
Buffer: 25 mM Hepes (pH 7.4), 1 mM CaCl.sub.2, 5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 2.5
mM EDTA, 0.4% BSA Assay Volumes
Competition experiments were performed in a 300 .mu.l filtration
assay format. 1. 220 .mu.L of membranes diluted in binding buffer
2. 40 .mu.L of compound diluted in binding buffer 3. 40 .mu.L of
radioligand ([.sup.125I]-Ghrelin) diluted in binding buffer Final
test concentrations (N=1) for compounds of the present invention:
10, 1, 0.5, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, 0.01, 0.005, 0.002, 0.001 .mu.M.
Compound Handling
Compounds were provided frozen on dry ice at a stock concentration
of 10 mM diluted in 100% DMSO and stored at -80.degree. C. until
the day of testing. On the test day, compounds were allowed to thaw
at rt O/N and then diluted in assay buffer according to the desired
test concentrations. Under these conditions, the maximal final DMSO
concentration in the assay was 0.1%.
Assay Protocol
In deep-well plates, 220 .mu.L of diluted cell membranes (final
concentration: 0.71 .mu.g/well) were combined with 40 .mu.L of
either binding buffer (total binding, N=5), 1 .mu.M ghrelin
(non-specific binding, N=3) or the appropriate concentration of
test compound (N=2 for each test concentration). The reaction was
initiated by addition of 40 .mu.L of [.sup.125I]-ghrelin (final
conc. 0.0070-0.0085 nM) to each well. Plates were sealed with
TopSeal-A, vortexed gently and incubated at rt for 30 min. The
reaction was arrested by filtering samples through Multiscreen
Harvest plates (pre-soaked in 0.5% polyethyleneimine) using a
Tomtec Harvester, washed 9 times with 500 .mu.L of cold 50 mM
Tris-HCl (pH 7.4, 4.degree. C.), and then plates were air-dried in
a fumehood for 30 min. A bottom seal was applied to the plates
prior to the addition of 25 .mu.L of MicroScint-0 to each well.
Plates were than sealed with TopScal-A and counted for 30 sec per
well on a TopCount Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence
Counter (PerkinElmer) using a count delay of 60 sec. Results were
expressed as counts per minute (cpm).
Data were analyzed by GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software, San Diego,
Calif.) using a variable slope non-linear regression analysis. K;
values were calculated using a K.sub.d value of 0.01 nM for
[.sup.125I]-ghrelin (previously determined during membrane
characterization).
D.sub.max values were calculated using the following formula:
.times..times..times..times..times..times..times..times..times..times..ti-
mes..times..times..times..times..times..times..times..times.
##EQU00001## where total and non-specific binding represent the cpm
obtained in the absence or presence of 1 .mu.M gltrelin,
respectively.
Binding activity at the gherlin receptor for representative
compounds of the present invention is shown below in Table 3A
through 3E. Compound structures for Tables 3A, 3B and 3D are
presented with the various groups as defined for the general
structure of formula I. For Tables 3B and 3D, in all entries, m, n
and p are 0; X, Z.sub.1 and Z.sub.2 are each NH. For Table 3B,
R.sub.1 is H for all entries. The tethers (T) are illustrated with
the bonding to X and Z.sub.2 as indicated. The compounds themselves
are shown for Tables 3C and 3E. Competitive binding curves for
representative compounds 1, 2, 3, 4 and 25 are shown in FIG. 4.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 3A Binding Activity at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor for Compounds of the Invention Cm- K.sub.i pd X R.sub.1
R.sub.2 m R.sub.7 R.sub.3 R.sub.4 n Z.sub.1 R.sub.5 R.sub.6 p
Z.sub.2 T (nM) 1 N-- H H ##STR00026## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00027## H 0 N-- H ##STR00028## B 2 N-- H H ##STR00029## 0 H
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00030## H 0 N-- H ##STR00031## C 3 N-- H H
##STR00032## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00033## H 0 N-- H
##STR00034## C 4 N-- H H ##STR00035## 0 CH.sub.3 H CH.sub.3 0 N-- H
##STR00036## H 0 N-- H ##STR00037## B 5 N-- H H ##STR00038## 0
CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00039## H 0 N-- H ##STR00040## C
6 N-- H H ##STR00041## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00042## H 0 N--
H ##STR00043## C 7 N-- H H ##STR00044## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00045## H 0 N-- H ##STR00046## C 8 N-- H H ##STR00047## 0 H
##STR00048## 0 N-- H H ##STR00049## 0 N-- H ##STR00050## B 9 N-- H
H ##STR00051## 0 H ##STR00052## 0 N-- H H ##STR00053## 0 N-- H
##STR00054## C 10 N-- H H ##STR00055## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00056## H 0 N-- H ##STR00057## B 11 N-- H H ##STR00058## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00059## H 0 N-- H ##STR00060## B 12 N-- H
##STR00061## H 0 H H ##STR00062## 0 N-- H H ##STR00063## 0 N-- H
##STR00064## C 13 N-- H ##STR00065## H 0 H H ##STR00066## 0 N-- H H
##STR00067## 0 N-- H ##STR00068## C 14 N-- H H ##STR00069## 0 H
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H H ##STR00070## 0 N-- H ##STR00071## C 15 N-- H H
##STR00072## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00073## H 0 N-- H
##STR00074## A 16 N-- H H ##STR00075## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00076## H 0 N-- H ##STR00077## A 17 N-- H H ##STR00078## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00079## H 0 N-- H ##STR00080## A
18 N-- H ##STR00081## 0 H ##STR00082## 0 N-- H H ##STR00083## 0 N--
H ##STR00084## B 19a N-- H H ##STR00085## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0
N-- H H ##STR00086## 0 N-- H ##STR00087## A 19b diastereomer C 20
N-- H H ##STR00088## 0 H ##STR00089## 0 N-- H H ##STR00090## 0 N--
H ##STR00091## A 21 N-- H H ##STR00092## 0 H ##STR00093## 0 N-- H H
##STR00094## 0 N-- H ##STR00095## A 22 N-- H H ##STR00096## 0 H
##STR00097## 0 N-- H H ##STR00098## 0 N-- H ##STR00099## B 23 N-- H
H ##STR00100## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00101## H 0 N-- H
##STR00102## A 24 N-- H H ##STR00103## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00104## H 0 N-- H ##STR00105## A 25 N-- H H ##STR00106## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00107## H 0 N-- H ##STR00108## A
26 N-- H H ##STR00109## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00110##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00111## A 27 N-- H H ##STR00112## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00113## H 0 N-- H ##STR00114## A 28 N-- H H
##STR00115## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00116## H 0 N-- H
##STR00117## B 29 N-- H H ##STR00118## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00119## H 0 N-- H ##STR00120## B 30 N-- H H ##STR00121## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00122## H 0 N-- H ##STR00123## A
31 N-- H H ##STR00124## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00125##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00126## A 32 N-- H H ##STR00127## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00128## H 0 N-- H ##STR00129## B 33 N-- H H
##STR00130## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00131## H 0 N-- H
##STR00132## C 34 N-- H H ##STR00133## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00134## H 0 N-- H ##STR00135## B 35 N-- H H ##STR00136## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00137## H 0 N-- H ##STR00138## B
36 N-- H H ##STR00139## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00140##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00141## B 37a N-- H H ##STR00142## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00143## H 0 N-- H ##STR00144## B 37b
diastereomer B 38 N-- H H ##STR00145## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00146## H 0 N-- H ##STR00147## B 39 N-- H H ##STR00148## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00149## H 0 N-- H ##STR00150## B 40 N-- H
H ##STR00151## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00152## H 0 N-- H
##STR00153## A 41 N-- H H ##STR00154## 0 CH.sub.3 ##STR00155## H 0
N-- H ##STR00156## H 0 N-- H ##STR00157## B 42 N-- H H ##STR00158##
0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00159## H 0 N-- H ##STR00160## A
43 N-- H H ##STR00161## 0 CH.sub.2 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H
##STR00162## H 0 N-- H ##STR00163## B 44 N-- H H ##STR00164## 0 H
##STR00165## 0 N-- H H ##STR00166## 0 N-- H ##STR00167## G 45 N-- H
H ##STR00168## 0 H ##STR00169## 0 N-- H H ##STR00170## 0 N-- H
##STR00171## G 46 N-- H H ##STR00172## 0 H ##STR00173## 0 N-- H H
##STR00174## 0 N-- H ##STR00175## G 47 N-- H H ##STR00176## 0 H
##STR00177## 0 N-- H H ##STR00178## 0 N-- H ##STR00179## C 48 N-- H
H ##STR00180## 0 H ##STR00181## 0 N-- H H ##STR00182## 0 N-- H
##STR00183## G 49 N-- H H ##STR00184## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00185## G 50 N-- H H ##STR00186## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00187## H 0 N-- H ##STR00188## G 51 N-- H
H ##STR00189## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H H H 0 N-- H ##STR00190## G 52
N-- H H ##STR00191## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00192## H 0 N-- H
##STR00193## C 53 N-- H H ##STR00194## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00195## H 0 N-- H ##STR00196## G 54 N-- H H ##STR00197## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00198## H 0 N-- H ##STR00199## G 55 N-- H
##STR00200## H 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00201## H 0 N-- H
##STR00202## D 56 N-- H ##STR00203## H 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H H
##STR00204## 0 N-- H ##STR00205## G 57 N-- H H ##STR00206## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H H ##STR00207## 0 N-- H ##STR00208## C 58 N--
Ac H ##STR00209## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00210## H 0 N-- H
##STR00211## G 59 N-- H H ##STR00212## 0 H H CH.sub.3 0 N-- H
##STR00213## H 0 N-- H ##STR00214## D 60 N-- H H ##STR00215## 0 H
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00216## H 0 N-- H ##STR00217## C 61 N-- H H
##STR00218## 0 H H H 0 N-- H ##STR00219## H 0 N-- H ##STR00220## C
62 N-- H H ##STR00221## 0 H H ##STR00222## 0 N-- H ##STR00223## H 0
N-- H ##STR00224## D 63 N-- H H ##STR00225## 0 H ##STR00226## H 0
N-- H ##STR00227## H 0 N-- H ##STR00228## G 64 N-- H H ##STR00229##
0 H H ##STR00230## 0 N-- H ##STR00231## H 0 N-- H ##STR00232## G 65
N-- H H ##STR00233## 0 H ##STR00234## H 0 N-- H ##STR00235## H 0
N-- H ##STR00236## D 66 N-- H H ##STR00237## 0 H CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3
0 N-- H ##STR00238## H 0 N-- H ##STR00239## C 67 N-- H H
##STR00240## 0 H ##STR00241## 0 N-- H ##STR00242## H 0 N-- H
##STR00243## C 68 N-- H H ##STR00244## 0 H H ##STR00245## 0 N-- H
##STR00246## H 0 N-- H ##STR00247## D 69 N-- H H ##STR00248## 0 H
##STR00249## H 0 N-- H v ##STR00250## H 0 N-- H ##STR00251## G 70
N-- H H ##STR00252## 0 H H ##STR00253## 0 N-- H ##STR00254## H 0
N-- H ##STR00255## G 71 N-- H H ##STR00256## 0 H ##STR00257## H 0
N-- H ##STR00258## H 0 N-- H ##STR00259## G 72 N-- H H CH.sub.3 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00260## H 0 N-- H ##STR00261## D 73 N-- H
H ##STR00262## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00263## H 0 N-- H
##STR00264## G 74 N-- H H ##STR00265## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00266## H 0 N-- H ##STR00267## D 75 N-- H H ##STR00268## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00269## H 0 N-- H ##STR00270## C 76 N-- H
H ##STR00271## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00272## H 0 N-- H
##STR00273## G 77 N-- H H ##STR00274## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00275## H 0 N-- H ##STR00276## C 78 N-- H H ##STR00277## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00278## H 0 N-- H ##STR00279## G 79 N-- H
H ##STR00280## 0 CH.sub.3 H CH.sub.3 0 N-- H ##STR00281## H 0 N-- H
##STR00282## C 80 N-- H H H 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00283## H 0
N-- H
##STR00284## G 81 N-- H H ##STR00285## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00286## H 0 N-- H ##STR00287## G 82 N-- H H ##STR00288## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00289## H 0 N-- H ##STR00290## G 83 N-- H
H ##STR00291## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00292## H 0 N-- H
##STR00293## G 84 N-- H H ##STR00294## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H
##STR00295## H 0 N-- H ##STR00296## D 85 N-- H H ##STR00297## 0
CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00298## H 0 N-- H ##STR00299## G 86 N-- H
H ##STR00300## 0 CH.sub.3 H H 0 N-- H ##STR00301## H 0 N-- H
##STR00302## G 87 N-- H H ##STR00303## 0 H ##STR00304## 0 N-- H H
CH.sub.3 0 N-- H ##STR00305## G 88 N-- H H ##STR00306## 0 H
##STR00307## 0 N-- H H ##STR00308## 0 N-- H ##STR00309## G 89 N-- H
H ##STR00310## 0 H ##STR00311## 0 N-- H H ##STR00312## 0 N-- H
##STR00313## D 90 N-- H H ##STR00314## 0 H ##STR00315## 0 N-- H H
##STR00316## 0 N-- H ##STR00317## D 91 N-- H H ##STR00318## 0 H
##STR00319## 0 N-- H H ##STR00320## 0 N-- H ##STR00321## G 92 N-- H
H ##STR00322## 0 H ##STR00323## 0 N-- H H ##STR00324## 0 N-- H
##STR00325## G 93 N-- H H ##STR00326## 0 H H CH.sub.3 0 N-- H H
##STR00327## 0 N-- H ##STR00328## D 94 N-- H H ##STR00329## 0 H
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H H ##STR00330## 0 N-- H ##STR00331## D 95 N-- H H
##STR00332## 0 H CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 0 N-- H H ##STR00333## 0 N-- H
##STR00334## D 96 N-- H ##STR00335## H 0 H ##STR00336## 0 N-- H H
##STR00337## 0 N-- H ##STR00338## G 97 N-- H H ##STR00339## 0 H
##STR00340## 0 N-- H ##STR00341## H 0 N-- H ##STR00342## C 98 N-- H
##STR00343## H 0 H ##STR00344## 0 N-- H ##STR00345## H 0 N-- H
##STR00346## G 99 N-- Ac H ##STR00347## 0 H ##STR00348## 0 N-- H H
##STR00349## 0 N-- H ##STR00350## G 100 N-- H H CH.sub.3 0 H
##STR00351## 0 N-- H H ##STR00352## 0 N-- H ##STR00353## C 101 N--
H H ##STR00354## 0 H ##STR00355## 0 N-- H H ##STR00356## 0 N-- H
##STR00357## C 102 N-- H H ##STR00358## 0 H ##STR00359## 0 N-- H H
##STR00360## 0 N-- H ##STR00361## C 103 N-- H H ##STR00362## 0 H
##STR00363## 0 N-- H H ##STR00364## 0 N-- H ##STR00365## G 104 N--
H H ##STR00366## 0 H ##STR00367## 0 N-- H H ##STR00368## 0 N-- H
##STR00369## G 105 N-- H H ##STR00370## 0 H ##STR00371## 0 N-- H H
##STR00372## 0 N-- H ##STR00373## C 106 N-- H H ##STR00374## 0 H
##STR00375## 0 N-- H H ##STR00376## 0 N-- H ##STR00377## G 107 N--
H H ##STR00378## 0 H ##STR00379## 0 N-- H H ##STR00380## 0 N-- H
##STR00381## G 108 N-- H H ##STR00382## 0 H ##STR00383## 0 N-- H H
##STR00384## 0 N-- H ##STR00385## D 109 N-- H H ##STR00386## 0 H
##STR00387## 0 N-- H H ##STR00388## 0 N-- H ##STR00389## D 110 N--
H H ##STR00390## 0 H ##STR00391## 0 N-- H H ##STR00392## 0 N-- H
##STR00393## G 111 N-- H H ##STR00394## 0 H ##STR00395## 0 N-- H H
##STR00396## 0 N-- H ##STR00397## C 112 N-- H H H 0 H ##STR00398##
0 N-- H H ##STR00399## 0 N-- H ##STR00400## D 113 N-- H H
##STR00401## 0 H ##STR00402## 0 N-- H H ##STR00403## 0 N-- H
##STR00404## C 114 N-- H H ##STR00405## 0 H ##STR00406## 0 N-- H H
##STR00407## 0 N-- H ##STR00408## G 115 N-- H H ##STR00409## 0 H
##STR00410## 0 N-- H H ##STR00411## 0 N-- H ##STR00412## G 116 N--
H H ##STR00413## 0 H ##STR00414## 0 N-- H H ##STR00415## 0 N-- H
##STR00416## D 117 N-- H H ##STR00417## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00418## H 0 N-- H ##STR00419## B 118 N-- H H ##STR00420## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00421## H 0 N-- H ##STR00422## B
119 N-- H H ##STR00423## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00424##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00425## C 120 N-- H H ##STR00426## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00427## H 0 N-- H ##STR00428## B 121 N-- H
##STR00429## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00430## H 0 N-- H
##STR00431## G 122 N-- H H ##STR00432## 0 H ##STR00433## 0 N-- H H
##STR00434## 0 N-- H ##STR00435## C 123 N-- H H ##STR00436## 0 H
##STR00437## 0 N-- H H ##STR00438## 0 N-- H ##STR00439## C 124 N--
H H ##STR00440## 0 H ##STR00441## 0 N-- H H ##STR00442## 0 N-- H
##STR00443## D 125 N-- H H ##STR00444## 0 H ##STR00445## 0 N-- H H
##STR00446## 0 N-- H ##STR00447## G 126 N-- H H ##STR00448## 0 H
##STR00449## 0 N-- H H ##STR00450## 0 N-- H ##STR00451## C 127 N--
H H ##STR00452## 0 H ##STR00453## 0 N-- H H ##STR00454## 0 N-- H
##STR00455## C 128 N-- H H ##STR00456## 0 H ##STR00457## 0 N-- H H
##STR00458## 0 N-- H ##STR00459## G 129 N-- H H ##STR00460## 0 H
##STR00461## 0 N-- H H ##STR00462## 0 N-- H ##STR00463## G 130 N--
H H ##STR00464## 0 H ##STR00465## 0 N-- H H ##STR00466## 0 N-- H
##STR00467## D 131 N-- H H ##STR00468## 0 H ##STR00469## 0 N-- H H
##STR00470## 0 N-- H ##STR00471## C 132 N-- H H ##STR00472## 0 H
##STR00473## 0 N-- H H ##STR00474## 0 N-- H ##STR00475## F 133 N--
H H ##STR00476## 0 H ##STR00477## 0 N-- H H ##STR00478## 0 N-- H
##STR00479## F 134 N-- H H ##STR00480## 0 H ##STR00481## 0 N-- H H
##STR00482## 0 N-- H ##STR00483## C 135 N-- H H ##STR00484## 0 H
##STR00485## 0 N-- H H ##STR00486## 0 N-- H ##STR00487## C 136a N--
H H ##STR00488## 0 H ##STR00489## 0 N-- H H ##STR00490## 0 N-- H
##STR00491## B 136b diastereomer C 137 N-- H H ##STR00492## 0 H
##STR00493## 0 N-- H H ##STR00494## 0 N-- H ##STR00495## B 138 N--
H H ##STR00496## 0 H ##STR00497## 0 N-- H H ##STR00498## 0 N-- H
##STR00499## B 139 N-- H H ##STR00500## 0 H ##STR00501## 0 N-- H H
##STR00502## 0 N-- H ##STR00503## C 140 N-- H H ##STR00504## 0 H
##STR00505## 0 N-- H H ##STR00506## 0 N-- H ##STR00507## C 141 N--
H H ##STR00508## 0 H ##STR00509## 0 N-- H H ##STR00510## 0 N-- H
##STR00511## C 142 N-- H H ##STR00512## 0 H ##STR00513## 0 N-- H H
##STR00514## 0 N-- H ##STR00515## C 143 N-- H H ##STR00516## 0 H
##STR00517## 0 N-- H H ##STR00518## 0 N-- H ##STR00519## C 144 N--
H H ##STR00520## 0 CH.sub.3 ##STR00521## H 0 N-- H ##STR00522## H 0
N-- H ##STR00523## C 145a N-- H H ##STR00524## 0 CH.sub.3 H
##STR00525## 0 N-- H ##STR00526## H 0 N-- H ##STR00527## C 145b
diastereomer F 146a N-- H H ##STR00528## 0 CH.sub.3 H ##STR00529##
0 N-- H ##STR00530## H 0 N-- H ##STR00531## F 146b diastereomer F
147 N-- H H ##STR00532## 0 CH.sub.3 ##STR00533## H 0 N-- H
##STR00534## H 0 N-- H ##STR00535## F 148 N-- H H ##STR00536## 0
CH.sub.3 H ##STR00537## 0 N-- H ##STR00538## H 0 N-- H ##STR00539##
F 149 N-- H H ##STR00540## 0 CH.sub.3 ##STR00541## H 0 N-- H
##STR00542## H 0 N-- H ##STR00543## D 150a N-- H H ##STR00544## 0
CH.sub.3 H ##STR00545## 0 N-- H ##STR00546## H 0 N-- H ##STR00547##
C 150b diastereomer G 151 N-- H H ##STR00548## 0 H ##STR00549## H 0
N-- H ##STR00550## H 0 N-- H ##STR00551## F 152a N-- H H
##STR00552## 0 CH.sub.3 H ##STR00553## 0 N-- H ##STR00554## H 0 N--
H ##STR00555## C 152b N-- diastereomer C H 153 N-- H H ##STR00556##
0 H ##STR00557## 0 N-- H H ##STR00558## 0 N-- H ##STR00559## B 154
N-- H H ##STR00560## 0 H ##STR00561## 0 N-- H H ##STR00562## 0 N--
H ##STR00563## B 155 N-- H H ##STR00564## 0 H ##STR00565## 0 N-- H
H ##STR00566## 0 N-- H ##STR00567## B 156 N-- H H ##STR00568## 0 H
##STR00569## 0 N-- H H ##STR00570## 0 N-- H ##STR00571## E 157 N--
H H ##STR00572## 0 H ##STR00573## 0 N-- H H ##STR00574## 0 N-- H
##STR00575## C 158 N-- H H ##STR00576## 0 H ##STR00577## 0 N-- H H
##STR00578## 0 N-- H ##STR00579## F 159 N-- H H ##STR00580## 0 H
##STR00581## 0 N-- H H ##STR00582## 0 N-- H ##STR00583## B 160a N--
H H ##STR00584## 0 H ##STR00585## 0 N-- H H ##STR00586##
0 N-- H ##STR00587## F 160b diastereomer F 161a N-- H H
##STR00588## 0 H ##STR00589## 0 N-- H H ##STR00590## 0 N-- H
##STR00591## F 161b diastereomer F 162a N-- H H ##STR00592## 0 H
##STR00593## 0 N-- H H ##STR00594## 0 N-- H ##STR00595## D 162b
diastereomer G 163 N-- H H ##STR00596## 0 H ##STR00597## 0 N-- H H
##STR00598## 0 N-- H ##STR00599## G 164 N-- H H ##STR00600## 0 H
##STR00601## 0 N-- H H ##STR00602## 0 N-- H ##STR00603## C 165 N--
H H ##STR00604## 0 H ##STR00605## 0 N-- H H ##STR00606## 0 N-- H
##STR00607## G 166 N-- H H ##STR00608## 0 H ##STR00609## 0 N-- H H
##STR00610## 0 N-- H ##STR00611## G 167 N-- H H ##STR00612## 0 H
##STR00613## 0 N-- H H ##STR00614## 0 N-- H ##STR00615## G 168 N--
H H ##STR00616## 0 H ##STR00617## 0 N-- H ##STR00618## 0 N-- H
##STR00619## C 169 N-- H H ##STR00620## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00621## H 0 N-- H ##STR00622## B 170 N-- H H ##STR00623## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00624## H 0 N-- H ##STR00625## B
171 N-- H H ##STR00626## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00627##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00628## B 172 N-- H H ##STR00629## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H H ##STR00630## 0 N-- H ##STR00631## G 173 N-- H
H ##STR00632## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00633## H 0 N-- H
##STR00634## C 174 N-- H H ##STR00635## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00636## H 0 N-- H ##STR00637## C 175 N-- H H ##STR00638## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00639## H 0 N-- H ##STR00640## C
176 N-- H H ##STR00641## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00642##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00643## B 177 N-- H H ##STR00644## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00645## H 0 N-- H ##STR00646## B 178 N-- H
H ##STR00647## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00648## H 0 N-- H
##STR00649## C 179 N-- H H ##STR00650## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00651## H 0 N-- H ##STR00652## C 180 N-- H H ##STR00653## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00654## H 0 N-- H ##STR00655## C
181 N-- H H ##STR00656## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00657##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00658## G 182a N-- H H ##STR00659## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00660## H 0 N-- H ##STR00661## G 182b
diastereomer G 183 N-- H H ##STR00662## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00663## H 0 N-- H ##STR00664## G 184 N-- H H ##STR00665## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00666## H 0 N-- H ##STR00667## C
184 diasteromer C 185 N-- H H ##STR00668## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0
N-- H ##STR00669## H 0 N-- H ##STR00670## C 186 N-- H H
##STR00671## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00672## H 0 N-- H
##STR00673## C 187 N-- H H ##STR00674## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00675## H 0 N-- H ##STR00676## C 188 N-- H H ##STR00677## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00678## H 0 N-- H ##STR00679## F
189a N-- H H ##STR00680## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H
##STR00681## H 0 N-- H ##STR00682## C 189b diasteromer C 190 N-- H
H ##STR00683## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00684## H 0 N-- H
##STR00685## B 191 N-- H H ##STR00686## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00687## H 0 N-- H ##STR00688## C 192 N-- H H ##STR00689## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00690## H 0 N-- H ##STR00691## B
193 N-- H H ##STR00692## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00693##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00694## C 194a N-- H H ##STR00695## 0 CH.sub.3
CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00696## H 0 N-- H ##STR00697## C 194b
diasteromer C 195 N-- H H ##STR00698## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N--
H ##STR00699## H 0 N-- H ##STR00700## B 196 N-- H H ##STR00701## 0
CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00702## H 0 N-- H ##STR00703## G
197 N-- H H ##STR00704## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00705##
H 0 N-- H ##STR00706## C 199 N-- H H ##STR00707## 0 H ##STR00708##
0 N-- H H ##STR00709## 0 N-- H ##STR00710## C 200 N-- H H
##STR00711## 0 H ##STR00712## 0 N-- H H ##STR00713## 0 N-- H
##STR00714## B 201 N-- Me H ##STR00715## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0
N-- H ##STR00716## H 0 N-- H ##STR00717## C 202 N-- Ac H
##STR00718## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00719## H 0 N-- H
##STR00720## G 203 N-- Me H ##STR00721## 0 H ##STR00722## 0 N-- H H
##STR00723## 0 N-- H ##STR00724## D 204 N-- Ac H ##STR00725## 0 H
##STR00726## 0 N-- H H ##STR00727## 0 N-- H ##STR00728## G 205 N--
H H ##STR00729## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00730## H 0 N--
H ##STR00731## G 206 N-- H H ##STR00732## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0
N-- H ##STR00733## H 0 N-- H ##STR00734## G 207 N-- H H
##STR00735## 0 H ##STR00736## 0 N-- H H ##STR00737## 0 N-- H
##STR00738## G 208a N-- Me H ##STR00739## 0 H ##STR00740## 0 N-- H
H ##STR00741## 0 N-- H ##STR00742## B 208b diastereomer B 209 N-- H
H ##STR00743## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00744## H 0 N-- H
##STR00745## C 210 N-- H H ##STR00746## 0 H ##STR00747## 0 N-- H H
##STR00748## 0 N-- H ##STR00749## F 211 N-- H H ##STR00750## 0 H
##STR00751## 0 N-- H H ##STR00752## 0 N-- H ##STR00753## F 212 N--
H H ##STR00754## 0 CH.sub.3 H ##STR00755## 0 N-- H ##STR00756## H 0
N-- H ##STR00757## C 213 N-- H H ##STR00758## 0 CH.sub.3
##STR00759## H 0 N-- H ##STR00760## H 0 N-- H ##STR00761## F 214
N-- H H ##STR00762## 0 CH.sub.3 CH.sub.3 H 0 N-- H ##STR00763## H 0
N-- H ##STR00764## C 215 N-- H H ##STR00765## 0 H ##STR00766## H 0
N-- H ##STR00767## H 0 N-- H ##STR00768## D 216 N-- H H
##STR00769## 0 H ##STR00770## 0 N-- H H ##STR00771## 0 N-- H
##STR00772## B 218 N-- H ##STR00773## 0 H ##STR00774## 0 N-- H H
##STR00775## 0 N-- H ##STR00776## B 219 N-- H H ##STR00777## 0 H
##STR00778## 0 N-- H H ##STR00779## 0 N-- H ##STR00780## C Binding
activity determined using standard method, expressed as follows: A
= 0.1-10 nM; B = 10-100 nM; C = 0.1-1.0 .mu.M; D = 1-10 .mu.M; E
> 500 nM (highest concentration tested); F > 1 .mu.M (highest
concentration tested); G > 10 .mu.M (or no activity at highest
concentration tested)
TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 3B Binding Activity at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor for Representative Compounds of the Invention Com- KI
pound R.sub.2 R.sub.3 R.sub.4 R.sub.7 R.sub.5 R.sub.6 Tether (nM)
298 ##STR00781## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00782## H ##STR00783## B 299
##STR00784## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00785## H ##STR00786## A 301
##STR00787## ##STR00788## H H ##STR00789## ##STR00790## B 303
##STR00791## ##STR00792## H H ##STR00793## ##STR00794## B 305
##STR00795## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00796## H ##STR00797## C 306a
##STR00798## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00799## H ##STR00800## B 306b
diastereomer B 307 ##STR00801## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00802## H
##STR00803## C 308 ##STR00804## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00805## H
##STR00806## A 309 ##STR00807## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00808## H
##STR00809## A 310 ##STR00810## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00811## H
##STR00812## B 311 ##STR00813## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00814## H
##STR00815## B 312 ##STR00816## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00817## H
##STR00818## A 313 ##STR00819## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00820## H
##STR00821## B 314 ##STR00822## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00823## H
##STR00824## A 315 ##STR00825## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00826## H
##STR00827## A 316 ##STR00828## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00829## H
##STR00830## B 317 ##STR00831## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00832## H
##STR00833## B 318 ##STR00834## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00835## H
##STR00836## A 319 ##STR00837## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00838## H
##STR00839## A 320 ##STR00840## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00841## H
##STR00842## A 321 ##STR00843## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00844## H
##STR00845## B 322 ##STR00846## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00847## H
##STR00848## A 323 ##STR00849## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00850## H
##STR00851## C 324 ##STR00852## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00853## H
##STR00854## B 325 ##STR00855## ##STR00856## H H ##STR00857##
##STR00858## B 326 ##STR00859## ##STR00860## H H ##STR00861##
##STR00862## B 327a ##STR00863## ##STR00864## H H ##STR00865##
##STR00866## B 327b diastereomer C 328 ##STR00867## ##STR00868## H
H ##STR00869## ##STR00870## B 329 ##STR00871## ##STR00872## H H
##STR00873## ##STR00874## B 330 ##STR00875## ##STR00876## H H
##STR00877## ##STR00878## A 331a ##STR00879## ##STR00880## H H
##STR00881## ##STR00882## B 331b diastereomer C 332a ##STR00883##
##STR00884## H H ##STR00885## ##STR00886## B 332b diastereomer C
333 ##STR00887## ##STR00888## H H ##STR00889## ##STR00890## C 335
##STR00891## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00892## H ##STR00893## B 336
##STR00894## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00895## H ##STR00896## C 337
##STR00897## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00898## H ##STR00899## C 338
##STR00900## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00901## H ##STR00902## C 339
##STR00903## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00904## H ##STR00905## C 340
##STR00906## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00907## H ##STR00908## B 341
##STR00909## ##STR00910## H H ##STR00911## ##STR00912## B 342
##STR00913## ##STR00914## H H ##STR00915## ##STR00916## C 343
##STR00917## ##STR00918## H H ##STR00919## ##STR00920## C 344
##STR00921## ##STR00922## H H ##STR00923## ##STR00924## C 345a
##STR00925## ##STR00926## H H ##STR00927## ##STR00928## C 346
##STR00929## ##STR00930## H H ##STR00931## ##STR00932## B 347
##STR00933## ##STR00934## H H ##STR00935## ##STR00936## C 348a
##STR00937## CH3 CH3 H H ##STR00938## ##STR00939## C 348b
diastereomer C 353a ##STR00940## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00941## H
##STR00942## B 353b diastereomer C 354 ##STR00943## CH3 H CH3
##STR00944## H ##STR00945## B 355 ##STR00946## CH3 H CH3
##STR00947## H ##STR00948## B 356 ##STR00949## CH3 H CH3
##STR00950## H ##STR00951## C 357 ##STR00952## CH3 H CH3
##STR00953## H C 358a ##STR00954## ##STR00955## H H ##STR00956##
##STR00957## B 358b diastereomer C 359 ##STR00958## ##STR00959## H
H ##STR00960## ##STR00961## C 360 ##STR00962## ##STR00963## H H
##STR00964## ##STR00965## C 361 ##STR00966## ##STR00967## H H
##STR00968## ##STR00969## C 362 ##STR00970## ##STR00971## H H
##STR00972## ##STR00973## C 363 ##STR00974## ##STR00975## H H
##STR00976## ##STR00977## C 364 ##STR00978## ##STR00979## H H
##STR00980## ##STR00981## C 365 ##STR00982## ##STR00983## H H
##STR00984## ##STR00985## C 366 ##STR00986## ##STR00987## H H
##STR00988## ##STR00989## C 367 ##STR00990## CH3 H CH3 ##STR00991##
H ##STR00992## B 368a ##STR00993## ##STR00994## H H ##STR00995##
##STR00996## B 368b diastereomer B 369 ##STR00997## ##STR00998## H
H ##STR00999## ##STR01000## B 370 ##STR01001## ##STR01002## H H
##STR01003## ##STR01004## C 371 ##STR01005## ##STR01006## H H
##STR01007## ##STR01008## B 372 ##STR01009## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01010##
H ##STR01011## A 373 ##STR01012## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01013## H
##STR01014## B 374 ##STR01015## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01016## H
##STR01017## B 375 ##STR01018## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01019## H
##STR01020## C 376 ##STR01021## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01022## H
##STR01023## C 377 ##STR01024## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01025## H
##STR01026## C 378 ##STR01027## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01028## H
##STR01029## C 379 ##STR01030## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01031## H
##STR01032## B 380 ##STR01033## ##STR01034## H H ##STR01035##
##STR01036## C 381 ##STR01037## ##STR01038## H H ##STR01039##
##STR01040## B 382 ##STR01041## ##STR01042## H H ##STR01043##
##STR01044## B 383 ##STR01045## ##STR01046## H H ##STR01047##
##STR01048## C 384 ##STR01049## ##STR01050## H H ##STR01051##
##STR01052## C 385 ##STR01053## ##STR01054## H H ##STR01055##
##STR01056## C 386 ##STR01057## ##STR01058## H H ##STR01059##
##STR01060## C 387 ##STR01061## ##STR01062## H H ##STR01063##
##STR01064## C 388 ##STR01065## ##STR01066## H H ##STR01067##
##STR01068## A 389a ##STR01069## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01070## H
##STR01071## B 389b diastereomer B 390 ##STR01072## ##STR01073## H
H ##STR01074## ##STR01075## C 391 ##STR01076## CH3 H CH3
##STR01077## H ##STR01078## A 392 ##STR01079## ##STR01080## H H
##STR01081## ##STR01082## B 393 ##STR01083## ##STR01084## H H
##STR01085## ##STR01086## C 394 ##STR01087## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01088##
H ##STR01089## A 395 ##STR01090## ##STR01091## H H ##STR01092##
##STR01093## B 398 ##STR01094## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01095## H
##STR01096## C 399a ##STR01097## ##STR01098## H H ##STR01099##
##STR01100## C 399b diastereomer A 400 ##STR01101## CH3 H CH3
##STR01102## H ##STR01103## B 401 ##STR01104## CH3 H CH3
##STR01105## H ##STR01106## A 402a ##STR01107## ##STR01108## H H
##STR01109## ##STR01110## B 402b diastereomer B Binding activity
determined using standard method, expressed as follows: A = 0.1-10
nM; B = 10-100 nM; C = 0.1-1.0 .mu.M
TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 3C Binding Activity at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor for Representative Compounds of the Invention Com- Ki
pound Structure (nM) 18 ##STR01111## B 334 ##STR01112## B 349
##STR01113## B 350 ##STR01114## C 351 ##STR01115## B 352
##STR01116## C 396 ##STR01117## B 397 ##STR01118## C
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 3D Binding Activity at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor for Representative Compounds of the Invention Compound
R.sub.1 R.sub.2 R.sub.3 R.sub.d R.sub.7 R.sub.5 435 H ##STR01119##
CH3 H CH3 ##STR01120## 436 H ##STR01121## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01122##
437 ##STR01123## ##STR01124## H H 438 H ##STR01125## ##STR01126## H
H 439 H ##STR01127## ##STR01128## H H 440 H ##STR01129##
##STR01130## H CH3 ##STR01131## 441 H ##STR01132## ##STR01133## H H
442a H ##STR01134## ##STR01135## H H 442b diastereomer 443a H
##STR01136## ##STR01137## H H 443b diastereomer 444a H ##STR01138##
##STR01139## H H 444b diastereomer 445 H ##STR01140## CH3 H CH3
##STR01141## 446a H ##STR01142## CH3 H CH3 ##STR01143## 448b
diastereomer 447 H ##STR01144## ##STR01145## H H 448 H ##STR01146##
H H CH3 H 449 H ##STR01147## ##STR01148## H H Compound R.sub.6
Tether Ki (nM) 435 H ##STR01149## B 436 H ##STR01150## B 437
##STR01151## ##STR01152## A 438 ##STR01153## ##STR01154## D 439
##STR01155## ##STR01156## D 440 ##STR01157## C 441 ##STR01158##
##STR01159## D 442a ##STR01160## ##STR01161## E 442b diastereomer E
443a ##STR01162## ##STR01163## E 443b diastereomer E 444a
##STR01164## ##STR01165## E 444b diastereomer E 445 H ##STR01166##
B 446a H ##STR01167## D 448b diastereomer D 447 ##STR01168##
##STR01169## D 448 ##STR01170## ##STR01171## D 449 ##STR01172##
##STR01173## D For all compounds, designations are based upon
formula I, X = Z.sub.1 = Z.sub.2 = NH, m = n = p = 0 Binding
activity determined using standard method, expressed as follows; A
= 0.1-10 nM; B = 10-100 nM; C = 0.1-1.0 .mu.M; D = 1.0-10 nM; E
>10 .mu.M
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 3E Binding Activity at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor for Representative Compounds of the Invention Compound
K.sub.i ##STR01174## D ##STR01175## C ##STR01176## D ##STR01177## D
##STR01178## G ##STR01179## C ##STR01180## B ##STR01181## C
##STR01182## G ##STR01183## B ##STR01184## C 230 diastereomer D
Binding activity determined using standard method, expressed as
follows: A = 0.1-10 nM; B = 10-100 nM: C = 0.1-1.0 .mu.M; D = 1-10
.mu.M; E > 500 nM (highest concentration tested); F > 1 .mu.M
((highest concentration tested); G > 10 .mu.M (or no activity at
highest concentration tested)
B. Aequorin Functional Assay (Ghrelin Receptor)
The functional activity of compounds of the invention found to bind
to the GHS-R1a receptor can be determined using the method
described below which can also be used as a primary screen for
ghrelin receptor activity in a high throughput fashion. (LePoul,
E.; et al. Adaptation of aequorin functional assay to high
throughput screening. J. Biomol. Screen. 2002, 7, 57-65; Bednarek,
M. A.; et al. Structure-function studies on the new growth
hormone-releasing peptide ghrelin: minimal sequence of ghrelin
necessary for activation of growth hormone secretagogue receptor
1a. J. Med. Chem. 2000, 43, 4370-4376; Palucki, B. L.; et al.
Spiro(indoline-3,4'-piperidine) growth hormone secretagogues as
ghrelin mimetics. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11,
1955-1957.)
Materials
Membranes were prepared using AequoScreen.TM. (EUROSCREEN, Belgium)
cell lines expressing the human ghrelin receptor (cell line
ES-410-A; receptor accession #60179). This cell line is typically
constructed by transfection of the human ghrelin receptor into
CHO--K1 cells co-expressing G.sub..alpha.16 and the mitochondrially
targeted Aequorin (Ref #ES-WT-A5). 1. Ghrelin (reference agonist;
Bachem, #H-4864) 2. Assay buffer: DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagles
Medium) containing 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin; pH 7.0). 3.
Coelenterazine (Molecular Probes, Leiden, The Netherlands). Final
test concentrations (N=8) for compounds of the invention: 10, 1,
0.3, 0.1, 0.03, 0.01, 0.003, 0.001 .mu.M. Compound Handling
Stock solutions of compounds (10 mM in 100% DMSO) were provided
frozen on dry ice and stored at -20.degree. C. prior to use. From
the stock solution, mother solutions were made at a concentration
of 500 .mu.M by 20-fold dilution in 26% DMSO. Assay plates were
then prepared by appropriate dilution in DMEM medium containing
0.1% BSA. Under these conditions, the maximal final DMSO
concentration in the assay was <0.6%.
Cell Preparation
AequoScreen.TM. cells were collected from culture plates with
Ca.sup.2+ and Mg.sup.2+-free phosphate buffered saline (PBS)
supplemented with 5 mM EDTA, pelleted for 2 min at 1000.times.g,
re-suspended in DMEM--Ham's F12 containing 0.1% BSA at a density of
5.times.10.sup.6 cells/mL, and incubated O/N at rt in the presence
of 5 .mu.M coelenterazine. After loading, cells were diluted with
assay buffer to a concentration of 5.times.10.sup.5 cells/mL.
Assay Protocol
For agonist testing, 50 .mu.L of the cell suspension was mixed with
50 .mu.L of the appropriate concentration of test compound or
ghrelin (reference agonist) in 96-well plates (duplicate samples).
Ghrelin (reference agonist) was tested at several concentrations
concurrently with the test compounds in order to validate the
experiment. The emission of light resulting from receptor
activation in response to ghrelin or test compounds was recorded
using the Hamamatsu FDSS 6000 reader (Hamamatsu Photonics K. K.,
Japan).
Analysis and Expression of Results
Results were expressed as Relative Light Units (RLU). Concentration
response curves were analyzed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad
Software, San Diego, Calif.) by non-linear regression analysis
(sigmoidal dose-response) based on the equation
E=E.sub.max/(1+EC.sub.50/C)n where E was the measured RLU value at
a given agonist concentration (C), E.sub.max was the maximal
response, EC.sub.50 was the concentration producing 50% stimulation
and n was the slope index. For agonist testing, results for each
concentration of test compound were expressed as percent activation
relative to the signal induced by ghrelin at a concentration equal
to the EC.sub.80 (i.e. 3.7 nM). EC.sub.50, Hill slope and %
E.sub.max values are reported.
The data show that the representative compounds examined act as
agonists at the ghrelin receptor and are devoid of antagonist
activity at the concentrations studied. In addition, these
compounds were demonstrated to have high selectivity for the
ghrelin receptor versus its closest counterpart, the motilin
receptor, with which it has 52% sequence homology. (Feighner, S.
D.; Tan, C. P.; McKee, K. K.; Palyha, O. C.; Hreniuk, D. L.; Pong,
S.-S.; Austin, C. P.; Figueroa, D.; MacNeil, D.; Cascieri, M. A.;
Nargund, R.; Bakshi, R.; Abramovitz, M.; Stocco, R.; Kargman, S.;
O'Neill, G.; van der Ploeg, L. H. T.; Evans, J.; Patchett, A. A.;
Smith, R. G.; Howard, A. D. Receptor for motilin identified in the
human gastrointestinal system. Science 1999, 284, 2184-2188.) The
endogenous peptides themselves have 36% of residues in common and
ghrelin was even identified at one point as motilin-related
peptide. (Tomasetto, C.; Karam, S. M.; Ribieras, S.; Masson, R.;
Lefebvre, O.; Staub, A.; Alexander, G.; Chenard, M. P.; Rio, M. C.
Identification and characterization of a novel gastric peptide
hormone: the motilin-related peptide. Gastroenterology 2000, 119,
395-405.) Ghrelin does not interact appreciably at the motilin
receptor, although GHRP-6 does. (Depoortere, I.; Thijs, T.;
Thielemans, L.; Robberecht, P.; Peeters, T. L. Interaction of the
growth hormone-releasing peptides ghrelin and growth
hormone-releasing peptide-6 with the motilin receptor in the rabbit
gastric antrum. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2003, 305, 660-667.) On
the other hand, motilin itself as been demonstrated to have some
GH-releasing effects. (Samson, W. K.; Lumpkin, M. D.; Nilayer, G.;
McCann, S. M. Motilin: a novel growth hormone releasing agent.
Brain Res. Bull. 1984, 12, 57-62.)
The level of agonist activity and selectivity for representative
compounds of the invention are shown below in Table 4.
Concentration-response results for exemplary compounds 1-5 are
presented in FIG. 5.
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 4 Functional Assay at the Human Ghrelin
Receptor and Selectivity Results Compound.sup.a K.sub.i (nM)*
EC.sub.50 (nM)** Selectivity.sup.b 1 B BB 142/1 2 C BB nd 3 C BB nd
.sup. 4.sup.g B.sup.c AA 3012/1 5 C BB nd 6 C AA 71/1 7 C AA
>100/1 8.sup.f B.sup.d AA 200/1 .sup. 9.sup.g C.sup.e BB 117/1
10 B AA 304/1 11.sup.f B BB nd 15 A nd >1700/1 16 A nd
>2000/1 17 A AA 2500/1 18 B AA 222/1 19 C ad >1700/1 20 A AA
1044/1 21 A AA 1078/1 23 A AA 30,000/1 24 A nd 3039/1 25 A AA
28,000/1 26 A AA >7700/1 27.sup.e A AA >7100/1 28 B AA nd 30
A AA 13,000/1 31 A AA 4900/1 34 B nd >1000/1 35 B AA nd 36 B BB
nd 37a B AA >800/1 37b B BB nd 38 B BB nd 39.sup.f A BB 3400/1
40 A AA >3300/1 42 A nd 4300/1 43 B nd 3700/1 47 C AA nd 97 B BB
nd 111 B BB nd .sup. 113.sup.g B BB nd 140 C BB nd 141 C AA ad 153
B AA nd 154 B AA nd 156 B AA nd 168 C CC nd 170 B BB nd 176 B AA
105/1 177 B AA >100/1 178 C BB nd 184a C BB 28/1 184b C.sup.e BB
nd 186 C BB nd 191 C BB nd 192 B BB nd 193 C BB nd 194a C RB nd
194b C BB nd 195 B AA nd 197 C CC 100/l 214 C BB nd 226 B CC nd 298
B AA 3100/1 299 A AA nd 306a B AA 714/1 311 B nd 21/1 314 A AA
>5500/1 318 A AA nd 322 A AA nd 334 B AA 346/1 345a B AA
>159/1 346 B AA nd 351 B AA 450/1 354 B AA nd 358a B AA nd 363 C
nd 35/1 367 B AA nd 368a A CC nd 372 A AA 2500/1 374 B AA 250/1 382
B BB 74/1 388 A AA 400/1 389a B BB 450/1 394 A BB 1700/1 399a A CC
300/1 445 B AA nd .sup.aAll compounds were tested as their TFA
salts unless otherwise noted. .sup.bVersus the human motilin
receptor (nd = not determined) .sup.cAverage of six (6) experiments
.sup.dAverage of four (4) experiments .sup.eAverage of two (2)
experiments .sup.fHCl salt .sup.gFormate salt *Binding activity
determined using standard method and expressed as A = 0.1-10 nM; B
= 10-100 nM; C = 100-1000 nM **Functional activity determined using
standard method and expressed as AA = 1-100 nM; BB = 100-1000 nM;
CC > 1000 nM; nd = not determined
C. Cell Culture Assay for Growth Hormone Release
Cell culture assays for determining growth hormone release can be
employed as described in Cheng, et al. Endocrinology 1989, 124,
2791-2798. In particular, anterior pituitary glands are obtained
from male Sprague-Dawley rats and placed in cold culture medium.
These pituitaries are sectioned, for example into one-eighth
sections. then digested with trypsin. Cells are collected after
digestion, pooled, and transferred into 24 well plates (minimum
200,000 cells per well). After a monolayer of cells has formed,
generally after at least 4 d in culture, the cells are washed with
medium prior to exposure to the test samples and controls. Varying
concentrations of the test compounds and of ghrelin as a positive
control were added to the medium. The cells are left for 15 min at
37.degree. C., then the medium removed and the cells stored frozen.
The amount of GH release was measured utilizing a standard
radioimmunoassay as known to those in the art.
D. Pharmacokinetic Analysis of Representative Compounds of the
Invention
The pharmacokinetic behavior of compound of the invention can be
ascertained by methods well known to those skilled in the art.
(Wilkinson, G. R. "Pharmacokinetics: The Dynamics of Drug
Absorption, Distribution, and Elimination" in Goodman &
Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Tenth Edition,
Hardman, J. G.; Limbird, L. E., Eds., McGraw Hill, Columbus, Ohio,
2001, Chapter 1.) The following method was used to investigate the
pharmacokinetic parameters (elimination half-life, total plasma
clearance. etc.) for intravenous, subcutaneous and oral
administration of compounds of the present invention.
Collection of Plasma
Rats: male, Sprague-Dawley (.about.250 g)
Rats/Treatment Group: 6 (2 subsets of 3 rats each, alternate
bleeds)
Each sample of test compound was sent in solution in a formulation
(such as with cyclodextrin) appropriate for dosing. It will be
appreciated by one skilled in the art that appropriate
modifications to this protocol can be made as required to
adequately test the properties of the compound under analysis.
Typical Dose
1. Intravenous (i.v.): 2 mg/kg 2. Subcutaneous (s.c): 2 mg/kg 3.
Oral (p.o.): 8 mg/kg
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 5 Representative Intravenous Blood Sampling
Schedule. Time (min.) relative to Dose Administration Pre- Subset
ID dose 1 5 20 60 90 120 180 240 300 Subset A Subset B
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 6 Representative Subcutaneous & Oral Blood
Sampling Schedule. Time (min.) relative to Dose Administration Pre-
Subset ID dose 5 15 30 60 90 120 180 270 360 Subset A Subset B
Plasma Collection 1. Same protocol for all dosing groups 2. For
each group, 2 subsets (A and B) of 3 rats/subset
At the time intervals indicated above, 0.7 mL of blood were
collected from each animal. It is expected that this volume of
blood will yield a sample of at least 0.3 mL of plasma. EDTA was
used as an anti-coagulant for whole blood collection. Whole blood
samples were chilled and immediately processed by centrifugation to
obtain plasma.
Plasma samples were stored frozen (-70.degree. C.) until analysis.
Analytical detection of parent compound in plasma samples performed
by LC-MS after an appropriate preparation protocol: extraction
using solid phase extraction (SPE) cartridges (Oasis MCX, Oasis
HLB) or liquid-liquid extraction.
HPLC-MS Method
Column: Atlantis dC18 from Waters 2.1.times.30 mm Mobile Phases: A:
95% McOH, 5% water, 0.1% TFA B: 95% water. 5% MeOH, 0.1% TFA Flow:
0.5 mL/min Gradient (linear):
TABLE-US-00015 Time(min) A B 0 30% 70% 0.5 30% 70% 2.8 100% 0% 3.8
100% 0% 4.0 30% 70% 5.0 30% 70%
The analyte was quantitated based upon a standard curve and the
method validated with internal standards.
TABLE-US-00016 TABLE 7 Pharmacokinetic Parameters for
Representative Compounds of the Invention Com- Mode of Elimination
Clearance Bioavailability pound Administration.sup.a (t.sub.1/2,
min) (mL/min/kg) (oral).sup.b 25 i.v. 31 67 na 298 i.v. 75 17 na
298 s.c. 66 15 na 298 p.o. 312 14 29% .sup.ai.v. = intravenous (10
time points over 150 min); s.c. = subcutaneous (10 time points over
360 min), p.o. = oral (10 time points over 240 min) .sup.bna = not
applicable
Results of the time courses for these studies are provided in FIGS.
6A-6D.
E. Gastric Emptying
To examine the effects of compounds of the invention in a model for
gastroparesis, compounds were evaluated for possible effects on
gastric emptying in fasted rats. For example, compounds 25 and 298
at 100 .mu.g/kg caused a significant increase (.gtoreq.30%) in
gastric emptying relative to the vehicle control group. The
relative efficacy (39% increase) of compounds 25 and 298 at 100
.mu.g/kg i.v. was similar to concurrently run positive reference
agents GHRP-6 at 20 .mu.g/kg i.v. (40% increase) and metoclopramide
at 10 mg/kg I.v. (41% increase). Accordingly, compounds 25 and 298
at a dose of 100 .mu.g/kg demonstrated gastrokinetic activity in
rats, with efficiency similar to GHRP-6 at 20 .mu.g/kg and
metoclopramide at 10 mg/kg. Further, compound 25 also demonstrated
gastric emptying at 30 .mu.g/kg. This is significantly more potent
than other compounds interacting at this receptor previously found
to enhance GI motility, which were unable to promote gastric
emptying at 100 .mu.g/kg (U.S. Pat. No. 6,548,501).
Test Substances and Dosing Pattern
GHRP-6 and test samples were dissolved in vehicle of 9% HPBCD/0.9%
NaCl. Immediately following oral administration of methylcellulose
(2%) containing phenol red (0.05%) (2 mL/rat), test substances or
vehicle (9% HPBCD/0.9% NaCl) were each administered intravenously
(i.v.) at a dosing volume of 5 mL/kg.
Animals
Male Wistar rats were provided by LASCO (A Charles River Licensee
Corporation, Taiwan). Space allocation for 6 animals was
45.times.23.times.15 cm. Animals were housed in APEC.RTM. cages and
maintained in a controlled temperature (22.degree. C.-24.degree.
C.) and humidity (60%-80%) environment with 12 h light, 12 h dark
cycles for at least one week in the laboratory prior to being used.
Free access to standard lab chow for rats (Lab Diet, Rodent Diet,
PMI Nutrition International, USA) and tap water was granted. All
aspects of this work including housing, experimentation and
disposal of animals were performed in general accordance with the
Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy
Press, Washington, D.C., 1996).
Chemicals
Glucose (Sigma, USA), Metoclopramide-HCl (Sigma, USA),
Methylcellulose (Sigma, USA), NaOH (Sodium Hydroxide, Wako, Japan),
Pyrogen free saline (Astar, Taiwan), Phenol Red-Sodium salt (Sigma,
USA) and Trichloroacetic acid (Merck, USA).
Equipment
8-well strip (Costar, USA), 96-well plate (Costar, USA), Animal
case (ShinTeh, R. O. C.), Centrifugal separator (Kokusan, H-107,
Japan), Glass syringe (1 mL, 2 mL, Mitsuba, Japan), Hypodermic
needle (25G.times.1'', TOP Corporation, Japan), Microtube (Treff,
Switzerland), pH-meter (Hanna, USA), Pipetman (P100, Gilson,
France), Pipette tips (Costar, USA), Rat oral needle (Natsume,
Japan), Spectra Fluor plus (Austria), Stainless scissors
(Klappencker, Germany) and Stainless forceps (Klappencker,
Germany).
Assay
Test substances were each administered intravenously to a group of
5 O/N-fasted Wistar derived male rats weighing 200.+-.20 g
immediately after methylcellulose (2%) containing phenol red
(0.05%) was administered orally at 2 mL/animal. The animals were
then sacrificed 15 minutes later. The stomach was immediately
removed, homogenized in 0.1 N NaOH (5 mL) and centrifuged.
Following protein precipitation by 20% trichloroacetic acid (0.5
mL) and re-alkalization of the supernatant with 0.1 N NaOH, total
phenol red remaining in the stomach was determined by a
colorimetric method at 560 nm. A 30 percent or more (.gtoreq.30%)
increase in gastric emptying, detected as the decrease in phenol
red concentration in the stomach relative to the vehicle control
group, is considered significant.
Results for two representative compounds of the invention are shown
in FIG. 7 and in the Examples below.
F. Gastric Emptying and Intestinal Transit in Rat Model of
Postoperative Ileus
This clinically relevant model for POI is adapted from that of
Kalff. (Kalff, J. C.; Schraut, W. H.; Simmons, R. L.; Bauer, A. J.
Surgical manipulation of the gut elicits an intestinal muscularis
inflammatory response resulting in postsurgical ileus. Ann. Surg
1998, 228, 652-663.) Other known models can also be used to study
the effect of compounds of the invention. (Trudel, L.; Bouin, M.;
Tomasetto, C.; Eberling, P.; St-Pierre, S.; Barron, P.;
L'Heureux,M. C.; Poitras, P. Two new peptides to improve
post-operative gastric ileus in dog. Peptides 2003, 24, 531-534;
(b) Trudel, L.; Tomasetto, C.; Rio. M. C.; Bouin, M.; Plourde, V.;
Eberling, P.; Poitras, P. Ghrelin/motilin-related peptide is a
potent prokinetic to reverse gastric postoperative ileus in rats.
Am. J. Physiol. 2002, 282, G948-G952.)
Animals
1. Rat. Sprague-Dawley, male, .about.300 g. 2. Fasted O/N prior to
study. Induction of Post-Operative Ileus (POI) 1. Isofluorane
anaesthesia under sterile conditions. 2. Midline abdominal
incision. 3. Intestines and caecum were eviscerated and kept moist
with saline. 4. The intestines and caecum were manipulated along
its entire length with moist cotton applicators analogous to the
`running of the bowel` in the clinical setting. This procedure was
timed to last for 10 min. 5. Intestines were gently replaced into
the abdomen and the abdominal wound was stitched closed under
sterile conditions. Dosing 1. Rat was allowed to recover from
isofluorane anaesthesia. 2. Test compounds (or vehicle) were
administered intravenously via previously implanted jugular
catheter. 3. Immediate intragastric gavage of methylcellulose (2%)
labeled with radioactive .sup.99mTc, t=0. Experimental 1. At t=15
min, animal was euthanized with CO.sub.2. 2. Stomach and 10 cm
sections along the small intestine were immediately ligated, cut
and placed in tubes for measuring of .sup.99mTc in gamma counter.
3. Stomach emptying and small intestinal transit were measured by
calculation of the geometric mean. Geometric mean=.SIGMA.(% total
radioactivity.times.number of segment)/100
Results are depicted in the graph in FIG. 8 and indicate that
Compound 298 at 100 .mu.g/kg (i.v. n=5) significantly improves
postoperative ileus in comparison to POI+vehicle treated rats.
Further results are presented in the Examples below,
G. Growth Hormone Response to Test Compounds
The compounds of the invention likewise can be tested in a number
of animal models for their effect on GH release. For example, rats
(Bowers, C. Y.; Momany, F.; Reynolds, G. A.; Chang, D.; Hong, A.;
Chang, K. Endocrinology 1980, 106, 663-667), dogs (Hickey, G.;
Jacks, T.; Judith, F.; Taylor, J.; Schoen, W. R.; Krupa, D.;
Cunningham, P.; Clark, J.; Smith, R. G. Endocrinology 1994, 134,
695-701; Jacks, T.; Hickey, G.; Judith, F.; Taylor, J.; Chen, H.;
Krupa, D.; Feeney, W.; Schoen, W. R.; Ok, D.; Fisher, M.; Wyvratt,
M.; Smith, R. J. Endocrinology 1994, 143, 399-406; Hickey, G. J.;
Jacks, T. M.; Schleim, K. D.; Frazier, E.; Chen, H. Y.; Krupa, D.;
Feeney, W.; Nargund, R. P.; Patchett, A. A.; Smith, R. G. J.
Endocrinol. 1997, 152, 183-192), and pigs (Chang, C. H.; Rickes, E.
L.; Marsilio, F.; McGuire, L.; Cosgrove, S.; Taylor, J.; Chen, H.
Y.; Feighner, S.; Clark, J. N.; Devita, R.; Schoen, W. R.; Wyvratt,
M.; Fisher, M.; Smith, R. G.; Hickey, G. Endocrinology 1995, 136,
1065-1071; Peschke, B.; Hanse, B. S. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1999,
9, 1295-1298) have all been successfully utilized for the in vivo
study of the effects of GHS and would likewise be applicable for
investigation of the effect of ghrelin agonists on GH levels. The
measurement of ghrelin of GH levels in plasma after appropriate
administration of compounds of the invention can be performed using
radioimmunoassay via standard methods known to those in the art.
(Deghenghi, R.; et al. Life Sciences 1994, 54, 1321-1328.) Binding
to tissue can be studied using whole body autoradiography after
dosing of an animal with test substance containing a radioactive
label. (Ahnfelt-Ronne, I.; Nowak, J.; Olsen, U. B. Do growth
hormone-releasing peptides act as ghrelin secretagogues? Endocrine
2001, 14, 133-135.)
The following method is employed to determine the temporal pattern
and magnitude of the growth hormone (GH) response to test
compounds, administered either systemically or centrally. Results
for compound 298 demonstrating its lack of effect on GH release are
presented in FIG. 9. Compound 25 gave similar results. Further
results are presented in the Examples below.
Dosing and Sampling Procedures for In Vivo Studies of GH
Release
Adult male Sprague Dawley rats (225-300 g) were purchased from
Charles River Canada (St. Constant, Canada) and individually housed
on a 12-h light, 12-h dark cycle (lights on, time: 0600-1800) in a
temperature (22.+-.1.degree. C.)- and humidity-controlled room.
Purina rat chow (Ralston Purina Co., St. Louis, Mo.) and tap water
were freely available. For these studies, chronic
intracerebroventricular (icy) and intracardiac venous cannulas were
implanted under sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg, ip) anesthesia
using known techniques. The placement of the icy cannula was
verified by both a positive drinking response to icy carbachol (100
ng/110 .mu.l) injection on the day after surgery and methylene blue
dye at the time of sacrifice. After surgery, the rats were placed
directly in isolation test chambers with food and water freely
available until body weight returned to preoperative levels
(usually within 5-7 d). During this time, the rats were handled
daily to minimize any stress associated with handling on the day of
the experiment. On the test day, food was removed 1.5 h before the
start of sampling and was returned at the end. Free moving rats
were iv injected with either test sample at various levels (3, 30,
300, 1000 .mu.g/kg) or normal saline at two different time points
during a 6-h sampling period. The times 1100 and 1300 were chosen
because they reflect typical peak and trough periods of GH
secretion, as previously documented. The human ghrelin peptide (5
.mu.g, Phoenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Belmont, Calif.) was used as
a positive control in the experiments and was diluted in normal
saline just before use. To assess the central actions of test
compounds on pulsatile GH release, a 10-fold lower dose of the test
sample or normal saline was administered icy at the same time
points, 1100 and 1300. Blood samples (0.35 mL) were withdrawn every
15 min over the 6-h sampling period (time: 1000-1600) from all
animals. To document the rapidity of the GH response to the test
compound, an additional blood sample was obtained 5 min after each
injection. All blood samples were immediately centrifuged, and
plasma was separated and stored at -20.degree. C. for subsequent GH
assay. To avoid hemodynamic disturbance, the red blood cells were
resuspended in normal saline and returned to the animal after
removal of the next blood sample. All animal studies were conducted
under procedures approved by an animal care oversight
committee.
GH Assay Method
Plasma GH concentrations were measured in duplicate by double
antibody RIA using materials supplied by the NIDDK Hormone
Distribution Program (Bethesda, Md.). The averaged plasma GH values
for 5-6 rats per group are reported in terms of the rat GH
reference preparation. The standard curve was linear within the
range of interest; the least detectable concentration of plasma GH
under the conditions used was approximately 1 ng/mL. All samples
with values above the range of interest were reassayed at dilutions
ranging from 1:2 to 1:10. The intra- and interassay coefficients of
variation were acceptable for duplicate samples of pooled plasma
containing a known GH concentration.
4. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The macrocyclic compounds of the present invention or
pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof according to the
invention may be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions of
various dosage forms. To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions of
the invention, one or more compounds, including optical isomers,
enantiomers, diastereomers, racemates or stereochemical mixtures
thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as the active
ingredient is intimately mixed with appropriate carriers and
additives according to techniques known to those skilled in the art
of pharmaceutical formulations.
A pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt form of the
compounds of the present invention in order to permit their use or
formulation as pharmaceuticals and which retains the biological
effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound
and that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable. Examples of
such salts are described in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts:
Properties, Selection, and Use, Wermuth, C. G. and Stahl, P. H.
(eds.), Wiley-Verlag Helvetica Acta, Zuirich, 2002 [ISBN
3-906390-26-8]. Examples of such salts include alkali metal salts
and addition salts of free acids and bases. Examples of
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, without limitation, include
sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites,
phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphosphates,
metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides,
acetates, propionates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates,
isobutyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates,
malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates,
butyne-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6-dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates,
methylbenzoates, dinitrobenzoates, hydroxybenzoates,
methoxybenzoates, phthalates, xylenesulfonates, phenylacetates,
phenylpropionates, phenylbutyrates, citrates, lactates,
.gamma.-hydroxybutyrates, glycollates, tartrates,
methanesulfonates, ethane sulfonates, propanesulfonates,
toluenesulfonates, naphthalene-1-sulfonates,
naphthalene-2-sulfonates, and mandelates.
If an inventive compound is a base, a desired salt may be prepared
by any suitable method known to those skilled in the art, including
treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as, without
limitation, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic,
carbonic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the
like, or with an organic acid, including, without limitation,
formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, maleic acid, succinic
acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid,
oxalic acid, stearic acid, ascorbic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic
acid, pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic
acid, alpha-hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid,
amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, aromatic acid,
such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, sulfonic acid, such as
p-toluene-sulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid,
2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid,
cyclohexyl-aminosulfonic acid or the like.
If an inventive compound is an acid, a desired salt may be prepared
by any suitable method known to the art, including treatment of the
free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine
(primary, secondary, or tertiary); an alkali metal or alkaline
earth metal hydroxide; or the like. Illustrative examples of
suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids such
as glycine, lysine and arginine; ammonia; primary, secondary, and
tertiary amines such as ethylenediamine,
N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethanolamine, choline, and
procaine, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine, and
piperazine; as well as inorganic salts derived from sodium,
calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc,
aluminum, and lithium.
The carriers and additives used for such pharmaceutical
compositions can take a variety of forms depending on the
anticipated mode of administration. Thus, compositions for oral
administration may be, for example, solid preparations such as
tablets, sugar-coated tablets, hard capsules, soft capsules,
granules, powders and the like, with suitable carriers and
additives being starches, sugars, binders, diluents, granulating
agents, lubricants, disintegrating agents and the like. Because of
their ease of use and higher patient compliance, tablets and
capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage forms for many
medical conditions.
Similarly, compositions for liquid preparations include solutions,
emulsions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, elixirs, and the like
with suitable carriers and additives being water, alcohols, oils,
glycols, preservatives, flavoring agents, coloring agents,
suspending agents, and the like. Typical preparations for
parenteral administration comprise the active ingredient with a
carrier such as sterile water or parenterally acceptable oil
including polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, lecithin,
arachis oil or sesame oil, with other additives for aiding
solubility or preservation may also be included. In the case of a
solution, it can be lyophilized to a powder and then reconstituted
immediately prior to use. For dispersions and suspensions,
appropriate carriers and additives include aqueous gums,
celluloses, silicates or oils.
The pharmaceutical compositions according to embodiments of the
present invention include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical,
inhalation (e.g., via an aerosol) buccal (e.g., sub-lingual),
vaginal, topical (i.e., both skin and mucosal surfaces, including
airway surfaces), transdermal administration and parenteral (e.g.,
subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraarticular,
intrapleural, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intracerebral,
intracranially, intraarterial, or intravenous), although the most
suitable route in any given case will depend on the nature and
severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the
particular active agent which is being used.
Compositions for injection will include the active ingredient
together with suitable carriers including propylene
glycol-alcohol-water, isotonic water, sterile water for injection
(USP), emulPhorm.TM.-alcohol-water, cremophor-EL.TM. or other
suitable carriers known to those skilled in the art. These carriers
may be used alone or in combination with other conventional
solubilizing agents such as ethanol, propylene glycol, or other
agents known to those skilled in the art.
Where the macrocyclic compounds of the present invention are to be
applied in the form of solutions or injections, the compounds may
be used by dissolving or suspending in any conventional diluent.
The diluents may include, for example, physiological saline,
Ringer's solution, an aqueous glucose solution, an aqueous dextrose
solution, an alcohol, a fatty acid ester, glycerol, a glycol, an
oil derived from plant or animal sources, a paraffin and the like.
These preparations may be prepared according to any conventional
method known to those skilled in the art.
Compositions for nasal administration may be formulated as
aerosols, drops, powders and gels. Aerosol formulations typically
comprise a solution or fine suspension of the active ingredient in
a physiologically acceptable aqueous or non-aqueous solvent. Such
formulations are typically presented in single or multidose
quantities in a sterile form in a sealed container. The sealed
container can be a cartridge or refill for use with an atomizing
device. Alternatively, the sealed container may be a unitary
dispensing device such as a single use nasal inhaler, pump atomizer
or an aerosol dispenser fitted with a metering valve set to deliver
a therapeutically effective amount, which is intended for disposal
once the contents have been completely used. When the dosage form
comprises an aerosol dispenser, it will contain a propellant such
as a compressed gas, air as an example, or an organic propellant
including a fluorochlorohydrocarbon or fluorohydrocarbon.
Compositions suitable for buccal or sublingual administration
include tablets, lozenges and pastilles, wherein the active
ingredient is formulated with a carrier such as sugar and acacia,
tragacanth or gelatin and glycerin.
Compositions for rectal administration include suppositories
containing a conventional suppository base such as cocoa
butter.
Compositions suitable for transdermal administration include
ointments, gels and patches.
Other compositions known to those skilled in the art can also be
applied for percutaneous or subcutaneous administration, such as
plasters.
Further, in preparing such pharmaceutical compositions comprising
the active ingredient or ingredients in admixture with components
necessary for the formulation of the compositions, other
conventional pharmacologically acceptable additives may be
incorporated, for example, excipients, stabilizers, antiseptics,
wetting agents, emulsifying agents, lubricants, sweetening agents,
coloring agents, flavoring agents, isotonicity agents, buffering
agents, antioxidants and the like. As the additives, there may be
mentioned, for example, starch, sucrose, fructose, dextrose,
lactose, glucose, mannitol, sorbitol, precipitated calcium
carbonate, crystalline cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, dextrin,
gelatin, acacia, EDTA, magnesium stearate, talc,
hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium metabisulfite, and the
like.
In some embodiments, the composition is provided in a unit dosage
form such as a tablet or capsule.
In further embodiments, the present invention provides kits
including one or more containers comprising pharmaceutical dosage
units comprising an effective amount of one or more compounds of
the present invention.
The present invention further provides prodrugs comprising the
compounds described herein. The term "prodrug" is intended to mean
a compound that is converted under physiological conditions or by
solvolysis or metabolically to a specified compound that is
pharmaceutically active. The "prodrug" can be a compound of the
present invention that has been chemically derivatized such that,
(i) it retains some, all or none of the bioactivity of its parent
drug compound, and (ii) it is metabolized in a subject to yield the
parent drug compound. The prodrug of the present invention may also
be a "partial prodrug" in that the compound has been chemically
derivatized such that, (i) it retains some, all or none of the
bioactivity of its parent drug compound, and (ii) it is metabolized
in a subject to yield a biologically active derivative of the
compound. Known techniques for derivatizing compounds to provide
prodrugs can be employed. Such methods may utilize formation of a
hydrolyzable coupling to the compound.
The present invention further provides that the compounds of the
present invention may be administered in combination with a
therapeutic agent used to prevent and/or treat metabolic and/or
endocrine disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, cardiovascular
disorders, obesity and obesity-associated disorders, central
nervous system disorders, genetic disorders, hyperproliferative
disorders and inflammatory disorders. Exemplary agents include
analgesics (including opioid analgesics), anesthetics, antifungals,
antibiotics, antiinflammatories (including nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory agents), anthelmintics, antiemetics,
antihistamines, antihypertensives, antipsychotics, antiarthritics,
antitussives, antivirals, cardioactive drugs, cathartics,
chemotherapeutic agents (such as DNA-interactive agents,
antimetabolites, tubulin-interactive agents, hormonal agents, and
agents such as asparaginase or hydroxyurea), corticoids (steroids),
antidepressants, depressants, diuretics, hypnotics, minerals,
nutritional supplements, parasympathomimetics, hormones (such as
corticotrophin releasing hormone, adrenocorticotropin, growth
hormone releasing hormone, growth hormone, thyrptropin-releasing
hormone and thyroid stimulating hormone), sedatives, sulfonamides,
stimulants, sympathomimetics, tranquilizers, vasoconstrictors,
vasodilators, vitamins and xanthine derivatives.
Subjects suitable to be treated according to the present invention
include, but are not limited to, avian and mammalian subjects, and
are preferably mammalian. Mammals of the present invention include,
but are not limited to, canines, felines, bovines, caprins,
equines, ovines, porcines, rodents (e.g. rats and mice),
lagomorphs, primates, humans, and the like, and mammals in utero.
Any mammalian subject in need of being treated according to the
present invention is suitable. Human subjects are preferred. Human
subjects of both genders and at any stage of development (i.e.,
neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult) can be treated
according to the present invention.
Illustrative avians according to the present invention include
chickens, ducks, turkeys, geese, quail, pheasant, ratites (e.g.,
ostrich) and domesticated birds (e.g., parrots and canaries), and
birds in ovo.
The present invention is primarily concerned with the treatment of
human subjects, but the invention can also be carried out on animal
subjects, particularly mammalian subjects such as mice, rats, dogs,
cats, livestock and horses for veterinary purposes, and for drug
screening and drug development purposes.
In therapeutic use for treatment of conditions in mammals (i.e.
humans or animals) for which a modulator, such as an agonist, of
the ghrelin receptor is effective, the compounds of the present
invention or an appropriate pharmaceutical composition thereof may
be administered in an effective amount. Since the activity of the
compounds and the degree of the therapeutic effect vary, the actual
dosage administered will be determined based upon generally
recognized factors such as age, condition of the subject, route of
delivery and body weight of the subject. The dosage can be from
about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg, administered orally 1-4 times per
day. In addition, compounds can be administered by injection at
approximately 0.01-20 mg/kg per dose, with administration 1-4 times
per day. Treatment could continue for weeks, months or longer.
Determination of optimal dosages for a particular situation is
within the capabilities of those skilled in the art.
5. Methods of Use
The compounds of formula I, II and/or III of the present invention
can be used for the prevention and treatment of a range of medical
conditions including, but not limited to, metabolic and/or
endocrine disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, cardiovascular
disorders, obesity and obesity-associated disorders, central
nervous system disorders, genetic disorders, hyperproliferative
disorders, inflammatory disorders and combinations thereof where
the disorder may be the result of multiple underlying maladies. In
particular embodiments, the disease or disorder is irritable bowel
syndrome (IBS), non-ulcer dyspepsia, Crohn's disease,
gastroesophogeal reflux disorders, constipation, ulcerative
colitis, pancreatitis, infantile hypertrophic pyloric stenosis,
carcinoid syndrome, malabsorption syndrome, diarrhea, diabetes
including diabetes mellitus (type II diabetes), obesity, atrophic
colitis, gastritis, gastric stasis, gastrointestinal dumping
syndrome, postgastroenterectomy syndrome, celiac disease, an eating
disorder or obesity. In other embodiments, the disease or disorder
is congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease or chronic
heart disease. In still other embodiments, the disease or disorder
is osteoporosis and/or frailty, congestive heart failure,
accelerating bone fracture repair, metabolic syndrome, attenuating
protein catabolic response, cachexia, protein loss, impaired or
risk of impaired wound healing, impaired or risk of impaired
recovery from burns, impaired or risk of impaired recovery from
surgery, impaired or risk of impaired muscle strength, impaired or
risk of impaired mobility, alterted or risk of altered skin
thickness, impaired or risk of impaired metabolic homeostasis or
impaired or risk of impaired renal homeostasis. In other
embodiments, the disease or disorder involves facilitating neonatal
development, stimulating growth hormone release in humans,
maintenance of muscle strength and function in humans, reversal or
prevention of frailty in humans, prevention of catabolic side
effects of glucocorticoids, treatment of osteoporosis, stimulation
and increase in muscle mass and muscle strength, stimulation of the
immune system, acceleration of wound healing, acceleration of bone
fracture repair, treatment of renal failure or insufficiency
resulting in growth retardation, treatment of short stature,
treatment of obesity and growth retardation, accelerating the
recovery and reducing hospitalization of burn patients, treatment
of intrauterine growth retardation, treatment of skeletal
dysplasia, treatment of hypercortisolism, treatment of Cushing's
syndrome, induction of pulsatile growth hormone release,
replacement of growth hormone in stressed patients, treatment of
osteochondrodysplasias, treatment of Noonans syndrome, treatment of
schizophrenia, treatment of depression, treatment of Alzheimer's
disease, treatment of emesis, treatment of memory loss, treatment
of reproduction disorders, treatment of delayed wound healing,
treatment of psychosocial deprivation, treatment of pulmonary
dysfunction, treatment of ventilator dependency; attenuation of
protein catabolic response, reducing cachexia and protein loss,
treatment of hyperinsulinemia, adjuvant treatment for ovulation
induction, stimulation of thymic development, prevention of thymic
function decline, treatment of immunosuppressed patients,
improvement in muscle mobility, maintenance of skin thickness,
metabolic homeostasis, renal homeostasis, stimulation of
osteoblasts, stimulation of bone remodeling, stimulation of
cartilage growth, stimulation of the immune system in companion
animals, treatment of disorders of aging in companion animals,
growth promotion in livestock, and/or stimulation of wool growth in
sheep.
According to a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a
method for the treatment of post-operative ileus, cachexia (wasting
syndrome), such as that caused by cancer, AIDS, cardiac disease and
renal disease, gastroparesis, such as that resulting from type I or
type II diabetes, other gastrointestinal disorders, growth hormone
deficiency, bone loss, and other age-related disorders in a human
or animal patient suffering therefrom, which method comprises
administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one
member selected from the compounds disclosed herein having the
ability to modulate the ghrelin receptor. Other diseases and
disorders treated by the compounds disclosed herein include short
bowel syndrome, gastrointestinal dumping syndrome,
postgastroenterectomy syndrome, celiac disease, and
hyperproliferative disorders such as tumors, cancers, and
neoplastic disorders, as well as premalignant and non-neoplastic or
non-malignant hyperproliferative disorders. In particular, tumors,
cancers, and neoplastic tissue that can be treated by the present
invention include, but are not limited to, malignant disorders such
as breast cancers, osteosarcomas, angiosarcomas, fibrosarcomas and
other sarcomas, leukemias, lymphomas, sinus tumors, ovarian,
uretal, bladder, prostate and other genitourinary cancers, colon,
esophageal and stomach cancers and other gastrointestinal cancers,
lung cancers, myelomas, pancreatic cancers, liver cancers, kidney
cancers, endocrine cancers, skin cancers and brain or central and
peripheral nervous (CNS) system tumors, malignant or benign,
including gliomas and neuroblastomas.
In particular embodiments, the macrocyclic compounds of the present
invention can be used to treat post-operative ileus. In other
embodiments, the compounds of the present invention can be used to
treat gastroparesis. In still other embodiments, the compounds of
the present invention can be used to treat diabetic gastroparesis.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention can
be used to treat opioid-induced bowel dysfunction. In further
embodiments, the compounds of the present invention can be used to
treat chronic intestinal pseudoobstruction.
The present invention further provides methods of treating a horse
or canine for a gastrointestinal disorder comprising administering
a therapeutically effective amount of a modulator having the
structure of formula I, II and/or III. In some embodiments, the
gastrointestinal disorder is ileus or colic.
As used herein, "treatment" is not necessarily meant to imply cure
or complete abolition of the disorder or symptoms associated
therewith.
The compounds of the present invention can further be utilized for
the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a range of
medical conditions including, but not limited to, metabolic and/or
endocrine disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, cardiovascular
disorders, obesity and obesity-associated disorders, genetic
disorders, hyperproliferative disorders and inflammatory
disorders.
Further embodiments of the present invention will now be described
with reference to the following examples. It should be appreciated
that these examples are for the purposes of illustrating
embodiments of the present invention, and do not limit the scope of
the invention.
EXAMPLE 1
Synthesis of Tethers
A. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T9
##STR01185##
Step T9-1: To a solution of 2-iodophenol (9-0, 200 g, 0.91 mol, 1.0
eq) in DMF (DriSolv.RTM., 560 mL) is added sodium hydride 60% in
mineral oil (3.64 g, 0.091 mol, 0.1 eq) by portions (hydrogen is
seen to evolve). The reaction is heated for 1 h at 100.degree. C.
under nitrogen, then ethylene carbonate is added and the reaction
mixture heated O/N at 100.degree. C. The reaction is monitored by
TLC (conditions: 25/75 EtOAc/hex; R.sub.f: 0.15. detection: UV,
CMA). The reaction mixture is allowed to cool, then the solvent
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil is diluted in
Et.sub.2O (1.5 L), then washed sequentially with 1 N sodium
hydroxide (3.times.) and brine (2.times.), dried with MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. The
crude product is distilled under vacuum (200 .mu.m Hg) at
110-115.degree. C. to provide 9-1.
Step T9-2: A solution of 9-1 (45.1 g, 0.171 mol, 1.0 eq) and
Ddz-propargylamine (9-A, synthesized by standard protection
procedures, 59.3 g, 0.214 mol, 1.25 eq) in acetonitrile
(DriSolv.RTM., 257 mL) was degassed by passing argon through the
solution for 10-15 min. To this was added Et.sub.3N (85.5 mL,
stirred O/N with CaH.sub.2, then distilled) and the mixture was
again purged by bubbling with argon, this time for 5 min.
Recrystallized copper (I) iodide (1.14 g, 0.006 mol, 0.035 eq) and
trans-dichloro-bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (Strem
Chemicals, 3.6 g, 0.0051 mol, 0.03 eq) are added and the reaction
mixture stirred for 4 h under argon at rt. After 5-10 min, the
reaction mixture turned black. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(conditions: 55/45 EtOAc/hex). When complete, the solvent was
removed under reduced pressure until dryness, then the residual oil
diluted with 1 L of a 15% DCM in Et.sub.2O solution. The organic
phase is washed with citrate buffer pH 4-5 (3.times.), saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2.times.), and brine (1.times.), then
dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and the filtrate evaporated under
reduced pressure. The crude product thus obtained is purified by a
dry pack column starting with 30% EtOAc/Hex (4-8 L) then increasing
by 5% EtOAc increments until 55% EtOAc/Hex to give 9-2 as a brown
syrup (yield: 65.8 g, 93.2%).
Step T9-3: To a solution of Ddz-amino-alcohol 9-2 (65.8 g, 0.159
mol, 1.0 eq) in 95% ethanol under nitrogen was added Platinum (IV)
oxide (3.6 g, 0.016 mol, 0.1 eq) and then hydrogen gas bubbled into
the solution for 2 h. The mixture was stirred O/N, maintaining an
atmosphere of hydrogen using a balloon. The reaction was monitored
by .sup.1H NMR until completion. When the reaction is complete,
nitrogen was bubbled for 10 min to remove the excess hydrogen. The
solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, then diluted with
EtOAc, filtered through a silica gel pad and the silica washed with
EtOAc until no further material was eluted as verified by TLC.
(55/45 EtOAc/hex) The combined filtrates were concentrated under
reduced pressure. The residue is diluted in DCM (500 mL) and 4 eq
of scavenger resin was added and the suspension stirred O/N. For
this latter step, any of three different resins were used. MP-TMT
resin (Argonaut Technologies, Foster City, Calif., 0.73 mmol/g) is
preferred, but others, for example, PS-TRIS (4.1 mmol/g) and
Si-Triamine (Silicycle, Quebec City, QC, 1.21 mmol/g) can also be
employed effectively. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM,
the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure, then dried further
under vacuum (oil pump) to provide the product. The yield of Ddz-T9
from 9-0 on a 65 g scale was 60.9 g (91%)
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.19-7.01, (m, 2H), 6.92-9.83 (m,
2H), 6.53 (bs, 2H), 6.34 (t, 1H), 5.17 (bt, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.98
(m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 3.01 (bq, 2H), 2.66 (t, 3H), 1.26 (bs,
8H);
.sup.13CNMR(CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 160.9, 156.8, 155.6, 149.6, 130.4,
127.5, 121.2, 111.7, 103.2, 98.4, 80.0, 69.7, 61.6, 55.5, 40.3,
30.5, 29.3, 27.4 ppm.
Tether T9 can also be synthesized from another tether molecule by
reduction as in step T9-3 or with other appropriate hydrogenation
catalysts known to those in the art.
B. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T33a T33b
##STR01186##
The construction to the (R)-isomer of this tether (T33a) was
accomplished from 2-iodophenol (33-0) and (S)-methyl lactate
(33-A). Mitsunobu reaction of 33-0 and 33-A proceeded with
inversion of configuration in excellent yield to give 33-1.
Reduction of the ester to the corresponding alcohol (33-2) also
occurred in high yield and was followed by Sonagashira reaction
with Ddz-propargylamine (33-B). The alkyne in the resulting
coupling product, 33-3, was reduced with catalytic hydrogenation.
Workup with scavenger resin provided the desired product,
Ddz-T33a.
The synthesis of the (S)-enantiomer (Ddz-T33b) was carried out in
an identical manner in comparable yield starting from (R)-methyl
lactate (33-B)
##STR01187## C. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether
Precursor RCM-T.sub.A1
##STR01188##
Step A1-1. To a solution of diol A 1-0 (50 g, 567 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1.5 L) were added Et.sub.3N (34.5 mL, 341 mmol,
0.6 eq) and DMAP (1.73 g, 14.2 mmol, 0.025 eq). TBDMSC1 (42.8 g,
284 mmol. 0.5 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL) was added to this
mixture at rt over 4 h with a syringe pump. The reaction was
monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (30:70); detection: KMnO.sub.4;
R.sub.f=0.39], which revealed starting material, mono-protected
compound and di-protected compound. The mixture was stirred O/N,
washed with H.sub.2O, saturated NH.sub.4Cl (aq) and brine, then
dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography
(EtOAc/hexanes, 30:70) to give the desired mono-protected alcohol
A1-1 (yield: 31%).
Step A1-2. To a solution of alcohol A1-1 (26.5 g, 131 mmol, 1.0 eq)
in THF (130 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added PPh.sub.3 (44.7 g, 170
mmol, 1.3 eq). A freshly prepared and titrated 1.3 M solution of
HN.sub.3 (149 mL, 157 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added slowly to this
mixture, then DIAD (32 mL, 163 mmol, 1.25 eq) also added slowly.
This was an exotheric reaction. The resulting mixture was stirred
at 0.degree. C. for 1 h with monitoring of the reaction by TLC
[EtOAc/hexanes (30:70); detection: KMnO.sub.4; R.sub.f=0.77].
Compound A1-2 was obtained, but was not isolated and instead used
directly for the next step in solution.
Step A1-3. PPh.sub.3 (51 g, 196 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added by portion
to the solution of A1-2 and the resulting mixture was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 2 h, allowed to warm to rt and maintained there
for 3 h, then H.sub.2O (24 mL, 1331 mmol, 10 eq) added.
##STR01189## This mixture was heated at 60.degree. C. O/N. The
reaction was monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (1:9); detection:
KMnO.sub.4; R.sub.f=baseline]. After cooling, a solution of 2 N HCl
(327 mL, 655 mmol, 5.0 eq) was added and the resulting mixture
stirred at rt for 2 h to obtain compound A1-3 in solution, which
was used directly in the next step. TLC [DCM/MeOH/30% NH.sub.4OH
(7:3:1); detection: KMnO.sub.4; R.sub.f=0.32].
Step A1-4. For the next transformation, THF was evaporated under
reduced pressure from the above reaction mixture and the remaining
aqueous phase extracted with Et.sub.2O (5.times.150 mL) and
CHCl.sub.3 (3.times.150 mL). The organic phases were monitored by
TLC and if any A1-3 was observed, the organic phase was then
extracted with 2 N HCl. The aqueous phase was neutralized
cautiously to pH 8 with 10 N NaOH. CH.sub.3CN (400 mL) was added to
this aqueous solution and Fmoc-OSu (41.9 g, 124 mmol, 0.95 eq) in
CH.sub.3CN (400 mL) added slowly over 50 min. The solution was
stirred at rt O/N. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC
[EtOAc/hexanes (1:1); detection: ninhydrin; R.sub.f=0.27]. The
aqueous phase was extracted with Et.sub.2O, then the combined
organic phase dried over MgSO.sub.4 and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The solid residue obtained was mixed with H.sub.2O (120
mL), stirred 30 min, filtered (to remove succinimide byproduct) and
dried O/N under vacuum (oil pump). The solid was purified by flash
chromatography [gradient: EtOAc/hexanes (50:50) to EtOAc/hexanes
(70:30), with the change of eluent once Fmoc-OSu was removed as
indicated by TLC] to give compound T.sub.A1 as a white solid
(yield: 71%).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.4 (t,
2H), 7.3 (t, 2H), 5.9-5.7 (1H, m), 5.6-5.5 (1H, m), 5.0 (1H,
broad), 4.4 (2H, d), 4.2 (2H, d), 3.9 (2H, broad), 2.1 (1H,
broad).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 156.8, 144.1, 141.5, 131.9, 128.3,
127.9, 127.3, 125.2, 120.2, 67.0, 58.0, 47.4, 38.0.
D. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether Precursor
RCM-T.sub.A2
This material was accessed through application of the cross
metathesis reaction shown to construct the carbon backbone. The
resulting nitrile was reduced to the amine, which was protected in
situ with Fmoc or other appropriate protecting group prior to
attachment to the resin, which was performed using standard solid
phase chemistry procedures known to those in the art. This standard
procedure would also be applicable to homologues of T.sub.A2
E. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether Precursor
RCM-T.sub.B1
##STR01190##
Step B1-1. To 2-bromobenzyl alcohol (B1-0, 30 g, 160 mmol) in DCM
(DriSolv.RTM., 530 mL) as an approximately 0.3 M solution, was
added dihydropyran (B1-A, 22 mL, 241 mmol). Pyridinium
p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS, 4.0 g, 16 mmol) was added and the
reaction mixture stirred vigorously at rt O/N. A saturated solution
of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (aq, 200 mL) was then added and the mixture
stirred for 30 min. The DCM layer was separated, washed
successively with saturated Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (aq, 2.times.100 mL)
and brine (2.times.50 mL), and dried over anhydrous MgSO.sub.4. The
solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residue
was purified by dry-pack silica-gel column. [EtOAc/hexanes (1:9);
before loading the crude material, the silica was neutralized by
flushing with 1% Et.sub.3N in DCM] This afforded B1-1 as a
colorless oil (42 g, 97%). TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (1:9);
R.sub.f=0.56]
Step B1-2. Magnesium turnings (2.21 g, 90 mmol) were added to an
approximately 0.8 M solution of B1-1 (from which several portions
of toluene were evaporated to remove traces of water, 22.14 g, 81.8
mmol) in anhydrous THF (distilled from sodium benzopheneone ketyl,
100 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was initiated
by adding iodine chips (50 mg, 0.002 equiv). The reaction mixture
was heated to reflux for 2 h, during which time most of the Mg
turnings disappeared. The reaction was allowed to cool to rt. In a
separate flame-dried round-bottomed flask, freshly distilled allyl
bromide (6.92 mL, 81.8 mmol) was diluted with anhydrous THF (50 mL)
under a nitrogen atmosphere and cooled to 0.degree. C. using an
ice-water bath. To this was gradually transferred the now cooled
Grignard solution over a period of 20-30 min using a cannula
ensuring that the unreacted magnesium turnings remained in the
source flask. The contents of the Grignard preparation flask were
washed (2.times.5 mL dry THF) and the washings transferred via
cannula to the allyl bromide solution as well. The resulting
mixture was stirred O/N under N.sub.2 while allowing it to
gradually warm to rt. The reaction was quenched by adding saturated
NH.sub.4Cl (aq) solution, then diluted with 100 mL Et.sub.2O and
the layers separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with
Et.sub.2O (3.times.100 mL) and the combined organic layers dried
over MgSO.sub.4, then concentrated under reduced pressure to
provide B1-2 (18.54 g, 98%). TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (1:9),
R.sub.f=0.53]. This material was utilized in the next step without
further purification.
Step B1-3. 2-(2-Propenyl)benzyl alcohol (T.sub.B1). The crude THP
ether B1-2 (18.54 g, 80 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (160 mL) and
p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (PTSA, 1.52 g, 8 mmol) added.
The resulting mixture was stirred at rt O/N, then concentrated
under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with Et.sub.2O (100
mL). The organic layer was sequentially washed with 5% NaHCO.sub.3
(aq) solution (3.times.50 mL) and brine (1.times.50 mL), then dried
over MgSO.sub.4. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure
and the residue purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes,
1:9), to obtain T.sub.B1 as a pale-yellow oil (9.2 g, 78%). TLC
[EtOAc/hexanes (1:9), detection: UV, PMA; R.sub.f=0.24]
F. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether Precursor
RCM-T.sub.B2
##STR01191##
Step B2-1. To a suspension of MePPh.sub.3Br (85.7 g, 240 mmol, 2.2
eq) in THF (500 mL) was added t-BuOK in portions (26.9 g, 240 mmol,
2.2 eq) and the resulting mixture stirred at rt for 2 h during
which time it became yellow. The reaction mixture was cooled to
-78.degree. C., 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (B2-0, 11.6 mL, 109 mmol, 1.0
eq) added over 10 min, then it was stirred O/N at rt. The reaction
progress was monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (20:80); detection:
UV, CMA: R.sub.f=0.25]. A saturated NH.sub.4Cl (aq) solution was
added and the resulting aqueous phase extracted with Et.sub.2O
(3.times.). The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 30:70) to give
B2-1 as a yellow oil. The identity and purity were confirmed by
.sup.1H NMR (yield: 100%).
Step B2-2. To a solution of alcohol B2-1 (2.0 g, 16.7 mmol, 1.0 eq)
in DMF at 0.degree. C. was added cesium carbonate (1.1 g, 3.34
mmol, 0.2 eq) and the mixture stirred at 0.degree. C. for 15 min.
The reaction was warmed to 100.degree. C. and ethylene carbonate
added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100.degree. C. O/N. The
reaction was monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (30:70); detection:
UV, CMA; R.sub.f=0.21]. The solution was cooled to rt and H.sub.2O
added. The resulting aqueous phase was extracted with Et.sub.2O
(3.times.). The organic phase was extracted with brine (3.times.),
dried with MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. A yellow syrup (T.sub.B2) was obtained (yield: 96%),
which was of sufficient purity (as assessed by NMR) for further use
without additional purification. Note that this product proved to
be unstable in the presence of acid.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 7.50 (1H, dd, Ph), 7.22 (1H, td,
Ph), 7.05 (dd, 1H, PhCH.dbd.CH.sub.2), 6.98 (1H, t, Ph), 7.90 (1H,
d, Ph), 5.75 (1H, dd, PhCH.dbd.CHH), 5.30 (1H, dd, PhCH.dbd.CHH),
4.15-4.10 (2H, m, PhOCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 4.05-3.95 (2H, m,
PhOCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 2.05 (1H, s, OH).
G. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether Precursor
RCM-T.sub.B3
##STR01192##
To a solution of 2'-bromophenethylalcohol (B3-0, 2.0 mL, 14.9 mmol,
1.0 eq) in toluene (50 mL) were added tetrakis
(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) [Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4, 347 mg, 0.30
mmol, 0.02 eq) and vinyltributyltin (6.5 mL, 22.4 mmol, 1.5 eq).
The resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 24 h under N.sub.2.
Monitoring reaction progress by TLC was difficult since the
starting material and product possessed the same R.sub.f
[EtOAc/hexanes (30:70)]. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and
saturated KF (aq) solution added at which time a precipitate was
formed. The solid was optionally removed by filtration and the
aqueous phase extracted with DCM (4.times.). The combined organic
phase was extracted with brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4 and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 30:70) to give T.sub.B3 as a
colorless oil. The identity and purity were confirmed by .sup.1H
NMR (yield: 100%).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 7.57-7.45 (1H, m, Ph), 7.30-7.15
(3H, m, Ph), 7.05 (dd, 1H, PhCH.dbd.CH.sub.2), 5.65 (1H, dd,
PhCH.dbd.CHH), 5.32 (1H, dd, PhCH.dbd.CHH), 4.85 (2H, t,
PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 2.98 (2H, t, PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 1.50
(1H, s, O H.
H. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether Precursor
RCM-T.sub.B4
##STR01193##
Step B4-1. 1,2-Dihydronaphthalene (B4-0, 5.0 g, 38.4 mmol, 1.0 eq)
was dissolved in 200 mL of DCM:MeOH (1:1) and the solution cooled
to -78.degree. C. Ozone (O.sub.3) was bubbled through the solution
until a blue color developed. The reaction was monitored by TLC
[EtOAc/hexanes (30:70); detection: UV, CMA; R.sub.f=0.25]. Excess
O.sub.3 was then removed by bubbling N.sub.2 through the solution
until the blue color had dissipated. Sodium borohydride (2.9 g,
76.8 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added slowly to the mixture, then it was
stirred at rt for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC
[EtOAc/hexanes (30:70); detection: UV, CMA; R.sub.f=0.06]. A
saturated NH.sub.4Cl (aq) solution was added slowly, then the
aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3.times.). The combined
organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
under reduced pressure. B4-1 was obtained as a yellow oil (yield:
100%). The identity and purity of the compound was confirmed by NMR
analysis and typically was of sufficient purity to be used without
further manipulation.
Step B4-2. To a solution of the diol B4-1 (6.38 g, 38.4 mmol, 1.0
eq) in benzene (200 mL) was added MnO.sub.2 (85%, 16.7 g. 192 mmol,
5.0 eq) and the resulting mixture stirred 1 h at rt. The reaction
was monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes (50:50); detection: UV, CMA;
R.sub.f=0.24] and more MnO.sub.2 (5 eq) added each 1 h period until
the reaction was completed, typically this required 2-3 such
additions. The MnO.sub.2 was filtered through a Celite pad, which
was then washed with EtOAc. The combined filtrate and washes were
evaporated under reduced pressure to give B4-2. A .sup.1H NMR was
taken to check the purity of the resulting compound, which
typically contained small amounts of impurities. However, this was
sufficiently pure for use in the next step, which was preferably
performed on the same day as this step since the aldehyde product
(B4-2) had limited stability.
Step B4-3. To a suspension of MePPh.sub.3Br (30.2 g, 84.5 mmol, 2.2
eq) in THF (200 mL) was added t-BuOK in portions (9.5 g, 84.5 mmol,
2.2 eq) and the resulting mixture stirred at rt for 2 h during
which time the solution became yellow. The reaction mixture was
cooled to -78.degree. C., B4-2 [6.3 g, 38.4 mmol, 1.0 eq (based on
the theoretical yield)] added over 10 min, then the mixture stirred
O/N at rt. The reaction was monitored by TLC [EtOAc/hexanes
(50:50); detection: UV, CMA; R.sub.f=0.33]. A saturated NH.sub.4Cl
(aq) solution was added and the resulting aqueous phase extracted
with EtOAc (3.times.). The combined organic phase was dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 40:60)
to give T.sub.B4 as a yellow oil. NMR was used to confirm the
identity and purity of the product (yield: 73%, 2 steps).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 7.55-7.45 (1H, m, Ph), 7.25-7.10
(3H, m, Ph), 7.05 (dd, 1H, PhCH.dbd.CH.sub.2), 5.65 (1H, dd,
PhCH.dbd.CHH), 5.30 (1H, dd, PhCH.dbd.CHH), 3.70 (2H, t,
PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 2.80 (2H, t,
PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 1.90-1.80 (2H, m,
PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH), 1.45 (1H, s, OH).
I. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T45
##STR01194##
The protected version of this tether was obtained through standard
transformations involving monoprotection of triethyleneglycol
(45-0) followed by conversion of the remaining alcohol to a
mesylate, displacement with azide and catalytic reduction in the
presence of di-t-butyl dicarbonate.
J. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T65
##STR01195##
See the preparation of T9-2 as this tether is actually an
intermediate in the synthesis of tether T9.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.38-7.35 (bd, 1H), 7.30-7.19 (m,
1H), 6.92 (dd, 2H), 4.88 (bs, 1H), 4.16-4.11 (bt, 4H), 3.98-3.95
(t, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 156.7. 155.8, 133.6, 130.0,
121.3, 114.8, 113.1, 112.9, 90.2, 70.8, 61.4, 28.6
K. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T66
##STR01196##
To a solution of alkyne (Boc-T65, 13.1 g, 45.1 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
EtOH/AcOEt (5:1) under N.sub.2 is added quinoline (106 .mu.l, 0.9
mmol. 0.02 eq) and the Lindlar catalyst (1.3 g, 10% wt), then
hydrogen is bubbled into the mixture. The reaction is monitored
(each 30-40 min) by .sup.1H NMR until the reaction is complete.
Then, the reaction is filtered through a Celite pad and rinsed with
AcOEt until there is no more material eluting. The solvent is
removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is purified by
flash chromatography with 15% AcOEt/Hex to 40% AcOEt/Hex to give
Boc-T66 an oil. (Yield: 7.8 g, 59%) TLC (45/55AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f:
0.15; detection: UV, KMnO.sub.4.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): , 7.27-7.21 (td, 1H), 7.15-7.10 (dd, 1H),
7.00.6.85, (m, 2H), 6.62-6.58 (bd, 1H), 5.77-5.70 (dt, 1H),
4.13-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.9-3.88 (bd, 2H), 1.46, (s,
9H)
L. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T67
##STR01197##
To a solution of Et.sub.2Zn (1 M hexanes, 153 mL, 153.6 mmol, 3.0
eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (150 mL) at -20.degree. C. was added
CH.sub.2I.sub.2 (12.4 mL, 153.6 mmol, 3.0 eq) (CAUTION: Pressure
can develop.) and the mixture stirred at -20.degree. C. for 15 min.
Boc-T8 (15.0 g, 51.2 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL) was
then added and the mixture stirred at room temperature O/N. The
reaction was monitored by TLC [(60% AcOEt: 40% hexane); detection:
UV and CMA; R.sub.f=0.39]. The solution was treated with aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl (saturated) and the aqueous phase was extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2. The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4 and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
flash chromatography (60% AcOEt: 40% hexane) to give Boc-T67 as a
yellow oil (yield: 57%.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3, ppm): 7.18 (1H, t), 7.03 (1H, d), 6.88
(2H, t), 4.23-4.04 (4H, m), 3.73-3.70 (2H, m), 1.48 (1H, broad),
1.28 (9H, s), 1.12-1.06 (1H, m), 1.0-0.93 (1H, m), 0.76 (2H,
dt).
M. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T68
##STR01198##
To a solution of Et.sub.2Zn (1 M in hexanes, 49.2 mL, 49.2 mmol,
3.0 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (30 mL) at -20.degree. C. was added
CH.sub.2I.sub.2 (3.9 mL. 49.2 mmol, 3.0 eq) and the mixture stirred
at -20.degree. C. for 15 min. The alkene (Boc-T66, 4.8 g, 16.4
mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL) was then slowly added and
the mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solution was
treated with aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (saturated) and the aqueous phase
extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1.times.) then washed with brine
(1.times.). The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product
is purified by flash chromatography (gradient: 40%, then 50% and
finally 60% AcOEt in hexanes) to give Boc-T68 as a yellow oil
(yield: 90.7%). TLC (60% AcOEt: 40% hexanes): R.sub.f: 0.4;
detection: UV, ninhydrin.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.32-7.20 (td, 2H), 7.10-6.85,
(m, 2H), 4.25-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.10-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.36 (dd, 1H),
2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.04-0.96 (dq, 1H), 0.78-0.73 (q,
1H)
.sup.13CNMR(CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 158.0, 130.7, 130.4, 127.9, 127.5,
127.1, 121.2, 121.0, 111.6, 111.2, 79.5 69.8, 61.5, 28.7, 17.8,
16.8, 7.2
N. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T69
##STR01199##
TLC (25/75 AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f: 0.03; detection: UV, ninhydrin
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.06-7.00 (bt, 1H), 6.61-6.52 (m,
4H), 6.35 (m, 1H), 5.12 (bt, 1H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.77
(s, 6H), 3.11-3.04 (bq, 2H), 2.60 (bt, 2H), 1.75 (m, 8H)
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 163.9, 160.9, 160.6, 157.6,
157.5, 155.6, 149.5, 130.8, 130.6, 125.9, 107.26, 106.9, 103.2,
98.4, 80.8, 77.5, 69.9, 61.3, 60.9, 60.6, 55.4. 40.3, 30.4, 29.3,
26.9,
LC-MS (Grad_A4) t.sub.R: 8.37 min
O. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T70
##STR01200##
TLC (25/75 AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f: 0.03; detection: UV, ninnydrin
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 6.84-6.75 (m, 31-1), 6.52 (bs,
2H), 6.34 (m, 1H), 5.17 (bt, 1H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.77
(s, 6H), 3.10 (bq, 2H), 2.63 (bt, 2H), 1.74 (m, 8H)
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 160.9, 158.9, 155.8, 155.6,
152.9, 152.9, 149.5, 132.4, 132.3, 117.1, 116.8, 112.7, 112.6,
103.2, 98.4, 80.8, 70.4, 61.6, 55.5, 40.2, 30.3, 29.3, 27.4.
LC-MS (Grad_A4) t.sub.R: 8.29 min
P. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T71
##STR01201##
TLC (25/75 AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f: 0.03; detection: UV, ninhydrin
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.12-7.08 (hd, 2H), 6.76-6.73 (d,
1H), 6.52 (m, 2H), 6.33 (bs, 1H), 5.15 (bt, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.95
(m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 3.09 (bq, 2H), 2.61 (bt, 2H), 1.74 (m,
8H)
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 160.8, 155.6, 155.4, 149.5,
132.4. 130.1, 127.0, 126.0, 112.8, 103.2, 98.4, 80.8, 70.0, 61.4,
55.5, 40.3, 30.2, 29.3, 24.5, 27.4
LC-MS (Grad_A4) t.sub.R: 9.60 min
Q. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T72
##STR01202##
TLC (1/1, Hex/AcOEt): R.sub.f: 0.16
.sup.1H NMR (ppm): 1.49 (Boc), 1.8 (CH2), 2.7 (CH2), 3.1 (CH2), 4.0
(CH2), 4.1 (CH2), 4.9 (NH), 6.9 (CH aromatic), 7.35 (CH aromatic),
7.4 (CH aromatic)
.sup.13C NMR (ppm): 29, 30, 40, 61, 70, 110, 124, 128, 132, 160
R. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T73
##STR01203##
TLC (60/40 AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f: 0.11; detection: UV, ninhydrin
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.06-6.99, (m, 2H), 6.84-6.81 (m,
1H), 6.5 (m, 2H), 6.32 (m, 1H), 5.11 (bt, 1H), 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.90
(bt, 2H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.09 (bt, 2H), 2.64 (bt, 2H),
1.85-1.74 (m, 8H), 1.46 (bs, 9H)
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 160.8, 157.1, 155.6, 151.9,
149.5, 131.3, 131.0, 128.43, 128.37, 111.6, 103.2, 98.4, 84.8,
80.8, 69.9, 61.4, 60.6, 55.5, 41.8, 40.2, 30.0, 29.3, 28.1, 27.3
ppm.
LC-MS (Grad_A4) t.sub.R: 8.26 min.
S. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T74
##STR01204##
TLC (50/50 AcOEt/Hex): R.sub.f: 0.09; Detection: UV, CMA
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.14 (bd, 1H), 6.76-6.71 (m,
2H), 6.53 (m, 2H), 6.33 (bs, 1H), 5.15 (bt, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.95
(m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.01 (bq, 2H), 2.64 (bt, 2H),
1.75 (m, 8H), 1.47 (s, 9H)
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 156.1, 152.3, 150.8, 147.0,
144.7, 129.8, 126.9, 125.6, 116.8, 108.4, 98.5, 93.6, 80.3, 76.1,
65.1, 56.7, 50.7, 37.1, 35.6, 25.3, 24.5, 23.4, 22.6
LC-MS (Grad_A4) t.sub.R: 8.21 min
T. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T75a and T75b
##STR01205##
The synthesis of the fluorinated derivative, tether T75, was
carried out in an analogous matter to that of the related tether
T33 starting from 33-A [(S)-methyl lactate] and appropriately
substituted phenol 75-0 to provide 4.1 g of Ddz-T75a as a pale
yellow solid. Although the first two steps, Mitsunobu reaction and
DIBAL reduction, were high yielding, 91% and 98% respectively,
isolation of the final product proved difficult after Sonagashira
coupling and hydrogenation, lowering the overall yield to 17%.
Again, the corresponding (R)-enantiomer, Ddz-T75b, is accessible by
substituting (R)-methyl lactate (33-B) in the above procedure.
##STR01206## U. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether
T76
##STR01207##
Step T76-1. 3-Bromo-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde. In a manner analogous
to that of the literature (Hofslokken et al. Acta. Chemica Scand.
1999, 53, 258), a stirred suspension of 2-bromophenol (76-0, 3.5 g,
20 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (8.1 g, 270 mmol) in 100 mL of dry
acetonitrile at room temperature was treated with MgCl.sub.2 (2.85
g, 30 mmol) and triethylamine (TEA, 10.45 ml, 75 mmol). The mixture
was stirred vigorously at reflux O/N. After this period of time,
the mixture was cooled to room temperature, then 30 mL of 5% HCl
was added and the product extracted with Et.sub.2O to give 4.0 g
(95%) of 76-1.
TLC (hexanes/dichloromethane, 3:1): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and
UV
Step T76-2. 2-Bromo-6-vinyl-phenol. To a stirred solution of
CH.sub.3PPh.sub.3Br (72 g, 0.033 mol) at room temperature was
added, over 5 min, a solution of tBuOK (4.1 g, 0.03 mol) in THF (50
mL). The mixture was cooled to -78.degree. C. and 76-1 (3 g, 0.015
mol) was added dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was
allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. After
this time, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue
purified by flash chromatography using hexanes/dichloromethane
(3:1) as eluent to afford 76-2 as a colorless oil (2.2 g, 75%).
TLC (hexanes/dichloromethane, 3:1): R.sub.f=0.5; detection: CMA and
UV
Step T76-3. The tosylate 76-A was synthesized using the literature
method (Buono et al. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 1999, 1671)and then
utilized for 76-3 (Manhas, M.S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97,
461-463. Nakano, J. Heterocycles 1983, 20, 1975-1978). To a
solution of 76-2 (2.5 g, 12 mmol), Ph.sub.3P (4.6 g, 18 mmol) and
76-A (4.3 g, 18 mmol) in 150 mL of THF was slowly added
diethylazodicarboxylate (DEAD, 3.5 mL, 18 mmol) at room
temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h
until the reaction was complete as indicated by TLC analysis
(hexanes/ethyl acetate, 8:2; R.sub.f=0.6; detection: CMA and UV).
The solvent was removed under high vacuum and the residue was
purified by flash chromatography to obtain 76-3 as a pale brown
liquid (4.6 g, 88%).
Step T76-4. 76-3 (3.4 g, 8 mmol) was treated with second generation
Grubbs catalyst (0.02 mol %) in 50 mL of DCM (Grubbs, R. J. Org.
Chem. 1998, 63, 864-866. Gross. J. Tet. Lett. 2003, 44, 8563-8565.
Hoveyda, A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1998, 120, 2343-2351). The resulting
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h The solvent was
then removed under high vacuum and the residue purified by flash
column chromatography to obtain 76-4 as a pale brown liquid (2.15
g, 70%). TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 8:2; R.sub.f=0.4; detection:
CMA and UV).
Step T76-5. To a solution of 76-4 (1.43 g, 0.023 mol) in dry DMF
(50 mL) was added cesium acetate (2.09 g, 0.0109 mol) under an
argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred at 50.degree. C. O/N.
After this time, the solvent was removed under high vacuum and the
residue purified by flash chromatography to obtain 76-5 as a pale
brown liquid (0.7 g, 70%). TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 8:2;
R.sub.f=0.6; detection: CMA and UV).
Step T76-6 (8-Bromo-2H-chromen-2-yl)-methanol. To a solution of
76-5 (5.5 g, 0.023 mol) in dry MeOH (150 mL) was added sodium metal
in a catalytic amount under an argon atmosphere. The solution was
then stirred at room temperature for 60 min. After this time,
Amberlite IRA-120 (H.sup.+) resin was added to neutralize (pH=7)
excess sodium methoxide and the mixture was vigorously stirred for
10 min. The resin was removed by filtration and the filtrate
evaporated in vacuo. Pure compound 76-6 was recovered as a
colorless oil (4.5 g, 98%).
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 7:3): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA
andUV
Step T76-7. 76-6 (4.5 g, 18 mmol) and Ddz-propargyl amine (76-B,
15.16 g, 55.8 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (150 mL) and
diisopropylamine (27 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by
bubbling argon through the solution. PdCl.sub.2PhCN).sub.2 (430 mg,
1.11 mmol. 0.06 eq), CuI (220 mg, 1.11 mmol, 0.06 eq) and
tributylphosphine (10% in hexane, 4.4 mL, 2.23 mmol) were added and
the mixture was warmed to 70.degree. C. and stirred O/N. The
solvent was removed under high vacuum and the residue purified by
flash column chromatography to obtain 76-7 as a pale brown liquid
(3.2 g, 80%).
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:1): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and
UV
Step T76-8. The acetylene 76-7 (4.5 g, 0.2 mol) was dissolved in
EtOH (150 mL), then purged with nitrogen for 10 min. PtO.sub.2 (10
mol %, 450 mg) was added, and the mixture purged with a balloon
full of hydrogen gas. The mixture was then charged into a Parr
bomb, flushed with hydrogen (simply fill with hydrogen at 60 psi,
then release and refill, repeat this fill-release-refill cycle
3.times.), and reacted with hydrogen at 60 psi at room temperature
O/N. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite (use
methanol for washing the pad) and the filtrate concentrated to
afford a practically pure (clean by .sup.1H NMR), but colored
sample of Ddz-T76 in quantitative yield. Further purification was
achieved by subjecting this material to flash chromatography. TLC
(hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:1; R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and UV).
Since the product Ddz-T76 has the same R.sub.f as the starting
material (76-7), .sup.1H NMR is the best way to distinguish
them.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 1.73 (s. 6H), 1.75-1.95 (m, 4H),
2.60 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.90 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 3.75
(m, 2H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.50 (s, 2H),
6.80 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 2H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 23.93 (CH.sub.2), 24.97
(CH.sub.2), 27.07 (CH.sub.2), 29.35 (CH.sub.3), 30.45 (CH.sub.2),
40.23 (CH.sub.2), 55.47 (CH.sub.3), 65.76 (CH.sub.2), 80.72 (CH),
98.44 (CH), 103.22 (CH), 120.29 (CH), 121.90 (Cq), 127.76 (CH),
128.14 (CH), 129.42 (Cq), 149.56 (Cq), 152.55 (Cq), 155.56 (Cq),
160.84 (Cq).
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R: 9.46 min; Mass found: 443
V. Standard Procedure for the Synthesis of Tether T77
##STR01208##
Step T77-1. 3-Bromo-pyridin-2-ol. A stirred suspension of
2-pyridone (77-0, 19 g, 200 mmol) in 200 mL of 1 M aqueous KBr at
room temperature was treated over 15 min with bromine (32 g, 200
mmol; CAUTION: Large quantities of Br.sub.2 should be handled
carefully!) in 200 mL of 1 M aqueous KBr, then stirred vigorously
at room temperature O/N. After 24 h, this solution deposited
crystals which were filtered off and then recrystallized from
acetonitrile to give 27.2 g (78%) of 3-bromo-pyridin-2-ol. (77-1)
[J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1982, 104, 4142-4146; Bioorg Med. Chem. Lett.
2002, 12, 197-200; J Med. Chem. 1979, 22, 1284-1290.]
Molecular weight calcd. for C.sub.5H.sub.4BrNO: 173; (M+H).sup.+
found: 174
Step T77-2. To a solution of 3-bromo-pyridin-2-ol (77-1, 5 g, 0.028
mol), Ph.sub.3P (11 g, 0.04 mol) and
2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-ethanol (77-A, 7 g, 0.04 mol) in
50 mL of THF was slowly added diethylazodicarboxylate (8.1 g, 0.04
mol) at room temperature. The progress of the reaction was easily
monitored by TLC [hexanes/ethyl acetate (4:1); R.sub.f=0.5;
detection: CMA]. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24
h at which point the reaction was complete by TLC analysis. The
solvent was removed under high vacuum and the residue purified by
flash chromatography to obtain 77-2 as a pale brown liquid (6.3 g,
68%). [Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2819-2822; Tetrahedron Lett.
1995, 36, 8917-8920; Synlett, 1995, 845-846. Heetrocycles 1990, 31,
819-824.
Molecular weight calcd. for C.sub.13H.sub.22BrNO.sub.2Si 331;
(M+H).sup.+ found: 332
Step T77-3. The protected alcohol 77-2 (3 g, 9.1 mmol) was
dissolved in diisopropylamine (50 mL) and the reaction mixture
degassed by bubbling argon through the solution.
PdCl.sub.2(PPh.sub.3).sub.2 (410 mg, 0.61 mmol, 0.06 eq), CuI (74
mg, 0.4 mmol, 0.04 eq) and triphenylphosphine (310 mg, 1.12 mmol)
were added, then the mixture was warmed to 70.degree. C. and
stirred O/N. The solvent was removed under high vacuum and the
residue was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 77-3 as a
pale brown liquid (3.36 g, 70%) [Org. Lett. 2003, 5, 2441-2444; J.
Chem. Soc. Perkin. Trans I 1999, 1505-1510; J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58,
2232-2243; J. Org. Chem. 1999, 58, 95-99; Org. Lett. 2000, 2,
2291-2293; Org. Lett. 2002, 4, 2409-2412]
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:3): R.sub.f: =0.3; detection: CMA
Molecular weight calcd. for C.sub.28H.sub.40N.sub.2O.sub.6Si: 528;
(M+H).sup.+ found: 529
Step T77-4. The acetylene 77-3 (3 g, 5.67 mmol) was dissolved in
EtOH (30 mL) and purged with nitrogen for 10 min. PtO.sub.2 (10 mol
%, 300 mg) was added and the mixture purged with a balloon full of
hydrogen gas. The mixture was then charged into a Parr bomb,
flushed with hydrogen (fill with hydrogen at 80 psi then release
and refill, repeat this fill-release-refill cycle 3.times.), and
maintained with hydrogen at 80 psi at room temperature O/N. The
reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite (use methanol
for washing the residue on the Celite) and the filtrate plus
washings was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a
practically pure (clean .sup.1H NMR), but colored sample of 77-4 in
a quantitative yield. Further purification was achieved by
subjecting this material to flash chromatography. The product 77-4
has the same R.sub.f as the starting material (77-3), hence,
.sup.1H NMR is the best way to distinguish them.
TLC [(hexanes/ethyl-acetate, 1:3); R.sub.f=0.3 detection: CMA]
Molecular weight calcd. for C.sub.28H.sub.44N.sub.2O.sub.6Si: 532,
(M+H).sup.+ found: 533
Step T77-5. 77-4 (3 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF
(200 mL). To the clear solution was added TBAF (6.7 mmol, 7 mL) and
the mixture stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The solution was
then poured into ice water. The aqueous solution was extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.200 mL). The organic layer was washed
sequentially with saturated citrate buffer (1.times.200 mL), water
(200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The washed organic extract was dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness
under reduced pressure to give an oily residue. This syrup was
purified by flash chromatography (hexanes/AcOEt, 1:2) to give
Ddz-T77 as a syrup (2.10 g, yield 90%). TLC (hexanes/AcOEt, 1:2):
R.sub.f=0.3; detection: ninhydrin
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 1.73 (s, 6H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.65
(m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 6H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 4.50 (m, 2H),
5.01 (sb, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 6.50 (s, 2H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m,
1H), 8.01 (m, 1H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 27.23 (CH.sub.2), 29.24
(CH.sub.3), 29.71 (CH.sub.2), 40.17 (CH.sub.2), 55.44 (CH.sub.3),
62.76 (CH.sub.2), 69.11 (CH.sub.2), 80.76 (Cq), 98.24 (CH), 103.24
(CH), 117.54 (CH), 124.68 (Cq), 138.82 (CH), 144.17 (CH), 149.45
(Cq), 155.50 (Cq), 160.84 (Cq), 162.03 (Cq).
Molecular weight calcd. for C.sub.22H.sub.30N.sub.2O.sub.6: 418;
(M+H).sup.+ found: 419
EXAMPLE 2
Synthesis of Representative Macrocyclic Compounds
The following are provided as representative examples for the
macrocyclic compounds of the invention. For solid phase methods,
all yields are reported starting from 300-325 mg of PS-aminomethyl
resin (loading 2.0 mmol/g) unless otherwise noted. Attachment of
the first building block, BB.sub.3, varies from 100% to 55% for the
more difficult residues, typically sterically crowded structures
such as Ile or Val. The remaining couplings for BB.sub.2 and BB,
proceed in an average yield of 80-90%. Attachment of the tether
using the Mitsunobu reaction yields from 50-90% of the desired
linear precursor. The macrocyclization itself proceeds in an
average yield of 20-50%. Minimal loss of yield occurs in
post-cyclization processing.
All the retention time values presented herein are based on the UV
portion of the HPLC data. In the HPLC procedure, ELSD and CLND data
(not listed) were also procured to further assess purity of the
final products, and for quantification (CLND). All compounds were
analyzed using the same HPLC conditions. The details for the HPLC
procedure used was as follows: Column: XTerra MS C18 4.6.times.50
mm, 3.5 .mu.m, from Waters, HPLC: Alliance 2695 from Waters; MS:
Platform LC from Micromass/Waters; CLND: 8060 from Antek; PDA: 996
from Waters; Gradient_B4: (i) 0 to 50% MeOH: 0.1% aqueous TFA in 6
min, (ii) 3 min at 50% MeOH: 0.1% aqueous TFA; (iii) 50 to 90%
MeOH:0.1% aqueous TFA in 5 min; (iv) 3 min at 90% MeOH:0.1% aqueous
TFA. Retention time (t.sub.R) for the compound is listed.
Modifications were made to the standard methods for compounds 58,
99, 201, 203 and 215.
Compound 1
Yield: 33.4 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND
quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.53, 8.41, 8.34
(doublets J=8.7 Hz for all, 1H); 8.13-8.06, 7.82-7.75 (multiplets,
1H); 7.30-7.05 (m, 8H); 6.90-6.77 (m, 2H); 4.58-4.46, 4.40-4.29,
4.27-4.16 (multiplets, 1H); 4.09-3.99, 3.97-3.82 (multiplets, 2H);
3.77-3.44 (m, 2H); 3.37-3.19 (m, 4H); 3.15, 3.08 (2s, 2H);
2.98-2.86 (m, 5H); 2.52 (s, 3H); 1.94-1.75, 1.60-1.30 (multiplets,
2H); 1.22 (br s, 4H); 0.86-0.75 (m, 3H).
HRMS talc. for C.sub.29H.sub.40N.sub.4O.sub.4; 508.3049; found
508.3040.+-.0.0015.
HPLC t.sub.R=8.94 min.
Compound 3
Yield: 33.0 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND
quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.54 (d, J=9.4 Hz),
8.43-8.36 (m), and 8.12 (br t, J=5.65 Hz) (1H); 7.90 (d, J=6.6 Hz),
7.79-7.72 (m) (1H); 7.30-7.05 (m, 6H); 6.90-6.76 (m, 3H); 4.60-4.50
(m), 4.43 (d, J=18.3 Hz), 4.26-4.16 (m) (1H); 4.13-4.02 (m, 1H);
4.01-3.84 (m, 2H); 3.74-3.41 (m, 2H); 3.17, 3.09 (2s, 3H);
2.99-2.86 (m, 5H); 2.43-2.18 (m, 1H); 1.97-1.75 (m, 3H); 1.72-1.39
(m, 1H); 0.96 (d, 5.76 Hz, 3H); 0.93-0.77 (m, 2H); 0.68 (d, 5.76
Hz, 3H).
HRMS calc. for C.sub.28H.sub.38N.sub.4O.sub.4; 494.2893; found
494.2888.+-.0.0015.
HPLC t.sub.R=8.11 min.
Compound 4
Yield: 15.3 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND
quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3CN): .delta. 7.48-7.19 (m, 6H);
7.13-6.98 (m, 3H); 4.71-4.51 (m, 3H); 4.48-4.32 (m, 1H); 4.26-4.01
(m, 1H); 3.79-3.57 (m, 2H); 3.48-3.20 (m, 3H); 3.19-3.06 (m, 5H);
3.01-2.89 (m, 2H); 2.80-2.62 (m, 2H); 2.09-1.96 (m, 3H); 1.94-1.70
(m, 1H); 1.57-1.36 (m, 4H); 1.32-1.26 (m, 1H); 1.08-0.97 (m,
3H).
HRMS calcd for C.sub.29H.sub.40N.sub.4O.sub.4; 508.3049; found
508.3045.+-.0.0015
HPLC t.sub.R=8.37 min
Compound 6
Yield: 28.2 mg macrocycle was obtained (CLND quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 10.80 (s, 1H); 8.46
(d, J=9.65 Hz), 8.36-8.28 (m), 8.14-8.07 (m), and 8.02 (d, J=9.65
Hz) (1H); 7.73-7.65 (m), 7.59 (d, 8.2 Hz), and 7.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz)
(1H); 7.3 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 7.16-6.91 (m, 5H); 6.89-6.76 (m, 2H);
4.62-4.49 (m) and 4.42-4.24 (m) (1H); 4.15-3.81 (m, 2H); 3.77-3.43
(m, 2H); 3.41-3.19 (m, 6H); 3.22-2.85 (m, 6H); 2.52 (s, 3H);
1.89-1.69 (m, 1H); 1.59-1.02 (m, 4H); 0.88-0.74 (m, 3H).
HRMS calc. for C.sub.30H.sub.39N.sub.5O.sub.4; 533.3002; found
533.2990.+-.0.0016.
HPLC t.sub.R=8.22 min.
Compound 8
Yield: 74.9 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND quantification)
from 600-650 mg starting resin
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.47 (br s), 9.07 (s)
(1H) and 8.32 (br s) (2H); 7.94 (d, 6.6 Hz, 1H); 7.60-7.42 (m, 2H);
7.38 (d, 9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.28-7.04 (m, 7H); 6.93 (t, 8.1 Hz, 1H); 6.60
(d, J=14.4 Hz) and 6.39-6.27 (m) (1H); 4.51-4.38 (m, 1H); 4.29-4.08
(m, 2H); 3.87-3.63 (m, 2H); 3.40-3.13 (m, 2H); 2.94 (t, J=14.1 Hz,
1H); 2.53-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.32-2.17 (m, 1H); 1.86-1.06 (m, 10H);
0.95-0.79 (m, 6H).
HRMS calc. for C.sub.32H.sub.42N.sub.4O.sub.4; 546.3206; found
546.3198.+-.0.0016.
HPLC t.sub.R=9.02 min.
Compound 9
Yield: 33.7 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND
quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.48 (s, 1H); 7.92 (d,
J=5.3 Hz, 1H); 7.81 (d, 3=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.26-7.08 (m, 7H); 6.88-6.75
(m, 2H); 4.30 (br t, J=10.1 Hz, 1H); 4.0 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H); 3.87
(br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H); 3.70-3.58 (m, 1H); 3.4-3.25 (m, 1H);
3.04-2.85 (m, 3H); 2.73 (d, 7.67 Hz, 1H); 2.53 (s, 3H); 2.35-2.09
(m, 2H); 1.92-1.44 (m, 8H); 1.42-1.18 (m, 2H); 0.85, 0.81 (2
doublets, J=6.76 Hz, 6H).
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 176.15; 173.20;
171.27; 157.18; 140.08; 130.72; 130.52; 129.71; 128.64; 127.87;
126.62; 120.88; 111.44; 68.29; 67.10; 66.99; 55.24; 48.42; 41.11;
41.03; 39.36; 36.93; 35.77; 34.65; 32.38; 30.55; 29.96; 23.83;
22.65; 19.87.
HRMS calc. for C.sub.31H.sub.42N.sub.4O.sub.4; 534.3206; found
534.2139.+-.0.0016.
HPLC t.sub.R=9.29 min.
Compound 10
Yield: 19.2 mg pure macrocycle was obtained (CLND
quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.53. 8.41, 8.38
(doublets, J=8.8, 8.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H); 8.16-8.05, 7.87-7.71
(multiplets, 1H); 7.31-7.04 (m, 7H); 6.91-6.75 (m, 2H); 4.60-4.45,
4.39-4.30, 4.28-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.00, 3.97-3.83 (m, 2H);
3.73-3.46 (m, 2H): 3.22-3.20 (m 1H), 3.16, 3.09 (2 s, 3H),
2.45-2.39 (m, 1H); 2.99-2.86 (m, 1H); 2.85-2.58 (m, 5H); 2.48-2.22
(m, 1H); 2.07 (s, 1H), 1.95-1.78 (m, 1H),1.75-1.42 (m, 1H),
1.42-1.17 (m, 4H), 0.88-0.77 (m, 3H).
HRMS calc. for C.sub.28H.sub.38N.sub.4O.sub.4; 494.2893; found
494.2888.+-.0.0015 HPLC t.sub.R=8.27 min.
Compound 221
Yield: 50.3 mg macrocycle was obtained (CLND quantification).
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 7.86 (d, J=6.7 Hz) and
7.65-7.58 (m) (1H); 7.28-7.06 (m, 7H); 6.88 (d, 8.06 Hz, 1H); 6.81
(t, J=6.7 Hz, 1H); 4.07-3.91 (m, 3H); 3.77-3.65 (m, 1H); 3.56-3.38
(m, 2H); 3.35-3.25 (m, 3H); 3.25-3.07 (m, 2H); 3.04-2.63 (m, 3H);
2.52 (s, 3H); 2.01-1.71 (m, 4H); 1.66-1.49 (m, 2H); 1.47-1.17 (m.
4H); 0.90-0.78 (m, 3H).
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 172.15; 170.81;
170.74; 157.29; 139.62; 130.76; 130.56; 129.56; 128.82; 61.73;
59.29; 56.37; 47.90; 41.11; 41.03; 39.36; 35.81; 35.43; 30.23;
30.03; 29.63; 25.12; 19.15; 14.66.
HRMS calc. for C.sub.30H.sub.40N.sub.4O.sub.4; 520.3049; found
520.3041.+-.0.0016.
HPLC t.sub.R=8.30 min.
EXAMPLE 3
Alternative Synthetic Strategies
Alternative synthetic strategies amenable to larger scale synthesis
of compounds of the present invention are discussed below.
A. Method LS1 for Representative Large Scale Synthesis of Compounds
of the Invention
##STR01209##
##STR01210##
##STR01211##
Step LS1-A: Synthesis of LS1-8
##STR01212##
To alcohol Cbz-T33a (2.4 g, 7.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
(50 mL) were added NBS (1.5 g, 8.4 mmol, 1.2 eq) and PPh.sub.3 (2.2
g, 8.4 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature
O/N and a saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl solution was added. The
aqueous phase was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.) and
the combined organic phases were extracted with a saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl solution to remove succinimide byproduct. The organic
phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4 and concentrated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (20%
AcOEt, 80% hexanes) to give bromide LS1-8a as a yellow oil (2.6 g,
91%).
TLC (30% AcOEt, 70% hexanes): R.sub.f=0.56; detection: UV and
CMA
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.37-7.26 (5H, m, Ph), 7.19-7.13
(2H, m, Ph), 6.90 (1H, t, Ph), 6.83 (1H, d, Ph), 5.10 (2H, s, NHC
(O)OCH--)Ph), 4.96 (1H, broad, NHCbz), 4.59 (1H, sextuplet,
PhOCH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2Br), 3.58-3.47 (2H, m, CH.sub.2Br), 3.19
(2H, q, CHNHCbz), 2.67 (2H, t, PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.78 (2H,
quint, PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.44 (3H, d, CHCH.sub.3).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=11.15 min
Step LS1-B1: Synthesis of LS1-10
##STR01213##
The hydrochloride salt of H-Nva-OMe was dissolved in an aqueous
solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1 M) and saturated with NaCl to
ensure extraction of all of the free amine. The aqueous solution
was extracted with AcOEt (3.times.). The combined organic phases
were extracted with brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. The free amine, H-Nva-OMe, was
recovered in 90% yield. It is important to perform the alkylation
with the free amine (H-Nva-OMe) to eliminate chloride formation
(OTs to Cl) as a side reaction. In a dried round-bottomed flask,
bromide LS1-8a (740 mg, 1.83 mmol, 1.0 eq) and H-Nva-OMe (479 mg,
3.60 mmol, 2.0 eq) were added. Degassed (by stirring under vacuum
for 30 min) DMF (3.7 mL), anhydrous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (232 mg, 2.19
mmol, 1.2 eq) and KI (61 mg, 0.37 mmol, 0.2 eq) were added and the
mixture stirred at 110.degree. C. O/N. Water was added and the
aqueous phase was extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.). The combined
organic phases were extracted with water (2.times.), then brine
(1.times.). The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified
by flash chromatography (30% AcOEt: 70% hexanes) to give secondary
amine LS1-10 as a yellow oil (709 mg, 85%).
TLC (30% AcOEt, 70% hexanes): R.sub.f=0.32; detection: UV and
CMA
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.35-7.29 (5H, m, Ph), 7.17-7.12
(2H, m, Ph), 6.91-6.84 (2H, m, Ph), 5.51 (1H, broad, CH.sub.2N
HCHRR'), 5.09 (2H, s, OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.67-4.51 (1H, m, PhOC
H(CH.sub.3)R), 3.65 (3H, s, C(O)OCH.sub.3), 3.24-3.10 (3H, m, NHC
H(Pr)CO.sub.2Me and CH.sub.2NHCbz), 2.87-2.41 (4H, m, PhC
H.sub.2CH.sub.2 and NHCH.sub.2CH(Me)OPh), 1.86-1.76 (2H, m, PhC
H.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.70-1.63 (2H, m, CH.sub.3CH.sub.2CH.sub.2),
1.36-1.28 (2H, m, CH.sub.3CH.sub.1CH.sub.2), 1.23 (3H, d,
CHCH.sub.3), 0.90 (3H, t, C H.sub.3CH.sub.2CH.sub.2).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 176.44, 156,88, 155.58, 137.14,
131.16, 130.57, 128.68, 128.34, 128.21, 127.33, 120.79, 112.62,
73.16, 66.62, 61.30, 54.21, 51.95, 40.86, 36.02, 30.60, 27.88,
19.20, 17.80, 14.07.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.76 min
Step LS1-B2: .Alternative Synthesis of LS1-10
To a solution of alcohol Chz-T33a (8.5 g, 24.7 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (125 mL) were added Et.sub.3N (10.4 mL, 74.1 mmol,
3.0 eq), TsCl (5.2 g, 27.2 mmol, 1.1 eq) and DMAP (302 mg, 2.47
mmol, 0.1 eq). The mixture was stirred O/N at room temperature and
then an aqueous solution of saturated NH.sub.4Cl was added. The
aqueous phase was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.) and
the combined organic phases were dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified
by flash chromatography (30% AcOEt, 70% hexanes) to give tosylate
LS1-8b as an oil (9.4 g, 90%).
TLC (50% AcOEt, 50% hexanes): R.sub.f=0.47; detection: UV and
CMA
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.74 (2H, d, Ph), 7.36-7.26 (7H,
m, Ph), 7.14-7.08 (2H, m, Ph), 6.88 (1H, t, Ph), 6.74 (1H, d, Ph),
5.10 (2H, s, NHC(O)OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.97 (1H, broad, NHCbz), 4.61-4.55
(1H, m, PhOCH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2OTs), 4.19-4.05 (2H, m,
CH.sub.2OTs), 3.15 (2H, q, CH.sub.2NHCbz), 2.56 (2H, td, PhC
H.sub.2CH.sub.2), 2.42 (3H, s, PhCH.sub.3) 1.74 (2H, quint,
PhCH.sub.2CH). 1.27 (3H, d, CHCH.sub.3)
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 156.67, 155.05, 145.20, 137.04,
133.02, 131.16, 130.65, 130.11, 128.72, 128.28, 128.23, 128.10,
127.39, 121.50, 112.87, 71.99, 71.42, 66.68, 40.79, 30.32, 27.57,
21.87, 16.74.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=11.02 min
Application of the procedure in Step LS1-B1, but substituting the
tosylate LS1-8b as alkylating agent gave 73% yield of LS1-10 with 2
eq of H-Nva-OMe.
Step LS1-C1: Synthesis of LS1-7
##STR01214##
To a solution of amine LS1-10 (697 mg, 1.53 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
THF/H.sub.2O (1:1, 15 mL) at 0.degree. C. were added
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (244 mg, 1.68 mmol, 1.5 eq) and (Boc).sub.2O (366
mg, 1.68 mmol, 1.1 eq), then the mixture stirred at room
temperature for 36-48 h. THF was evaporated under reduced pressure
and the aqueous phase was extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.). The
combined organic phases were extracted with brine, dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The
Boc compound was obtained as a yellow oil and used without further
purification for the next reaction.
TLC (30% AcOEt, 70% hexane): R.sub.f=0.49; detection: UV and
CMA
To a solution of the crude Boc compound in THF/H.sub.2O (1:1, 15
mL) was added LiOH (309 mg, 7.35 mmol, 5.0 eq) and the mixture
stirred O/N at rt. THF was evaporated under reduced pressure and
the remaining aqueous basic phase was then acidified with 1 M HCl
to pH 3 (pH paper). The aqueous phase was extracted with AcOEt and
the combined organic phases were extracted with water and brine.
The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. Carboxylic acid LS1-7 was
obtained as a yellow oil (687 mg, 83%, 2 steps).
TLC (50% AcOEt, 50% hexane): R.sub.f=0.32; detection: UV and
CMA
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 176.11, 156.81, 155.51, 155.18,
136.93, 131.13, 130.37, 128.72, 128.31, 127.44, 121.20, 113.70,
81.36, 73.40, 66.79, 61.99, 40.80, 32.83, 31.56, 30.33, 28.48,
27.48, 20.10, 17.53, 14.11.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=12.50 min
Step LS1-C2: Divergent Synthetic Route (No Amine Protection)
##STR01215##
The H-Nva-OtBu-HCl was dissolved in an aqueous solution of
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1 M) and saturated with NaCl to ensure extraction
of all of the free amine. This aqueous solution was extracted with
AcOEt (3.times.). The combined organic phases were extracted with
brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4, flitered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. About 90% of the free amine, H-Nva-OtBu, was
recovered. It is important to perform the alkylation with the free
amine (H-Nva-OtBu) to eliminate chloride side product formation
(OTs->Cl).
In a dried round-bottomed flask, tosylate LS1-8b (1.0 g, 2.01 mmol,
1.0 eq) and H-Nva-OtBu (752 mg, 4.02 mmol, 2.0 eq) were added.
Degassed (by stirring under vacuum for 30 min) DMF (4 mL) and
anhydrous Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (256 mg, 2.41 mmol, 1.2 eq, note that
other bases were less effective) were added and the mixture stirred
at 110.degree. C. O/N. Water was added and the aqueous phase
extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.). The combined organic phases
were extracted with water (2.times.) and brine (1.times.). The
organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography (30% AcOEt: 70% hexanes) to give the amine, LS1-12,
as a yellow oil (683 mg, 75%). This crude secondary amine (1.0 eq)
was dissolved in 4 M HCl/dioxane (10 eq) and the mixture stirred
O/N at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced
pressure and Et.sub.2O added to the residue. A white precipitate
was formed upon addition of hexanes to this mixture. The
precipitate was filtered and rinsed with cold hexanes to give the
desired amino acid, LS1-13, as a white solid.
TLC (50% AcOEt, 50% hexane): R.sub.f=0.71; detection: UV and
CMA
LS1-13, despite the presence of the free amine, has been used in
the remaining part of the synthetic scheme to successfully access
the desired macrocycle.
Step LS1-D: Synthesis of Dipeptide LS1-6
##STR01216##
The tosylate salt of H-(D)Phe-OBn was dissolved in an aqueous
solution of 1 M Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 and the aqueous solution extracted
with AcOEt (3.times.). The combined organic phases were extracted
with brine, dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under
reduced pressure. The free amine H-(D) Phe-OBn was recovered in 90%
yield. To a solution of H-(D) Phe-OBn (3.0 g, 11.76 mmol, 1.0 eq)
in THF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 1/1 (60 mL) were added Boc-(D)NMeAla-OH
(2.5 g, 12.35 mmol, 1.05 eq), 6-Cl HOBI (2.0 g, 11.76 mmol, 1.0 eq)
and DIPEA (10.2 mL, 58.8 mmol, 5.0 eq). The mixture was cooled to
0.degree. C. and EDCI (2.48 g, 12.94 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added. The
mixture was stirred 1 h at 0.degree. C. and at room temperature
O/N. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue
dissolved in AcOEt. The organic phase was washed sequentially with
an aqueous 1 M solution of citrate buffer (pH 3.5, 2.times.), an
aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.) and brine
(1.times.). The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered
and concentrated under reduced pressure. The dipeptide was obtained
as a yellow oil and used as obtained for the next step (5.3 g,
100%). The dipeptide was dissolved in a solution of HCl/dioxane (4
M, 30 mL, 10 eq), 50 mL of dioxane were then added to facilitate
the agitation and the mixture stirred for 1 h at room temperature;
a heterogeneous solution was obtained. The mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and dried further on mechanical vacuum pump.
The dipeptide hydrochloride salt LS1-6 was obtained as pale yellow
solid (4.4 g, 100%).
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.40-8.70 (3H, d and 2 broads,
C(O)NH and CH.sub.3NH.sub.2.sup.+Cl.sup.-), 7.39-7.17 (10H, m, Ph),
5.11 (2H, s, C(O)OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.69-4.61 (1H, m, CHCH.sub.3), 3.69
(1H, dd, CHCH.sub.2Ph), 3.31 (3H, s,
CH.sub.3NH.sub.2.sup.+Cl.sup.-), 3.17-3.11 and 2.97-2.90
(CHCH.sub.2Ph), 1.28 (3H, d, CHCH.sub.3)
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 171.33, 169.18, 137.63,
136.31, 129.92, 129.11, 128.95, 128.83, 128.63, 127.30, 67.00,
56.57, 54.38, 36.98, 31.11, 16.47.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.17 min
Step, LS1-E: Synthesis of Amino Acid LS1-5
##STR01217##
To a solution of acid LS1-7 (1.45 g, 2.67 mmol, 1.05 eq) in
THF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1/1, 13 mL) at 0.degree. C. were added
hydrochloride salt LS1-6 (958 mg, 2.55 mmol, 1.0 eq), DIPEA (2.2
mL, 12.8 mmol, 5.0 eq) and HATU (1.07 g, 2.81 mmol, 1.1 eq). The
mixture was stirred at room temperature O/N. Solvent was evaporated
and the residue was dissolved in AcOEt. The organic phase was
washed sequentially with an aqueous solution of 1 M citrate buffer
(pH=3.5, 2.times.), aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO.sub.3
(2.times.), then with brine (1.times.). The organic phase was dried
over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient: 20%
AcOEt, 80% hexanes to 30% AcOEt, 70% hexanes) to give the desired
fully protected tripeptide as a pale yellow gummy foam (1.6 g,
73%).
TLC (50% AcOEt, 50% hexanes): R.sub.f=0.78; detection: UV and
CMA
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=15.15 min
To a solution of the protected, alkylated tripeptide (1.5 g, 1.75
mmol, 1.0 eq) in AcOEt (23 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20% by weight,
315 mg) and then hydrogen was bubbled through the solution, The
mixture was stirred O/N under a hydrogen atmosphere. Nitrogen was
bubbled through the reaction, then the mixture filtered on a Celite
pad and rinsed with AcOEt. The combined filtrate was evaporated
under reduced pressure to give LS1-5 as a white solid (1.1 g,
quantitative).
TLC (50% AcOEt, 50% hexanes): R.sub.f=0.52; detection: UV and
CMA
LCMS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=8.23 min
Step LS1-F: Macrocyclization and Final Deprotection
##STR01218##
To a solution of cyclization precursor LS1-5 (50 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1.0
eq) in THF (3.2 mL, for a concentration of 25 mM) was added DIPEA
(68 .mu.L, 0.39 mmol, 5.0 eq) and DEPBT (28 mg, 0.094 mmol, 1.2 eq)
and the mixture stirred at room temperature O/N. Solvent was
evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash
chromatography (1% MeOH, 99% CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2) to give
Boc-protected macrocycle LS1-11 as a white solid (40 mg, 0.064
mmol, 80%). On a 1 g scale of precursor LS1-5 at a reaction
concentration of 25 mM, the yield was 73%.
TLC (5:95 MeOH:DCM): R.sub.f=0.43; detection: UV and CMA
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.b 60.degree. C.): .delta. 7.62 (1H, d, NH),
7.47 (1H, broad, NH), 7.27-7.08 (7H, m, Ph), 6.85-6.79 (2H, m, Ph),
4.78 (1H, broad), 4.51-4,38 (1H, m), 4.11-4.02 (2H, m), 3.62-3.56
(1H, m), 3.32-3.04 (5H, m), 2.92 (3H, s, N--C.sub.3), 2.72-2.46
(2H, m), 1.90-1.59 (4H, m), 1.46 (9H, s, C(CH.sub.3).sub.3),
1.28-1.06 (8H, m), 0.65 (3H, t, CH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 172.03, 171.07, 155.83,
155.60, 139.69, 131.82, 130.82, 129.69, 128.73, 127.73, 126.75,
121.06, 113.40, 80.66, 74.75, 57.22, 56.66, 50.49, 35.88, 33.72,
32.71, 30.41, 28.68, 19.35, 18.44, 14.95, 14.19.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=12.82 min
Macrocycle LS1-11 (565 mg, 0.91 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in a
solution of 4 M HCl/dioxane (4.6 mL, 20 eq) and the mixture stirred
2 h at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and placed under vacuum (oil pump) to give final
macrocycle Compound 410 as a white solid (508 mg, 100%).
Chiral HPLC indicated no racemization when compared to its
(L)-antipode at position AA.sub.3.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6, 60.degree. C.): .delta. 9.38 (1H,
broad), 8.28 (1H, d), 8.13 (1H, broad), 7.81 (1H, t), 7.28-7.13
(7H, m, Ph), 6.93-6.87 (2H, m, Ph), 4.84-4.77 (1H, m), 4.54-4.40
(3H, m), 3.35-3.07 (6H, m), 2.94 (3H, s, N--CH.sub.3), 2.90-2.81
and 2.64-2.47 (2H, m), 1.85-1.64 (4H, m), 1.38-1.21 (5H, m), 1.10
(3H, d, CH.sub.3), 0.88 (3H, t, CH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 171.92, 171.46, 170.44, 155.11,
139.07, 131.68, 130.47, 129.87, 128.67, 127.54, 126,90, 121.50,
112.94, 69.83, 67.03, 58.14, 56.33, 55.61, 55.29, 53.88, 50.48,
37.29, 32.29, 31.08, 29.70, 28.58, 18.15, 17.89, 15.20, 14.55.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.23 min
LC chiral (Grad35A-05): t.sub.R=26.49 min
LC chiral (Grad40A-05): t.sub.R=26.54 mm
B. Method LS2 for Representative Large Scale Synthesis of Compounds
of the Invention
##STR01219## Step LS2-A: Synthesis of Dipeptide LS2-21
##STR01220##
A stirred suspension of H-(D)Phe-OtBu-HCl (5 g, 0.02 mol, 1 eq) and
Z-(D)NMeAla-OH (4.98 g. 0.021 mol, 1.05 eq) in 130 mL of anhydrous
THF-DCM (1:1) at room temperature was treated with DIPEA (17.50 mL,
0.1 mol, 5 eq) and 6-Cl-HOBt (3.40 g, 0.02 mol, 1 eq). The mixture
was stirred vigorously at room temperature for several minutes,
cooled with an ice bath, then EDCI (4.20 g, 0.022 mol, 1.1 eq) was
added and the mixture stirred for 1 h. After this period of time,
the ice bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at room
temperature O/N. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and
the residue dissolved in 100 mL of AcOEt and washed with citrate
buffer solution (1 N, 2.times.100 mL), saturated NaHCO.sub.3
solution (2.times.100 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness
under reduced pressure to give 9.25 g (100%) of a colorless oil,
LS2-24.
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 1:1): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and
UV
H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 2.66 (s,
3H), 2.85 (dd, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 1H), 4.70 (q, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.50
(sb, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 7.35 (m, 5H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 28.18, 38.23, 53.61, 53.61,
67.87, 127.12, 128.40, 128.19. 128.40, 128.61, 128.8, 129.53,
170.01.
LC/MS (Grad_A4); t.sub.R=9.73 min; Mass found: 440
Dipeptide LS2-24 (6.9 g, 0.015 mol) was dissolved in AcOEt (100
mL), then purged with nitrogen for 10 min. 10% Pd--C (690 mg) was
added and the mixture purged with a balloon full of hydrogen gas.
The mixture was then hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure using
a H.sub.2 balloon. After 12 h, the reaction mixture was filtered
through a short pad of Celite, and the filter cake washed with
AcOEt. The combined filtrate and washings were concentrated under
reduced pressure to afford practically pure (clean NMR), colorless,
solid compound LS2-21 (4.30 g, 90%) which was used directly in the
next step without further purification.
TLC (100% AcOEt): R.sub.f=0.1; detection: CMA and UV.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 1.20 (d J=7.03 Hz, 3H) (s, 9H),
2.40 (s, /H), 3.01-3.20 (m, 3H), 4.80 (q, 1H), 7.20 (m, 5H), 7.60
(m. 1H).
.sup.3C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 19.64, 28.18, 35.12, 38.46,
53.06, 60.42, 82.29, 127.05, 128.50, 129.71, 136.61, 170.85,
174.28.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=5.86 min; Mass found: 306
Step LS2-B: Synthesis of Tripeptide LS2-22
##STR01221##
A stirred suspension of dipeptide LS2-21 (2 g, 6.50 mmol, 1 eq) and
Bts-Nva-OH (LS2-28, 2.15 g, 6.85 mmol, 1.05 eq) in 32 mL of
anhydrous DCM at 0.degree. C. was treated with DIPEA (4.50 mL,
0.026 mol, 4 eq) and HATU (2.72 g, 7.18 mmol, 1.1 eq). The mixture
was stirred vigorously at 0.degree. C. for 1 h. After this period
of time, the ice bath was removed and the reaction stirred at room
temperature O/N. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue
dissolved in 30 mL of AcOEt. The organic phase was sequentially
washed with 1 N citrate buffer solution (2.times.30 mL), saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 solution (2.times.30 mL) and brine (1.times.30 mL). The
organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The
residue was purified by flash chromatography [ethyl acetate/hexanes
(1/1)] to afford LS2-22 as a colorless solid (3.13 g, 80%).
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate, 3:2): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and
UV
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 0.95 (m, 3H), 1.20 (d, 2H), 1.40
(s, 9H), 1.42-1.70 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 4.40 (m,
1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 6.10 (m, 1H), 6.30 (M, 1H), 6.40
(m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.90 (m,
1H), 8.10 (m, 1H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 23.42, 26.32, 33.12, 48.63,
49.10, 49.85, 77.56, 117.63, 120.67, 122.35, 122.93, 123.11,
123.80, 124.13, 124.68, 124.75, 131.45, 147.67, 165.16, 165.68,
167.66.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=11.48 min; Mass found: 602
Step LS2-C: Synthesis of LS2-23
##STR01222##
A stirred suspension of tripeptide LS2-22 (0.4 g, 0.66 mmol) and
tether bromide LS2-9 (0.5 g, 1.32 mmol, synthesized as in Step
LS1-A for the corresponding Cbz derivative) in 1.33 mL of anhydrous
DMF at room temperature was treated with KI (0.12 g, 0.66 mmol) and
K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (0.185 g, 1.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred
vigorously at 80.degree. C. for 24 h. After this period of time,
this mixture was cooled to room temperature, then 20 mL of water
was added and the product extracted with Et.sub.2O (3.times.30 mL).
The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2.times.30 mL),
dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The
residue was purified by flash chromatography [hexanes/ethyl acetate
(1:2)] to afford LS2-25 as a white solid (70%).
TLC (hexanes/ethyl acetate. 2:1): R.sub.f=0.4; detection: CMA and
UV
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 0.5 (m, 1H), 0.70 (m, 1H),
1.01-1.40 (m) 1.60 (m, 3H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m), 2.95 (m, 4H),
3.1 (m, 2), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H),
4.80 (m), 6.80 (m, 3H), 7.05 (m, 6H), 7.60 (2H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 8.20
(m, 1H), 8.25 (m, 1H), 8.90 (s, 2H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 13.84, 15.36, 17.40, 17.70,
19.40, 22.17, 27.52, 28.14, 28.67, 30.29, 31.27, 33.27, 38.01,
40.35, 51.02, 53.08, 54.35, 56.72, 70.25, 73.13, 81.10, 113.49,
120.94, 122.28, 125.44, 127.01, 127.19, 127.19, 127.68, 127.68,
127.79, 128.64, 129.57, 130.06, 136.2, 137.10, 165.10, 170.10,
171.10.
LC-MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=15.10 min; Mass found: 892 100 mg of
alkylated tripeptide LS2-25 (100 mg, 0.11 mmol) was treated with 2
mL of 50% TFA, 3% triethylsilane (TES) in DCM, then the mixture
stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After this period of time, all
solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound
LS2-23 was dried using vacuum pump for 1 h and used directly in the
next step without further purification.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=8.55 min; Mass found: 737
Step LS2-D: Synthesis of LS2-26 (Macrolactamization)
##STR01223##
To a stirred suspension of alkylated-tripeptide 23 (0.12 mmol) and
DIPEA (0.100 mL, 0.56 mmol) in 11.22 mL of anhydrous THF at room
temperature was added DEPBT (41 mg, 0.14 mmol). The mixture was
stirred vigorously at room temperature O/N. The reaction was then
concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue
dissolved in 10 mL of AcOEt. The organic solution was sequentially
washed with citrate buffer solution (1 N, 2.times.30 mL), saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.30 mL) and brine (1.times.30 mL). The organic
layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and
evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash chromatography using [ethyl acetate/hexanes
(3:1)] to afford LS2-26 (Bts-410) as a white solid (80 mg,
98%).
TLC (ethyl acetate/hexanes, 3:1): R.sub.f=0.3; detection: CMA and
UV
H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 0.64 (m, 3H), 0.87 (m, 1H), 1.02 (m,
2H), 1.20 (m, 6H), 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.80 m, 1H0, 2.01
(m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.20 (m, 2H),
3.45 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.80 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.60 (dd, 2H), 4.70 (m, 2H),
5.01 (m, 1H), 5.90 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.25
(m, 7H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 8.01 (m, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 13.28, 13.55, 18.75, 18.98,
28.89, 29.92, 29.92, 33.19, 36.81, 36.98, 39.55, 51.94, 53.83,
55.25, 59.51, 74.64, 111.66, 120.64, 122.51, 125.15, 127.10,
127.37, 127.84, 128.07, 128.86, 129.47, 130.51, 136.55, 137.30,
152.58, 155.86, 165.33, 169.75, 170.09, 171.66.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=13.17 min; Mass found: 719
LC Chiral (column ODRH, Grad 55A-05): t.sub.R=42.059.
Step LS2-E: Synthesis of Compound 410
##STR01224##
To a stirred suspension of macrocycle LS2-26 (40 mg, 0.003 mmol) in
0.110 mL of DMF was added 23 mg of K.sub.2CO.sub.3 and 10 .mu.l of
mercaptopropanoic acid at room temperature, then the reaction left
O/N. The reaction was concentrated to dryness under redcued
pressure and the crude residue dissolved in 10 mL of AcOEt. The
organic solution was washed with a saturated solution of
NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.30 mL), then brine (1.times.30 mL). The
organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and
evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. Compound 410 was thus
isolated in 90% yield.
TLC (100% AcOEt): R.sub.f=0.2; detection: CMA and UV
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 0.79 (m, 3H), 1.20 (m, 9H),
1.30 (M, 1H), 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 2.10 (Sb, 1H), 2.35 (ddd,
J=4.98, 4.95, 4.69 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (Sb, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.80 (ddd,
J=4.99, 4.69, 4.40 Hz, 1H), 3.01-3.15 (m, 5H), 3.25 (dd, J=4.69,
4.11 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 3.55 (sb, 1H), 3.95 (q, J=7.33, 7.04
Hz, 1H), 4.50 (sb, 1H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.30 (m,
7H), 7.70 (m, 2H).
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 14.60, 14.84, 18.46, 18.85,
29.80, 29.96, 34.03, 35.84, 36.31, 40.68, 54.79, 55.67, 57.77,
58.11, 73.42, 112.26, 120.58, 126.84, 127.81, 128.80, 129.73,
131.10, 140.10, 158.10, 172.10, 172.40, 176.10.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.19 min; Mass found: 522
EXAMPLE 4
Synthesis and Biological Results for Representative Compound
298
##STR01225## ##STR01226## ##STR01227##
Step LS3-1. Synthesis of cyclopropylglycine methyl ester
hydrochloride salt. To a suspension of H--Cpg-OH (LS3-A, 20.0 g,
174 mmol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous MeOH (350 mL) at 0.degree. C. was
slowly added freshly distilled (from PCl.sub.5) acetyl chloride
(185 mL, 2.6 mol, 15 eq) over 45 min. The mixture was allowed to
warm to room temperature and stirred 16-18 h. The reaction was
monitored by TLC [MeOH/NH.sub.4OH/AcOEt (10:2:88); detection:
ninhydrin; R.sub.f=0.50]. The mixture was then concentrated under
vacuum, azeotroped with toluene (3.times.) and dried under high
vacuum 16-18 h to give LS3-1 as a pale yellow solid (30.0 g,
>100% crude yield).
.sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3OD): .delta. 4.88 (3H, s, NH.sub.3.sup.+),
3.85 (3H, s, C H.sub.3O), 3.36-3.33 (1H, d,
NH.sub.3.sup.+CHCH.sub.3O), 1.19-1.10 (1H, m, CH(CH.sub.2).sub.2),
0.83-0.53 (4H, m, CH(CH.sub.2).sub.2).
Step LS3-2. Synthesis of tether bromide. To alcohol Cbz-T33a (21.5
g, 62.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (250 mL) were
added NBS (12.8 g, 72.0 mmol, 1.15 eq, larger amounts of NBS lead
to dibrominated side product) and PPh.sub.3 (18.9 g, 72.0 mmol,
1.15 eq). The round bottom flask was protected from light with foil
and the mixture stirred at room temperature 16-18 h with monitoring
by TLC [AcOEt/Hexanes (3:7); detection: UV and CMA; R.sub.f=0.42].
A saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl solution (200 mL) was added and the
aqueous phase extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2.times.150 mL). The
combined organic phases were washed with a saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl solution (2.times.200 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash chromatography (AcOEt:hexanes, gradient, 5:95 to
15:85) to give bromide LS3-2 as a slightly yellow oil (22.2 g,
88.4%).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.37-7.26 (5H, m, Ph), 7.19-7.13
(2H, m, Ph), 6.92-6.88 (1H, t, Ph), 6.84-6.81 (1H, d, Ph), 5.10
(2H, s, NHC(O)OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.96 (1H, broad, NHCbz), 4.62-4.56 (1H,
sextuplet, PhOCH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2Br), 3.58-3.45 (2H, m, C
H.sub.2Br), 3.22-3.16 (2H, q, CH.sub.2NHCbz), 2.69-2.64 (2H, t, PhC
H.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.83-1.78 (2H, quint, PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.45
(3H, d, CHCH.sub.3).
.sup.13C NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 156.66, 155.08, 136.99, 131.28,
130.77, 128.75, 128.32, 128.28, 127.49, 121.56, 113.03, 73.12,
66.76, 40.69, 36.12, 30.45, 27.48, 19.00.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=11.04 min
Step LS3-3. The hydrochloride salt LS3-1 was dissolved in an
aqueous solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1 M, 275 mL, 0.272 mol, 1.5
eq). The basic aqueous phase was saturated with NaCl and extracted
with AcOEt/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (2:1) (5.times.100 mL). TLC
[MeOH/NH.sub.4OH/AcOEt (10:2:88); detection: ninhydrin;
R.sub.f=0.50]. The combined organic phases were dried over
MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under low vacuum at room
temperature to give free amino-ester LS3-3 as a yellow oil (19.1 g,
85%, 2 steps). LS3-3 is volatile and should not be left on a
mechanical vacuum pump for extended periods of time. To minimize
diketopiperazine formation, Step LS3-4 should occur immediately
after isolation of LS3-3.
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 3.70 (3H, s, CH.sub.3O),
2.88-2.85 (1H, d, NH.sub.2CHCH.sub.3O), 1.54 (1H, s, NH.sub.2),
1.04-0.97 (1H, m, C H(CH.sub.2).sub.2), 0.56-0.27 (4H, m,
CH(CH.sub.2).sub.2).
Step LS3-4. In a dried round-bottom flask, bromide LS3-2 (47.2 g,
117 mmol, 1.0 eq) and freshly prepared LS3-3 (19.1 g, 148 mmol, 1.2
eq) were added. Degassed anhydrous DMF (117 mL), anhydrous
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (14.8 g, 140 mmol, 1.2 eq) and KI (19.4 g, 117
mmol, 1.0 eq) were added and the mixture was stirred at 100.degree.
C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 16-18 h. Reaction progress was
monitored by LC-MS and/or TLC. The mixture was cooled down to room
temperature and water (200 mL) added and the aqueous phase
extracted with MTBE (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic phases
were washed sequentially with water (2.times.100 mL) and brine
(1.times.100 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography [hexanes/AcOEt/DCM, gradient (85:10:5) to (50:45:5)]
to give LS3-4 as an orange oil (43.1 g, 81%).
TLC [hexanes/AcOEt (1:1)]: R.sub.f=0.35; detection: UV and CMA
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.31-7.22 (5H, m, Ph), 7.07-7.03
(2H, m, Ph), 6.80-6.74 (2H, m, Ph), 5.48 (1H, broad, CH.sub.2N
HCHRR'), 5.00 (2H, s, OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.49-4.43 (1H, m, PhOC
H(CH.sub.3)R), 3.56 (3H, s, C(O)OCH.sub.3), 3.18-3.11 (3H, m, NHC
H(Pr)CO.sub.2Me and CH.sub.2NHCbz), 2.75-2.50 (4H, m, PhC
H.sub.2CH.sub.2 and NHCH.sub.2CH(Me)OPh), 1.76-1.68 (2H, m,
PhCH.sub.2CH.sub.2), 1.19-1.14 (3H, d, PhOCH(CH.sub.3)R), 0.88-0.80
(1H, m, CH(CH.sub.2).sub.2), 0.46-0.13 (4H, m,
CH(CH.sub.2).sub.2).
LC/MS (Grad_A4) : t.sub.R=6.63 min
Step LS3-5. To a solution of secondary amine LS3-4 (43.0 g. 94.7
mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF/H.sub.2O (1:1, 475 mL) at 0.degree. C. were
added Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (15.1 g, 113.7 mmol, 1.5 eq) and
(Boc).sub.2O (24.8 g, 142.1 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was allowed
to warm to room temperature and stirred 24 h. Reaction was
monitored by LC/MS and/or TLC. THF was evaporated under vacuum and
the residual aqueous phase was extracted with MTBE (3.times.100
mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine
(1.times.100 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated
under vacuum to give the crude LS3-5 as an orange oil (59.1 g,
>100% crude yield).
TLC [hexanes/AcOEt (1:1)]: R.sub.f=0.57; detection: UV and CMA
LC/MS (Grad_A4): 12.98 min.
Step LS3-6. To a solution of LS3-5 (52.5 g, 94.7 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in
THF/H.sub.2O (1:1, 475 mL) at room temperature was added LiOH
monohydrate (19.9 g, 474 mmol, 5.0 eq.). The mixture was stirred
16-18 h at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS
(Grad_A4): t.sub.R=12.21 min. TLC [Hexanes/AcOEt (1:1); detection:
UV and CMA; R.sub.f=baseline]. The reaction mixture was acidified
with citrate buffer (1 M, pH 3.5) and THF was then evaporated under
vacuum. The residual aqueous phase was extracted with AcOEt
(3.times.150 mL), then the combined organic phases washed with
brine (.times.100 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
concentrated under redcued pressure to give carboxylic acid LS3-6
as a white gummy solid (47.3 g, 93% for 2 steps).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=12.16 min
Step LS3-7. To a suspension of H-(D)Phe(4F)--OH (LS3-B, 55.6 g,
0.30 mol, 1.0 eq) in benzene (1.2 L) was added p-TSA (69.4 g, 0.37
mol, 1.2 eq) and benzyl alcohol (157 mL, 1.52 mol, 5.0 eq). The
mixture was stirred at reflux 16-18 h in a Dean-Stark apparatus
during which a homogeneous solution was obtained. The mixture was
cooled down to room temperature and a white precipitate formed. The
precipitate was diluted with Et.sub.2O (500 mL), filtered and
triturated with Et.sub.2O (3.times.500 mL). The solid was dried
under vacuum to give LS3-7 as a white solid (126 g, 93.1%).
Substitution of toluene for benzene resulted in reduced reaction
time, 2-3 h.
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 8.40 (3H, bs, NH.sub.3Cl),
7.47-7.36 (2H, d, Ph), 7.37-7.06 (11H, m, Ph), 5.15 (2H, s,
OCH.sub.2Ph), 4.37 (1H, bt, CHCH.sub.2Ph), 3.09-3.05 (2H, m,
CHCH.sub.2Ph), 2.27 (3H, s, CH.sub.3Ph).
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 169.52 163.83, 160.62, 140.01,
138.56, 135.48, 132.16, 132.04, 131.33, 131.28, 129.09, 129.05,
128.84, 128.72, 127.09, 126.20, 116.18, 115.89, 67.83, 53.88,
35.83, 21.47.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.12 min
Melting point (uncorrected): 165-167.degree. C.
Step LS3-8._The tosylate salt LS3-7 (122 g) was taken up in an
aqueous solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1 M, 500 mL). The resulting
basic aqueous solution was extracted with AcOEt (4.times.500 mL)
and the combined organic phases were washed with brine (1.times.250
mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under redcued
pressure to give the amino-ester LS3-8 as a white solid (74.4 g,
99%).
.sup.1H NMR (CDCl.sub.3): .delta. 7.38-7.28 (5H, m, OCH.sub.2Ph),
7.10-7.06 (2H, m, Ph(4F)), 6.96-6.90 (2H, m, Ph(4F)), 5.13 (2H, d,
OCH.sub.2Ph), 3.76-3.71 (1H, t, CHCH.sub.2Ph), (2H, dq, CHC
H.sub.2Ph), 1.53 (2H, s, NH.sub.2)
Step LS3-9. To a solution of LS3-8 (74.4 g, 0.27 mol, 1.0 eq) in
anhydrous THF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1:1, 1120 mL) were added
Boc-(D)NMeAla-OH (LS3-C, 57.1 g, 0.28 mol, 1.03 eq), 6-Cl--HOBt
(46.2 g, 0.27 mol, 1.0 eq) and DIPEA (238 mL, 1.37 mol, 5.0 eq).
The mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and EDCI (57.6 g, 0.3 mol,
1.1 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred 1 h at 4.degree. C.,
allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred 18 h. The solvent
was evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in AcOEt (1000
mL). The organic phase was washed sequentially with an aqueous
solution of citrate buffer (1 M, pH 3.5, 2.times.500 mL), H.sub.2O
(1.times.500 mL), an aqueous solution of saturated NaHCO.sub.3
(CAUTION: CO.sub.2 is evolved, 2.times.500 mL) and brine
(1.times.500 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4 (180
g), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude
dipeptide LS3-9 as a yellow oil. (127 g, >100% crude yield).
Step LS3-10. The oil LS3-9 was dissolved in 150 mL of dioxane, then
a solution of 4 M HCl in dioxane (1360 mL, 20 eq) added and the
mixture stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Reaction was monitored
by TLC [AcOEt/Hexanes (3:2)]; R.sub.f=baseline; detection: UV and
ninhydrin]. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and
the resulting residue co-evaporated with Et.sub.2O (2.times.500
mL), then dried under vacuum. The crude LS3-10 was obtained as a
slightly yellow solid (96 g, 89.7%). This was dissolved in hot 95%
EtOH (200 mL), then MTBE (900 mL) added. The mixture was cooled
down to room temperature, then put in a freezer (-20.degree. C.)
for 18 h. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and
washed with MTBE (2.times.200 mL), then dried under vacuum to give
crystalline dipeptide hydrochloride LS3-10 (62 g, 64.5%
recovery).
.sup.1H NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 9.31-9.28 (1H, d, C(O)NH),
7.38-7.26 (7H, m, Ph), 7.09-7.04 (2H, m, Ph), 5.10 (2H, s, C(O)OC
H.sub.2Ph), 4.65-4.57 (1H, m, CHCH.sub.3), 3.76-3.69 (1H, d, C
HCH.sub.2Ph), 3.15-3.08 and 2.99-2.91 (CHCH.sub.2 Ph), 2.221 (3H,
s, CH.sub.3NH.sub.2.sup.+Cl.sup.-), 1.31-1.28 (3H, d,
CHCH.sub.3).
.sup.13C NMR (DMSO-d.sub.6): .delta. 171.33, 169.18, 137.63,
136.31, 129.92, 129.11, 128.95, 128.83, 128.63, 127.30, 67.00,
56.57, 54.38, 36.98, 31.11, 16.47.
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.26 min
LC Chiral (Isol00B.sub.--05): t.sub.R=29.6 min, 97% UV
Melting point (uncorrected): 140-142.degree. C.
Step LS3-11. To a solution of carboxylic acid LS3-6 (47.3 g, 87.6
mmol, 1.0 eq) and dipeptide hydrochloride salt LS3-10 (36.2 g, 91.9
mmol, 1.05 eq) in anhydrous THF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1:1) (438 mL) at
0.degree. C. were added DIPEA (92 mL, 526 mmol, 6.0 eq) and HATU
(34.9 g, 91.9 mmol, 1.05 eq). The mixture was allowed to warm to
room temperature and stirred 16-18 h. Reaction was monitored by TLC
[AcOEt/Hex (1:1); R.sub.f=0.48; detection: UV and CMA] The mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved
in AcOEt (250 mL). The organic phase was washed sequentially with
an aqueous solution of citrate buffer (1 M, pH 3.5, 3.times.150
mL), H.sub.2O (1.times.150 mL), an aqueous solution of saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.150 mL) and brine (1.times.150 mL). The
organic phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated
under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography [AcOEt:hexanes, gradient (10:90) to (50:50)] to give
LS3-11 as a white gummy solid (70.0 g, 90%).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=15.06 min
Step LS3-12. To a suspension of 10% Pd/C (13.8 g, 20% by weight) in
AcOEt (150 mL) was added a solution of alkylated tripeptide LS3-11
(69.0 g, 78.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) in AcOEt (375 mL), then hydrogen was
bubbled through the solution for 16-18 h. The reaction was
monitored by TLC [AcOEt/hexanes (1:1); R.sub.f=0.22; detection: UV
and CMA]. The mixture was purged by nitrogen bubbling, filtered
through a Celite pad and rinsed with AcOEt (3.times.). The combined
filtrate and washings were evaporated under reduced pressure to
give LS3-12 as a white solid (51.4 g, 100%).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=8.05 min
Step LS3-13. To LS3-12 (51.4 g, 78.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added a
solution of 3.0 M HCl in dioxane/H.sub.2O (75:25, 525 mL, 1.57 mol,
20 eq) and the mixture stirred at room temperature 1.5 h. The
solvent was evaporated under vacuum, then the residue was
azeotroped with toluene (3.times.) and dried under vacuum to give
crude LS3-13 as an off-white solid (58.0 g, >100% yield).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=5.38 min.
Step LS3-14. To a solution of macrocyclic precursor LS3-13 (78.4
mmol based on LS3-12, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous THF (1.57 L, 50 mM) were
added DIPEA (68.0 mL, 392 mmol, 7.0 eq) and DEPBT (25.8 g, 86.2
mmol, 1.1 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature 16-18 h.
The reaction was monitored by TLC [MeOH/AcOEt (1:9); R.sub.f=0.38;
detection: UV and CMA]. At the end of the reaction, significant
quantities of DIPEA salts were in suspension in the solution. Prior
to evaporation, these salts were filtered and washed with THF to
avoid excessive bumping of the solution during evaporation. The
solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue taken up in an
aqueous solution of Na.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1 M, 500 mL) and AcOEt (250
mL). The separated basic aqueous phase was extracted with AcOEt
(2.times.250 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with
brine (2.times.250 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and
evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude material so obtained
was purified by flash chromatography [AcOEt:MeOH, gradient (100:0)
to (90:10)] to give macrocycle compound 298 as a pale yellow solid
(35.0 g. 83%, 2 steps).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=6.19 min
Step LS3-15. To crude compound 298 (18.5 g, 34.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) in
anhydrous EtOH (100 mL) was slowly added 1.25 M HCl in EtOH (41.2
mL, 51.5 mmol, 1.5 eq). The mixture was stirred 5 min, cooled down
to 0.degree. C. and filtered while still cold. The white
precipitate was washed with cold anhydrous EtOH (3.times.75 mL) and
dried under vacuum to give compound 298 hydrochloride as an
amorphous white solid (15.3 g, 88% recovery, corrected).
Purification of Compound 298, Amorphous compound 298 hydrochloride
(14.2 g, 24.7 mmol) was dissolved in a hot mixture of EtOH/H.sub.2O
(9:1, 215 mL). The solution was cooled down to room temperature and
then placed in a freezer (-20.degree. C.) for 16-18 h. The crystals
were collected by filtration and washed with cold anhydrous EtOH
(3.times.75 mL) to give compound 298 hydrochloride as a crystalline
white solid (12.4 g, 86% recovery). Crystalline compound 298
hydrochloride (11.4 g, 19.9 mmol) was taken up in 1 M
Na.sub.2CO.sub.3/AcOEt (1:1, 200 mL) and stirred until complete
dissolution of the solid. The separated basic aqueous phase was
extracted with AcOEt (2.times.50 mL). The combined organic phases
were washed with brine (1.times.50 mL), dried over MgSO.sub.4,
filtered and evaporated under vacuum. The oily residue was
dissolved in a minimum amount of AcOEt, then hexanes was added
until a white precipitate formed. The mixture was evaporated and
dried under vacuum to give compound 298 as a white amorphous solid
(11.1 g, 100% recovery).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): 6.18 min; Purity (UV/ELSD/CLND): 100/100/100.
This reaction sequence has been repeated in comparable yields
starting from 1 kg Cbz-T33a, 518 g LS3-A and 1 kg LS3-B to yield
over 400 g of the desired macrocyclic product compound 298 and/or
the corresponding HCl salt form. Similar procedures can be applied
for other compounds of the invention.
As an alternative, the t-butyl ester of Cpg (LS3-14), produced
under standard conditions, can be utilized as was described in Step
LS3-4 to provide alkylated Cpg LS3-15 by reaction with Cbz-T33a.
This species, without protection of the secondary amine on LS3-16
(produced by standard acid deprotection of the t-butyl ester of
LS3-15), then undergoes chemoselective coupling with dipeptide
LS3-10 to prepare LS3-17. Straightforward simultaneous
hydrogenolysis of both Cbz and benzyl protecting groups then leads
to intermediate LS3-13 in a more efficient approach that avoids two
steps.
##STR01228##
Step LS3-17. To the hydrochloride salt of carboxylic acid LS3-16
(2.1 g, 4.41 mmol, 1.0 eq) and LS3-10 (1.7 g, 4.59 mmol, 1.05 eq)
in anhydrous THF/CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1:1, 22 mL) at 0.degree. C. were
added DIPEA (5.3 mL, 30.6 mmol, 7.0 eq) and HATU (1.7 g, 4.59 mmol,
1.05 eq). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and
stirred 16-18 h. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved
in AcOEt (150 mL). The organic phase was washed sequentially with
an aqueous solution of citrate buffer (1 M, pH 3.5, 3.times.25 mL),
H.sub.2O (1.times.25 mL), an aqueous solution of saturated
NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.25 mL) and brine (1.times.25 mL). The organic
phase was dried over MgSO.sub.4, filtered and concentrated under
vacuum to give LS3-17 as a white solid (3.5 g, >100% crude
yield).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=12.09 min.
Step LS3-18. To a suspension of 10% Pd/C (596 mg, 20% by weight) in
95% EtOH (10 mL) was added a solution of alkylated tripeptide
LS3-17 (3.0 g, 3.82 mmol, 1.0 eq) in AcOEt (15 mL) and hydrogen
bubbled through the solution for 2 h. The mixture was then stirred
under a hydrogen atmosphere for 16-18 h. The reaction was monitored
by TLC [100% AcOEt; R.sub.f=Baseline; detection: UV and CMA]. The
mixture was purged by nitrogen bubbling, filtered through a Celite
pad and rinsed with 95% EtOH (3.times.20 mL). The combined filtrate
and rinses were evaporated under reduced pressure to give LS3-13 as
a white solid (2.0 g, 94%).
LC/MS (Grad_A4): t.sub.R=5.40 min.
B. Biological Results
1. Radioligand Binding Assay on Ghrelin Receptor (Human Clone,
hGHS-R1a)
Objective
1. To demonstrate that compound 298 has a direct, high affinity
interaction with hGHS-R1a. Key Aspects of Method 1. Binding
performed on membranes prepared from HEK293 expressing the
transfected, cloned human ghrelin receptor (hGHS-R1a). 2.
[.sup.125I]Ghrelin was used as the radioligand for displacement
(K.sub.d=0.01 nM, test concentration=0.007 nM). 3. Ghrelin
(unlabeled, 1 .mu.M) was used to determine non-specific binding. 4.
Compound 298 tested in duplicate samples over an 11-point
concentration curve. Results
Compound 298 binding to hGHS-R1a has been run multiple times. A
representative binding inhibition curve as shown in FIG. 10
demonstrates that compound 298 binds competitively, reversibly, and
with high affinity to hGHS-R1a.
2. Cell-Based, Functional Assays on Ghrelin Receptor (Human Clone,
hGHS-R1a)
Objectives
1. To demonstrate that compound 298 is a full agonist at hGHS-R1a.
2. To measure the potency of compound 298 agonist activity at
hGHS-R1a. Key Aspects of Method 1. Assay performed on CHO--Kl cells
expressing the transfected, cloned human ghrelin receptor
(hGHS-R1a) and G.sub..alpha.16. 2. Suspended cells incubated O/N
with coelenterazine. 3. Stimulation of hGHS-R1a activates
G.sub..alpha.16, causing intercellular Ca2+ release which
ultimately leads to the oxidation of coelenterazine and the
emission of a quantitative luminescent signal. 4. Ghrelin was used
as the positive control. 5. Compound 298 tested in duplicate
samples over an 8-point concentration curve. Results
Compound 298 activates hGHS-R1a with an EC.sub.50=25 nM as shown in
FIG. 11. Compound 298 is a full agonist based on its similar,
maximal efficacy to the ghrelin peptide (positive control).
3. Compound 298 (i.v.) Effect on Growth Hormone (GH) Release in
Conscious, Freely-Moving Rats.
Ghrelin (and analogues thereof) is known to potently stimulate GH
release from the pituitary in various species including rat
following intravenous dosing.
Objectives
1. To determine whether compound 298 stimulates GH release in rat.
2. To determine whether compound 298 modulates ghrelin-induced GH
release in rat. Method 1. Model adapted from Tannenbaum et al.
(2003), Endocrinology 144:967-974. 2. Rats implanted with chronic,
intravenous (i.v.) cannulae. 3. Rats allowed to move freely even
while dosing drug or sampling blood to minimize stress-induced
changes in GH release. 4. Compound 298 administered at GH peak and
trough levels to measure: a. Stimulatory effect, if any, on GH
release; and b. Whether any stimulatory effect is sustained with
repeated dosing. 5. Blood samples are drawn at defined, 15-minute
intervals throughout the test day and growth hormone (GH) measured
directly by radioimmunoassay. 6. Compound 298 tested at 3, 30, 300,
1000 .mu.g/kg (i.v., N=5-6/rats per group). 7. Ghrelin (positive
control) tested at 5 .mu.g (i.v.). Results
Compound 298 at doses up to 1000 .mu.g/kg causes no significant
difference in pulsatile GH release in comparison to vehicle
controls (see FIG. 9 for effects of 30 .mu.g/kg and 300 .mu.g/kg
doses). Ghrelin at a dose of 5 .mu.g causes a significant increase
in GH release when dosed at both peak and trough levels (positive
control). Compound 298 dosed 10 min. prior to ghrelin neither
inhibits nor augments ghrelin-induced GH release (FIG. 12). As a
secondary indicator of GH release, the effects of compound 298 on
the levels of IGF-1 were also examined at the 1000 .mu.g/kg dose.
No appreciable changes in IGF-1 levels from control upon treatment
with compound 298 were observed.
4. Compound 298 Effect on hGHS-R1a Receptor Desensitization
G-protein coupled receptors can undergo receptor desensitization
upon agonist stimulation, where the degree of receptor
desensitization is partly characteristic of the agonist. Lesser
receptor desensitization is desirable because this correlates with
lesser development of tolerance with chronic use of drug. This
factor, among others, has been implicated in the poor clinical
performance of GHS.
Objective
1. To determine the extent to which Compound 298 causes
desensitization of the ghrelin receptor (human clone, hGHS-R1a).
Method 1. Studies by FLIPR (Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader,
Molecular Devices). 2. Assay performed on HEK293 cells expressing
hGHS-R1a. 3. Compound 298 agonist potency was measured using
duplicate samples over a 12-point concentration curve; EC.sub.50
for compound 298 established. 4. In a separate experiment, cells
expressing hGHS-R1a are exposed to a range of concentrations of
compound 298 (1, 10, 100, 1000 nM) for 3 minutes. Compound 298
washed out, then cells treated with a concentration of ghrelin
(EC.sub.100) that elicits maximal stimulation at non-desensitized
receptors. 5. A DC.sub.50 value is calculated. The DC.sub.50 value
is defined as the pre-treatment concentration of compound 298 that
desensitizes the ghrelin (EC.sub.100) response by 50%. Results
Compound 298 is a full agonist (EC.sub.50=5 nM; FIG. 13A).
Increasing pre-treatment concentrations of compound 298 desensitize
the maximal response to EC.sub.100 ghrelin (DC.sub.50=32 nM; FIG.
13B). The DC.sub.50 value is >6-fold less potent than the
EC.sub.50 value, thus compound 298 stimulates the receptor more
potently than it desensitizes the receptor. Compound 298
desensitizes the receptor .about.10-fold less potently than other
ghrelin agonists (i.e. ghrelin peptide and the GHS capromorelin
[Pfizer]; FIG. 13C).
Compound 298 has a favorable desensitization profile since it (1)
stimulates the receptor 6-fold more potently that it desensitizes
the receptor and (2) elicits desensitization at a 10-fold lower
potency than the endogenous ligand (i.e. ghrelin) and alternate,
small-molecule ghrelin agonists. Accordingly, compound 298 may
elicit less tolerance than alternate ghrelin agonists with chronic
dosing.
5. Compound 298 Effect on Gastric Emptying of a Solid Meal in Naive
Rat
Objectives
1. To ascertain data for compound 298 as a prokinetic agent with
potent effects on gastric emptying, a model for gastroparesis.
Methods 1. Overnight-fasted rats (male, Wistar, .about.200 g,
N=5/group) were given a meal of methylcellulose (2%) by
intragastric gavage. The meal was labeled with phenol red (0.05%).
2. Test articles (i.e, vehicle, compound 298, metoclopramide, etc.)
were administered by intravenous injection immediately after meal.
3. Animals were sacrificed 15 minutes later; the stomach was
immediately removed and homogenized in 0.1 N NaOH and centrifuged.
4. Total phenol red remaining in the stomach was quantified by a
colorimetric method at 560 nm. 5. A >30% increase in gastric
emptying, detected based on the phenol red concentration in
comparison to the control group, is considered significant.
Results
Metoclopramide (marketed gastroparesis product), ghrelin and GHRP-6
(reference peptide agonists at hGHS-R1a) all demonstrated
significant gastric emptying (FIG. 14A). Compound 298 caused
significant gastric emptying in a dose-dependent manner with
.about.100-fold superior potency to metoclopramide (FIG. 14B).
Compound 298 potently stimulated gastric emptying of a solid meal
in naive rats with a 100-fold superior potency to metoclopramide, a
currently used drug with prokinetic activity.
6. Effect of Compound 298 in the Treatment of Post-Operative Ileus
in Rat
Objective
To measure the therapeutic utility of compound 298 in a rat model
of post-operative ileus (POI).
Methods
1. Model adapted from Kalff et al. (1998), Ann Surg 228: 652-63. 2.
Rats (male, Sprague-Dawley, 250-300 g) were implanted with jugular
vein catheters to accommodate dosing of test articles. 3. Rats were
fasted O/N, anesthetized with isofluorane and subjected to
abdominal surgery. 4. Following an abdominal incision, the small
intestine caecum and large intestine were eviscerated for a period
of 15 min and kept moist with saline. 5. A "running of the bowel"
was performed, a clinically-relevant manipulation of the intestines
characterized by first pinching the upper small intestine and
continuing this manipulation down through the large intestine. 6.
Rats are allowed a 15 min recovery beginning after the
disappearance of any effects of the isofluorane anesthesia. 7. Rats
are dosed with vehicle or compound 298 (30, 100, or 300 .mu.g/kg,
i.v., N=6/gp) followed by intragastric gavage of .sup.99mTc
methylcellulose (2%) meal. 8. After 15 min, the rats were
euthanized and the stomach and consecutive 10 cm segments of the
intestine were isolated. Radioactivity (.sup.99mTc) in each tissue
isolate was measured as a means of measuring the transit of the
meal. Results
In FIG. 15, the distribution of the bars indicates the distribution
of the meal in the stomach (`ST`) and consecutive 10 cm segments of
the small intestine at 15 min post-oral gavage. Abdominal surgery
coupled with a running of the bowel caused a significant ileus in
rats as determined by comparison of the naive (i.e. unoperated) and
POI treatment groups. Compound 298 significantly increased gastric
emptying and intestinal transit at test concentrations of 100 and
300 .mu.g/kg (i.v.). The data corresponding to the 100 .mu.g/kg
dose is presented in FIG. 15. At 100 .mu.g/kg (i.v.). compound 298
significantly promoted GI transit by 2.7.times. as measured by the
geometric center of the meal in comparison to the POI+vehicle
treatment group. Compound 298 significantly improved gastric
emptying and intestinal transit in rats with post-operative ileus.
Compound 298 can effectively treat an existing, post-surgical
ileus; thus, prophylactic use prior to surgery is not required as
is the case for opioid antagonists in clinical development.
7. The Effect of Compounds of the Invention on Gastric Emptying and
Gastrointestinal Transit in a Model of Opioid-Delayed Gastric
Emptying
Opioid analgesics, such as morphine, are well known to delay
gastrointestinal transit which is an important side-effect for this
class of drugs. The clinical term for this syndrome is opioid bowel
dysfunction (OBD). Importantly, patients recovering from abdominal
surgery experience post-operative ileus that is further exacerbated
by concomitant opioid therapy for post-surgical pain.
Objective
1. To determine whether compounds of the invention may have
therapeutic utility in the treatment of OBD. Methods 1. Rats (male,
Sprague-Dawley, 250-300 g) are implanted with jugular vein
catheters to accommodate dosing of test articles. 2.
Overnight-fasted rats are administered morphine (3 mg/kg s.c.). 3.
After 30 min, rats are to be dosed with vehicle or compound 298
(300 or 1000 .mu.g/kg, i.v., n=4-to-6/gp) followed by intragastric
gavage of .sup.99mTc methylcellulose (2%) meal, 4. After 15 min,
the rats are euthanized and the stomach and consecutive 10 cm
segments of the intestine are isolated, Radioactivity (.sup.99mTc)
in each tissue isolate is measured as a means of measuring the
transit of the meal. Results
Morphine (3 mg/kg, s.c.) significantly delayed gastric emptying and
intestinal transit in rats (FIG. 16A). Opioid-delayed
gastrointestinal transit was effectively reversed in a
dose-dependent manner by treatment with compound 298 (i.v.) (FIG.
16B).
8. Metabolic Stability in Human Plasma
Drugs are susceptible to enzymatic degradation in plasma through
the action of various proteinases and esterases. Thus, plasma
stability is often performed as a metabolic screen in the early
phases of drug discovery. The aim of this study was to measure the
metabolic stability of compounds of the invention in human
plasma.
Experimental Method
The stability of compound 298 in human plasma at 37.degree. C. has
been measured at 2 and 24 h. Two forms of compound 298 have been
studied: free amine and corresponding HCl salt. Also, the stability
of compound 298 has been established in plasma alone and in plasma
buffered with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) where the ratio of
plasma to phosphate buffer (pH 7.0) is 20:1. Assays were both
performed and analyzed in triplicate samples. Compound 298 was
extracted from plasma matrix using an SPE technique (Oasis MCX
cartridge). Sample analysis is done using LC-MS in APCI.sup.+ mode.
The level of compound 298 in plasma samples is compared to the
level of compound 298 in a spiked sample stored at -60.degree. C.
from the same pool of plasma. Results are presented as a percent
recovery of compound 298.
TABLE-US-00017 TABLE 8 Percent Recovery of Compound 298 Following
Incubation in Human Plasma (37.degree. C.). Free Amine + HCl Salt +
Free amine PBS HCl Salt PBS 2 24 2 24 2 24 2 24 Hours Hours Hours
Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours Triplicates (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
(%) (%) Assay #1 101.0 105.5 98.3 97.9 100.2 96.6 102.9 97.8 Assay
#2 100.3 95.6 100.4 100.8 99.1 104.3 97.4 101.9 Assay #3 101.3
100.9 98.3 101.9 101.6 102.3 99.4 98.5 Mean 100.9 100.7 99.0 100.2
100.3 101.1 99.9 99.4 Standard 0.5 4.9 1.2 2.1 1.3 4.0 2.7 2.2
Deviation RSD 0.5 4.9 1.3 2.1 1.3 4.0 2.7 2.2
As shown in Table 8, compound 298 is stable in human plasma at
37.degree. C. for at least 24 hours independent of compound form
(i.e. free amine or salt) or whether or not the plasma samples are
pH buffered with PBS.
9. Compound 298 Interaction Profile at Nine Human Cytochrome P450
Enzyme Subtypes
Compound 298 (0.0457 to 100 .mu.M) has minimal inhibitory activity
at all cyp450 enzymes tested, except cyp3A4, and has moderate
inhibitory activity at cyp3A4. The inhibitory activity observed for
compound 298 at cyp3A4 was not anticipated to be physiologically
relevant based on the low doses of compound 298 required for
therapeutic activity. Also, there was no indication that compound
298 would undergo a drug-drug interaction with opioid analgesics
that may be co-administered to POI patients.
10. Compound 298 Profile in hERG Channel Inhibition
Compound 298 (1, 10 .mu.M) had no significant effect on hERG
channel function in comparison to vehicle (0.1% DMSO) controls.
E-4031 (positive control) completely inhibited hERG channel
currents at 500 nM.
EXAMPLE 5
Gastroparesis Animal Model
High caloric meals are well known to impede gastric emptying. This
observation has recently been exploited by Megens, A. A.; et al.
(unpublished) to develop a rat model for delayed gastric emptying
as experienced in gastroparesis.
Materials
1. Wistar rats, male, 200-250 g 2. Chocolate test meal: 2 mL
Clinutren ISO.RTM. (1.0 kcal/mL, Nestle S A, Vevey Switzerland)
Method
The test meal is given to the subjects by oral gavage at time=0.
After 60 min, the subjects are sacrificed, the stomachs excised and
the contents weighed. Untreated animals experienced a significant
delay in gastric emptying as denoted by the higher residual stomach
content.
Test compounds were administered intravenously as aqueous
solutions, or solutions in normal saline, at time=0 at three dose
levels (0.08 mg/kg; 0.30-0.31 mg/kg, 1.25 mg/kg). When necessary,
for example compounds 21, 299 and 415, 10% cyclodextrin (CD) was
added to solubilize the material. Test compounds examined utilizing
subcutaneous injection are administered at time=-30 min. Four to
five (4-5) rats were tested per group, except in the case of the
cyclodextrin control in which ten (10) rats comprised the
group.
Results are reported as percentage relative to the stomach weight
for injection only of solvent as a control as shown in FIGS. 17A
and 17B and illustrate the gastric emptying capability of the
compounds of the present invention. These results are applicable
for the utility of these compounds for the prevention and/or
treatment of gastroparesis and/or post-operative ileus.
The foregoing is illustrative of the present invention, and is not
to be construed as limiting thereof. The invention is defined by
the following claims, with equivalents of the claims to be included
therein.
* * * * *
References